GOVERNMENT OF TRIPURA

under-construction-on-road-illustration-of-under-construction-board-on-street-eps-vector_csp8583204.webp
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

SCHEDULE OF RATES
Volume:I
(Road & Bridge Works)

Year: 2023

Published By: - The Chief Engineer, PWD(R&B), Tripura.

 Public Works Department
(Roads & Bridges)
New Secretariat Complex,
Block No. 7, Agartala-799010
Tel. 0381-241-3313
Email: [email protected]

GOVERNMENT OF TRIPURA
FOREWORD

Tripura Schedule of Rates being published by Public Works Department,

Government of Tripura is a very comprehensive and useful technical document
in connection with execution of Civil Construction works in Road Sector. Apart
from PWD, this Schedule of Rates is used as a benchmark by many
Departments, Institutions, Public Sector Undertakings, Builders and
Contractors etc.
PWD Schedule of Rates, Tripura, was first compiled in the year 1972, followed by
publication or revisions from time to time in order to update the same with
prevailing technology and market rates in 1985, 1990, 1995, 1998, 2002, 2008, 2011,
2017 and 2020. These revisions have also been necessitated due to the advent of new
technologies, incorporation of new types of work, new machineries in Schedule of
Rates 2023, Vol. I [Road & Bridge Works].

The last PWD Schedule of Rates was published in the year 2020. Revision of this
Tripura Schedule of Rates [Road & Bridge Works] has become necessary due to
the revision in wages of labour & escalation in price of materials, adoption of new
construction technologies in road sector & materials as well as revision of GST.
These components have been incorporated in the Schedule of Rates 2023 by
revising Schedule of Rates 2020.

I wish to place on record my appreciation for the efforts taken for preparation of
the same, the technical inputs and the effective coordination on the part of the
Review Committee for revision of Schedule of Rates headed by Er. A Das CE,
PWD (NH) Tripura with other members - Er. N P Chakrabarti SE, Project Unit,
PWD (Buildings), Er. A Bhadra SE, Monitoring Cell, PWD(R&B), Er. M Debbarma
SE, Planning & Design Unit, PWD(R&B) and team of officers in Planning &
Design Unit, PWD (R&B) in finalizing the Schedule of Rates for 2023, Vol. I [Road
& Bridge Works] in a time bound manner.

I am sure that PWD Schedule of Rates - 2023, Vol. I [Road & Bridge Works],
Tripura, will be quite useful to all concerned Engineers in the Road & Bridge
Construction Sector in general and besides various units of P.W.D. in particular.

Agartala, Tripura [RAJIB DEBBARMA]

June, 2023 CHIEF ENGINEER
PWD (R&B), TRIPURA
 PREFACE
1. Schedule of Rates 2023, Vol. I [Road & Bridge Works], Public Works
Department, Government of Tripura will be read along with MoRT&H
Specification for Part-I: for Highways and MDRs, MoRD specification
for Part-II: for ODRs and Rural Roads, and Addl. Specification
incorporated in this SOR for Part - III: Miscellaneous items for road
work or with relevant IRC codes with up-to-date correction slips.
2. SoR-2023, Vol. I [Road & Bridge works] incorporates all of the items of
SoR-2020, changes of nomenclature of some items and addition of
new items for use of waste plastic in road construction for a cleaner
environment.
3. To economize the project costs and to find out the actual costs for
projects located at different location of the State, a new system was
adopted in SOR '08 and subsequently in SOR'11, SOR '17 & SOR '20
which has been kept same in this SOR also. For finding out the final
rates of the items for any project, the sources of the materials are to
be investigated properly and then the exact haulage of the materials,
loading & unloading of materials are to be incorporated at the time of
preparation of the cost estimate.
4. On earlier occasions, SOR '08, SOR '11, SOR '17 & SOR '20 were
prepared mainly following the basic structure and methodology for
analysis of items as per the Standard Data Book of the Ministry of
Road Transport and Highways & Ministry of Rural Development,
Govt. of India, New Delhi for the respective Part I & II which has been
followed in this SOR also.
5. The Schedule of Rates is based on the study and consideration of
current market rates of materials and labour at Tripura, collected
during the period from March 2023 to April 2023. However, rate of
different types of Bitumen & Emulsion are as per Door Delivery Rate at
Dharmanagar, Tripura as on 01.06.2023.
6. The following are the salient features of SoR-2023:
6.1. The basic rates of materials, incorporated in the analysis, pertain to
materials conforming to MoRTH/ MoRD/ IRC/ CPWD/ BIS
specifications/ Materials of best quality available in the market. The
Government of India, Ministry of Finance (Department of Revenue)
vide notification No. 03/2022- Central tax (Rate) dated 13 July, 2022
has made amendments to notification No. 11/2017 – Central Tax
(Rate) dated 28.06.2017 by omitting entries against serial number 3,
in column (3) (a) items (iii), (iv), (v), (va), (vi) and (ix) and the
corresponding entries relating thereto in column (4) and (5) in the
original notification no 11/2017-Central (Rate) dated 28.06.2017,
thereby the existing concessional rate of GST @ 12% for Central
Government, State Government, Union Territory and a Local
Authority has been withdrawn and now the applicable rate of GST is
9 (CGST) +9 (SGST) = 18% on construction services covered under S.
No. 3 (i) (f) at page no. 6 and S. No. 3(xii) at page no. 15 of
Notification No. 11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28 June 2017 for
Central Government, State Government, Union Territory and a Local
Authority with effect from 18th July, 2022. Accordingly, the effect of
 GST on construction services has been incorporated in all items.
6.2. Labour cess @ 1% has been incorporated in all items.
6.3. At the end of each item 15% of the cost of item is added towards
overheads and contractor’s profit. This provision covers apart from
contractor’s profit, the cost of Engineering Establishment deployed
by the Contractor, cost of effort in arranging Tools and Plants (T&P)
and heavy machinery which have not been considered in the analysis
of rates for the items included in the Schedule of Quantities of the
work, cost of providing cleaner environment at site & labour welfare
facilities, cost of Quality Assurance set up enhancing testing lab, cost
of Office set up including engagement of necessary staff for
computerized billing etc., any expenditure incurred on cost of
Earnest Money/Performance Guarantee/ Security Deposits. Therefore
no extra cost is to be added in justification on account of various
factors mentioned above.
6.4. The description of items is given briefly and linked with relevant
Sections and Clauses of MoRTH/ MoRD Specifications/ relevant IRC
codes.
6.5. Basic rates of relevant/related materials are provided sub-head wise
at the start of each sub-head for convenience of the users.

Lot of efforts has gone into the preparation of this Schedule of Rates-
2023 [Road & Bridge Works], Tripura. We convey our deep appreciation and
sincere thanks to:

The review Committee for revision of Schedule of Rates headed by

Er. A Das CE, PWD (NH) Tripura with other members namely Er. N P
Chakrabarti SE, Project Unit, PWD (Buildings), Er. A Bhadra SE, Monitoring Cell,
PWD(R&B), Er. M Debbarma SE, Planning & Design Unit PWD(R&B) and the co-
opted members of Project Unit, PWD (Buildings) for sincere efforts made in the
preparation of this document in such a time bound manner. Various field
units, who contributed field inputs, also deserve appreciation for their timely
help.

Although, all care has been taken to update the schedule in the best
possible manner, there may be still undetected error and scope for its
further improvement. All Engineers under PWD and other works
department may, therefore feel free to point out any error, or give their
suggestion for further improvement and feedback on reasonability of rates
while preparing estimates.

[Manoranjan Debbarma] [Shyamal Chakraborty]

Superintending Engineer Addl. Chief Engineer
Planning & Design Unit, PWD (R&B] Planning & Design Unit, PWD (R&B]
Tripura Tripura
 INDEX
I. Basic Approach BA - 1 to 5

II. Basic Rates

a. Labour L-1

b. Usage Charges of Plants & Machineries P&M - 1 to 4

c. Material M - 1 to 12

III. Part - I Roads and Bridge works for Highways and MDRs. 1 to 110

For Road WorK

Chapter - 1 Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing/ Breaking of 2 to 3

Materials

Chapter - 2 Site Clearance 4 to 9

Chapter - 3 Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage 10 to 20

Chapter - 4 Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and 21 to 27

Shoulders

Chapter - 5 Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous) 28 to 39

Chapter - 6 Cement Concrete Pavement 40 to 42

Chapter - 7 Geosynthetic Reinforced Earth 43 to 45

Chapter - 8 Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances 46 to 59

Chapter - 9 Pipe Culverts 60 to 61

Chapter - 10 Maintenance of Roads 62 to 65

Chapter - 11 Horticulture 66 to 68

For Bridge Work

Chapter - 12 Foundation 69 to 83

Chapter - 13 Sub-structure 84 to 89

Chapter - 14 Superstructure 90 to 102

Chapter - 15 River Training and Protection Works 103 to 106

Chapter - 16 Repair and Rehabilitation 107 to 110

IV. Part - II Roads and Bridge works for ODRs and Rural 111 to 202
Roads.

Chapter - 1 Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials 112 to 117

and Setting Out

Chapter - 2 Site Clearance 118 to 124

Chapter - 3 Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage 125 to 132

Chapter - 4 Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and 133 to 139

Shoulders

Chapter - 5 Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous) 140 to 146

Chapter-6 Cement Concrete Pavement 147 to 149

Chapter - 7 Causeway and Submersible Bridges 150 to 152

Chapter - 8 Hill Roads 153 to 157

Chapter - 9 Pipe Culverts 158 to 162

Chapter - 10 Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances 163 to 178

Chapter - 11 Foundation 179 to 182

Chapter -12 Sub-structure 183 to 186

Chapter - 13 Superstructure 187 to 189

Chapter - 14 Protection Works 190 to 195

Chapter - 15 Maintenance of Roads 196 to 199

Chapter - 16 Pile Foundation & Well Foundation for Bridge 200 to 202

V. Part - III Miscellaneous items for Roads, Timber 203 to 229

Bridges, River training works

Miscellaneous - 1 Misc. Items for roads 204 to 216

Miscellaneous - 2 Misc. items for Timber Bridges. 217 to 221

Miscellaneous - 3 Misc. items for river training works 222 to 223

Miscellaneous - 4 Bases and surface courses (non-bituminous &

bituminous) using organosilane nano technology 224 to 230

VI. Specification for Miscellaneous items 231 to 241

VII. Seletected tables from Specification of Rural Road 242 to 251

 BASIC APPROACH AND GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS FOR THE
PREPARATION OF SCHEDULE OF RATES - 2023 FOR ROADS & BRIDGES

The basic approach for the preparation of Schedule of Rates for Roads and Bridges -
2023 based on Standard Data Book for Analysis of Rates for Rural Roads is indicated as under :

1 General

The Schedule of Rates - 2023 for Roads and Bridges has been prepared in three parts :

i. PART - I : Roads and Bridge Works for Highways and MDRs.

ii. PART - II : Roads and Bridge Works for ODRs and Roads.

iii. PART - III : Miscellaneous Items for Roads, Timber Bridges, River Training Works.

2 Description of Items and specification

The description of items is given briefly and linked with the relevant Sections and Clauses
of the MoRT&H Specification for Part - I : Roads and Bridge Works for Highways and MDRs,
MoRD Specifications for Rural Roads for Part - II : Roads and Bridge Works for ODRs and Rural
Roads referred as Technical Specifications in the description of items, wherever feasible, which
may be referred for detailed description, provisions and interpretation.

The specification for the miscellaneous items in Part - III, which are not available in the
MoRT&H and MoRD specification is attached with this Schedule of Rates.

3 Use of Machinery

3.1 The Rates for roads & bridges - 2023 for Highways & MDRs is based on the assumption
that these are to be constructed with the technology, with high input of machinery,
wherever required to ensure the required quality of work.

3.2 The Rates for roads & bridges - 2023 for ODRs & rural roads is based on the assumption
that Rural Roads are to be constructed with intermediate technology, i.e., manual means
with medium input of machinery, wherever required to ensure the required quality of
work.

3.3 For rolling, use of static roller has been generally considered. However, use of vibratory/
pneumatic tyre roller has been considered wherever required as per provisions of
MoRT&H and MoRD Specifications.

4 Working Conditions

4.1 Rates have been analysed for average working conditions prevailing in the country &
State.

4.2 Average achievable outputs of machinery and labour have been considered taking into
account for the job and management factors.
SOR 2023, PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge, Tripura BA - 1

5 Overheads

Normally the overheads are considered to include interalia the following elements :

i. Site accommodation, setting up plant, access road, water supply, electricity and general
site arrangements.

ii. Site office infrastructure.

iii. Expenditure on :

a) Corporate office of the Contractor.

b) Site supervision by the Contractor.

c) Preparation of 'as built' drawings.

iv. Mobilisation/demobilisation of resources.

v. Labour camps with minimum amenities, required as per labour laws.

vi. Light vehicles for site supervision including administrative and managerial requirements.

vii. Minor Tools & Plants (T&P) including needle vibrators required for concrete work.

viii. Survey instruments and the task of setting out of works including verification of line and
dimentions (but excluding construction of benchmarks and reference pillars which are
separate items under setting out).

ix. Watch and ward

x. Arrangement for traffic and traffic management during construction.

xi. Expenditure on safeguarding environment during construction.

xii. Sundries (except wherever separately considered)

xiii. Financing expenditure of the Contractor.

xiv. Work insurance/compensation.

xv. In the analysis of each items of works, multiplying factor 0.2127 is considred for
reversible calculation of GST so that 18.00 % GST on works contract/ gross amount
excluding 1.00 % Cess is worked out.

6 Contractor's Profit

Contractor's profit and overheads is assumed as @ 15.00 %.

7 General

7.1 The section and Clause numbers refer to the MoRT&H and MoRD Specifications.

7.2 Additional assumptions made for analysing different items have been indicated in
respective Chapters in the form of Preamble and notes/footnotes wherever required.
SOR 2023, PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge, Tripura BA - 2

7.3 For some of the items, certain size/ specifications have been assumed. If size/
specifications other than the same are adopted, corresponding modifications may be
made in the inputs of analysis.

7.4 In the rate analysis of some items, the quantities of sub-items involved in that analysis,
like, excavation for foundation, foundation concrete, masonry work, painting, lettering,
etc. have been given. For rate analysis of such sub-items, reference may be made to
relevant Chapters dealing with the sub-items.

7.5 The sources of all materials and samples of materials are required to be approved by the
Engineer before start of any work.

7.6 Quality control of works shall be governed by the relevant Specifications.

8 Basic Inputs

8.1 The analysis of the Schedule of Rates is based on the requirements of basic inputs of
materials, labour and machineries for various items.

8.2 The rates for labour, material and usage charges of machinery has been ascertained from
local authorities/enquiries to prepare SOR.

8.3 The basic rates of all materials, such as, crushed stone aggregate, stone dust, lime,
manure, bricks, Jhama brick aggregate, fine sand , etc. at quarry/ crusher sites has been
fixed and mentioned.

8.4 The cost of materials is considered as the cost at source as mentioned and the cost of
loading, unloading and their carriage/ haulage, upto the work site will be considered and
calculated while preparing the DPR/ Cost estimates adding actual Haulage to the
particular project site.

9 Plants and Equipment

9.1 Keeping in view the job and managerial factors and the age factor of machines, the
output of plant and equipment is taken approximately 70 per cent of the rated capacity
given by manufacturer under ideal conditions.

9.2 The requirement of machinery has been worked out assuming working period of 6 hours
per shift of 8 hours.

9.3 Certain equipment, like, road rollers, are required to be available at site for complete
period of the shift, though from the consideration of their output, they may be required
only for 3 to 4 hours. This is necessitated to match with the output of other associated
machines, like, HMP, Pavers, Cement concrete batch mox plant etc. In such cases, the
hire charges of road rollers have been multiplied with a factor of 0.65 to account for the
idle period wherever considered appropriate.

9.4 Though electrically operated equipment, like, concrete mixers and vibrators have been
provided, diesel/ kerosine operated equipment can be used where electricity is not
available.

9.5 Wherever electric generator has not been provided to run a plant or equipment, it is
assumed that it is fitted with a diesel engine.

9.6 For small jobs where loading and unloading is required to be done manually, tractor-
trolley has been considered for carriage instead of tipper.

SOR 2023, PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge, Tripura BA - 3

 9.7 Output of plant/ equipment is considered for the compacted quantities.

9.8 A water tanker of 6 kl capacity which is commonly used at construction sites has been
considered.

9.9 The usage charges for machines include ownership charges, cost of repair and
maintenance including replacement of tyres and running and operating charges which
includes crew, fuel and lubricants.

10 Labour

10.1 One mate has been provided for 25 (10 in case of Horticulture) labours for all items of
works.

10.2 The labour wages has been considered as per rates in the local market.

11 Materials

11.1 Quantities of materials considered in the rate analysis are approximate for the purpose of
estimation and include normal wastages. Actual consumption would depend on mix
design where required.

11.2 The rates of material is considered as basic cost at locations of stone crushers/ factory
/rail head /brick kiln /Sub-divisional Head Quarters and cost of its carriage to the site of
work /plant including loading, unloading and stacking should be added as for actual
distance to the particular project as Haulage, while calculating the final item rate while
preparing the DPR /Cost estimate.

11.3 The supply of materials will be taken either at the location of mixing plant or at the work
site as per requirement of use.

11.4 Contractor will make his own arrangements for borrowing earth. However, compensation
for earth taken from private land has been included in the rate analysis for construction
of embankment /sub-grade with borrowed earth.

11.5 Credit for Dismantled Material: The dismantled materials should be examined and a
realistic assessment made for credit for such materials, which can be utilized for works or
auctioned.

11.6 The basic rates include all duties, levies, octroi charges, toll tax, sale tax, VAT, municipal
taxes and other local taxes, etc including surcharges if any.

12 Concrete Items

12.1 The analysis of rates accounts for input of materials by weight and use of weigh batch
mixer for Highways and MDRs and ordinary mixer for ODRs and Rural Roads.

12.2 Use of vibrators for all concreting work has been included in the items.

12.3 Steel reinforcement for cement concrete work is required to be provided separately
unless otherwise specified in the item. The rate for the same has been analysed
separately. The wastage @ 5% for lappage, chairs etc. has been considered in the
analysis. So no measurement for lappage, chairs etc. should be recorded for payment.

12.4 Cost toward formwork has been added to all concrete items. Hence separate
measurement and payment toward formwork is not required.

SOR 2023, PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge, Tripura BA - 4

 ABBREVIATIONS
AC Asphaltic Concrete
BC Bituminous Concrete
BM Bituminous Macadam
BUSG Built-up Spray Grout
CI Cast Iron
cfm Cubic Feet per minute
cm Centimetre
cum Cubic metre
dia Diameter
e.g. for example
FE Loader Front End Loader
GBFS Granulated Blast Furnace Slag
GI Galvanised Iron
GL Ground Level
h Hours
HMP Hot Mix Plant
HP Horse Power
i.e. That is
IRC Indian Roads Congress
IS Indian Standards
kg Kilogram
kl Kilolitre
km Kilometre
kN Kilo Newton
lit Litre
m Metre
Max Maximum
Min Minimum
mm Millimetre
MORD Ministry of Rural Development
MORT&H Ministry of Road Transport & Highways
Nos Numbers
NRRDA National Rural Roads Development Agency
OMC Optimum Moisture Content
PCC Plain Cement Concrete
PQC Pavement Quality Concrete
q Quintal
RCC Reinforce Cement Concrete
RR Road Roller
Rupees
sqm Square metre
t Tonne
T&P Tools and Plants
t.km Tonne kilometre
WBM Water Bound Macadam
WMM Wet Mix Macadam
Spec. Specification

SOR 2023, PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge, Tripura BA - 5

 BASIC RATES OF SCHEDULE OF RATES
FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES FOR PWD, TRIPURA - 2023

(A) LABOUR
Rate as on or
Sr. No. Description of Labour Unit just before
01.04.2023
L-01 Bhisti day
L-02 Bitumen Sprayer day
L-03 Blacksmith* day
L-04 Blaster day
L-05 Butane torch operator day
L-06 Carpenter 1st Class day
L-07 Carpenter 2nd Class day
L-08 Chips spreader day
L-09 Chiseller day
L-10 Dresser (Skilled) day
L-11 Driller day
L-12 Electrician day
L-13 Fitter* day
L-14 Helper (skilled) day
L-15 Mason (1st class) day
L-16 Mason (2nd Class) day
L-17 Mate day
L-18 Mazdoor (Unskilled) day
L-19 Mazdoor (Semi skilled) day
L-20 Mazdoor (Skilled) day
L-21 Mistri (for wooden pile driving/lifting) day
L-22 Painter (Ist class) day
L-23 Plumber day
L-24 Sinker (skilled) day
L-25 Sinking Helper (Semi-skilled) day
L-26 Surveyor day
L-27 Welder day
L-28 White Washer day
Note:- *Avegare rate for use in analysis of rate only.
Note:
1. The rates of Labour indicated above has been considered as per
present market rate.
2. The above rates are exclusive of overheads, contractor's profit & GST.

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Labour Page - L -1 of L-1

 BASIC RATES OF SCHEDULE OF RATES
FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES FOR PWD, TRIPURA - 2023

(B) USAGE RATES OF PLANT & MACHINERY

Description Output of Machine Usage Rates

Sr. No. As on or just

Machine Activity Unit Output Unit before
01.04.2023
per
P&M-001 Air Compressor 210 / 250 cfm Supplying compressed air cfm 210 / 250
hour
Air Compressor 210 cfm with 2
Supplying compressed air per
P&M-002 jack hammers of pneumatic cfm 210.00
& breaking of rock hour
breaker
Air compressor with pneumatic for cutting of earth in per
P&M-003 cfm 210.00
chiesel attachment well foundation hour

Air compressor with guniting per

P&M-004 guniting concrete surface - -
equipment along with accessories hour

Batch mix HMP 100-120 TPH per

P&M-005 BM, DBM, SDBC, PM t/h 75.00
hydrostatic with sensor control hour
per
P&M-006 Batch mix HMP 40-60 TPH BM, DBM, SDBC, PM t/h 50.00
hour
per
P&M-007 Batch type HMP 30/40 TPH BM, DBM, SDBC, PM t/h 35.00
hour
per
P&M-008 Mini Hot mix plant BM, DBM, SDBC, PM t/h 5.00
hour
Batch type Cold Mixing Plant 100- per
P&M-009 Mixing of ingredients t/h 75.00
120 TPH hour
per
P&M-010 Bitumen boiler oil fired/200 litre Heating of Bitumen litre/ h 400.00
hour
per
P&M-011 Bitumen boiler oil fired/1000 litre Heating of Bitumen litre/ h 2000.00
hour
Bitumen emulsion pressure Applying bitumen tack per
P&M-012 sqm/h 1750.00
distributor coat hour
cum / per
P&M-013 Cement Concrete batch mix plant concrete mixing 20.00
hour hour
per
P&M-014 Concrete mixer 0.28/0.4 cum Mixing of ingradients cum/h 2.50
hour
Concrete pump with piping and per
P&M-015 pumping of concrete cum/h 20.00
accessories hour
per
P&M-016 Concrete saw cutter cutting of concrete cum/h 4.00
hour
per
P&M-017 Crane 20- 40 t capacity Lifting of materials t/h -
hour
per
P&M-018 Crane upto 8T Lifting of materials cum/h -
hour

Crane with grab bucket of 0.75 / pouring concrete in pile per

P&M-019 t/h -
1.0 cum capacity and accessories foundation hour

per
P&M-020 Crane (Light) 3-5 t capacity for handling tremie pipe t/h -
hour
cum/ per
P&M-021 Cold milling machine recycling of concrete 20.00
hour hour
per
P&M-022 Dozer D 50 /80 Dozing cutting cum/h 30.00
hour
per
P&M-023 Dozer D 50 /81 Dozing cutting cum/h 50.00
hour
per
P&M-024 Drum mix plant mixing of cold mixes t/ h 75.00
hour
per
P&M-025 Electric generator set, 250 KVA Electricity generation KVA 200.00
hour

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Plant Machinery Page - P&M -1 of P&M -4
 Description Output of Machine Usage Rates

Sr. No. As on or just

Machine Activity Unit Output Unit before
01.04.2023
per
P&M-026 Electric generator set, 125 KVA Electricity generation KVA 100.00
hour
per
P&M-027 Electric Generator- 33 KVA Electricity generation KVA 25.00
hour
per
P&M-028 Emulsion Sprayer with Tractor Spraying of Emulsion - -
hour
per
P&M-029 Epoxy injection gun injecting epoxy grout kg / hour 10.00
hour
Front end-loader 1 cum bucket per
P&M-030 Loading Aggregates cum/h 45.00
capacity @ 45 cum/hour hour
per
P&M-031 Front end-loader Loading Soil cum/h 100.00
hour
Grout pump with agitator and Sealing of cracks/porous per
P&M-032 kg/ hour 10.00
accessories concrete hour
per
P&M-033 Hydraulic broom with tractor Surface cleaning sqm/h 1250.00
hour
Hydraulic Excavator 0.9 / 1.0 cum per
P&M-034 Excavation cum/h 100.00
bucket capacity hour
Hydraulic Excavator 0.9 cum per
P&M-035 Excavation in rock cum/h 6.00
(with rock breaker attachment) hour
Hydraulic piling Rig with for boring of pile per
P&M-036 - -
bentonite pump foundation hour
Hydraulic piling Rig with power
for driving of pile per
P&M-037 unit and double acting pile - -
foundation hour
driving hammer complete
Hydraulic self propelled chip per
P&M-038 Surface Dressing sqm/h 1500.00
spreader hour
Pavement breaking & per
P&M-039 Jack Hammer with tractor cum/h 0.5 to 1
rock drilling hour
per
P&M-040 Jack of 40 t lifting capacity lifting of structures t 40.00
hour
Joint Cutting Machine with 2-3 per
P&M-041 Cutting of Joints - -
blades hour
per
P&M-042 Kerb casting and laying machine Kerb casting and laying m/h 60.00
hour
Mixing of bituminous per
P&M-043 Mastic Cooker t/h 1.00
materials hour
Mixing of bituminous per
P&M-044 Mixall 6-10 t capacity t/h 8.00
materials hour
Mixing and laying slurry per
P&M-045 Mobile slurry seal equipment sqm/h 2700
seal hour
per
P&M-046 Motor Grader Scarifier & levelling cum/h 200.00
hour
per
P&M-047 Motor Grader Scarifier & levelling cum/h 50.00
hour
Vibrating cement per
P&M-048 Needle vibrator cum/h 3.5
concrete mix hour
per
P&M-049 Paver finisher Mechanical Laying/spreading t/h 75
hour
Paver finisher Hydrostatic with per
P&M-050 Laying / spreading t/h 75
electronic sensor control hour
per
P&M-051 Plate compactor Compaction cum/h 3.5
hour
per
P&M-052 Plate vibrator Compaction cum/h 3.5
hour
cum / per
P&M-053 Pneumatic tyred road roller Rolling of asphalt surface 25
hour hour

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Plant Machinery Page - P&M -2 of P&M -4
 Description Output of Machine Usage Rates

Sr. No. As on or just

Machine Activity Unit Output Unit before
01.04.2023
per
P&M-054 Paint Applicator Road marking sqm/h 40/ 60
hour
per
P&M-055 Road sweeper cleaning of road surface sqm/h 1250
hour
per
P&M-056 Screed vibrator Compaction cum/h 3.5
hour
applying shotcrete cum/ per
P&M-057 Shotcreting equipment 3
mixture hour hour
Smooth wheeled 80-100 kN Compaction of Sub-base/ per
P&M-058 cum/h 30
tandem roller Asphalt hour
Stone crusher (Integrated) of 200 per
P&M-059 Crushing of Spalls t/h 200
TPH hour
stresing of steel wire/ per
P&M-060 Pre stressing jack with pump t/h 0.25
strands hour

P&M-061 Texturing machine texturing of concrete - -

per
P&M-062 Compaction/ Rolling - -
hour
Earth:- Embankment or per
P&M-063 cum/h 80/70
sub-grade hour
per
P&M-064 Sub-base G-I cum/h 10.00
hour
per
P&M-065 Sub-base G-II/G-III cum/h 8.00
hour
per
P&M-066 WMM cum/h 16.00
hour
Three wheel 80-100 KN Static per
P&M-067 BUSG cum/h 10.00
Roller hour
per
P&M-068 BM 50/75 mm cum/h 12.00
hour
per
P&M-069 Premix 20/ 25 mm sqm/h 250.00
hour
per
P&M-070 Seal Coat sqm/h 500.00
hour
per
P&M-071 Surface Dressing 1st Coat sqm/h 400.00
hour
per
P&M-072 Surface Dressing 2ndCoat sqm/h 500.00
hour
per
P&M-073 Tipper 5.5 cum/10 t Carriage cum/trip 5.5
hour
per
P&M-074 Tractor with Disc Harrows Pulverisation of soil cum/h 80
hour
Tractor with ripper @ 60 cum per Ripping Pavements, per
P&M-075 cum/h 60
hour uprooting trees hour
Transportation of per
P&M-076 Tractor with trolley t/trip 3 to 5
materials hour
Tractor mount with Rotavator / Scarifying / Mixing / per
P&M-077 cum/h 25
Grader Grading hour
per
P&M-078 Trailor 30 t capacity carriage t/h 30
hour
cum/h
transportation of per
P&M-079 Transit mixer for 1 km 4
concrete mix hour
lead
per
P&M-080 Truck 10 t capacity Carriage cum/trip 5.5
hour
Vibrating Pile driving hammer
per
P&M-081 complete with power unit and driving of pile - -
hour
accessories.

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Plant Machinery Page - P&M -3 of P&M -4
 Description Output of Machine Usage Rates

Sr. No. As on or just

Machine Activity Unit Output Unit before
01.04.2023

P&M-082 Vibratory roller 80-100 kN Compaction of soil WMM cum/h 100.00

per
Compaction of BM/ hour
P&M-083 Vibratory roller 80-100 kN cum/h 60.00
concrete
Water tanker 6 kl capacity (Truck per
P&M-084 Carriage of water litre/ h 12000
Mounted) hour
per
P&M-085 Wet mix plant (Pug Mill) Wet Mix cum/h 25
hour
per
P&M-086 Wet mix plant Wet Mix t/h 75
hour
Shredding of waste per
P&M-087 Shredding Machine
Plastic hour
Note:
1. The rates of Labour indicated above has been considered as per the present market rates.
2. The above rates are exclusive of overheads, contractor's profit.
3. Above hire charges include cost of services of operating staff, Cost of lubricating oil, diesel / Petrol/
Kerosene oil , other consumables for running the plant and machinery and excluding GST.

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Plant Machinery Page - P&M -4 of P&M -4
 BASIC RATES OF SCHEDULE OF RATES
FOR ROADS AND BRIDGES FOR PWD, TRIPURA - 2023

(C) MATERIAL
Note : These rates are exclusive of contractor’s profit, over heads, loading, unloading, stacking, haulage
and applicable GST.

Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
AC Pipe 100 mm dia/ uPVC pipe (6.0 Kg/cm2) Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-001 m
110 mm OD Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-002 Accelator compound for guniting kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-003 Acrylic polymer bonding coat litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-004 Admixure- super plasticizer kg
Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I/ II (13 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-005 cum
nominal Size) 13.2 mm -10 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I/ II (40/ 19/ 13 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-006 cum
mm nominal Size) 10 mm - 5 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I (40 mm nominal Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-007 cum
Size) 10 mm - 4.75 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading II (10 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-008 cum
nominal Size) 9.5 mm - 4.75 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I / II (40/ 10 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-009 cum
nominal Size) 4.75 mm and below Tripura
Aggregate (stone)- Grading I / II (40/ 19 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-010 cum
nominal Size) 25 mm – 10 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I (19 mm nominal Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-011 cum
Size) 20 mm - 10 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I (40 mm nominal Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-012 cum
Size) 37.25 mm - 25 mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone) - Grading I / II (40 /19 / 13 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-013 cum
mm nominal Size) 5 mm and below Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-014 Aggregate (stone) - 19 mm to 9.5 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-015 Aggregate (stone) - 9.5 mm to 6 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-016 Aggregate (stone) - 6 / 4.75 mm to 0.075 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-017 Aggregate (stone) - 37.5 mm to 19 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-018 Aggregate (stone) - 19 mm to 6 mm cum
Tripura
Aggregate (stone) (19 mm nominal Size) as Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-019 cum
per Table 500.4 (of MoRD specification) Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-020 Aggregate 10 mm (Stone) cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-021 Aggregate 12/ 12.5 mm crushed (Stone) cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-022 Aggregate 20 mm (Stone) cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-023 Aggregate 40 mm (Stone) cum
Tripura

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -1 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-024 Aggregate (stone)-Grading I 90 mm to 45 mm cum
Tripura
Aggregate (stone)-Grading II 63 mm to 45 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-025 cum
mm Tripura
Aggregate (stone)-Grading III 53 mm to 22.4 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-026 cum
mm Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-027 Aggregate (stone)-45 mm to 22.4 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-028 Aggregate (stone)-22.4 mm to 2.36 mm cum
Tripura
Aluminium alloy plate,2 mm thick, fixed with
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-029 high intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3 sqm
Tripura
of MoRT&H specification
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-030 Aluminium sheeting (1.5 mm thick) sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-031 Aluminium sheeting (2.0 mm thick) sqm
Tripura
Aluminium Studs 100 mm x 100 mm fitted Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-032 nos
with lense reflectors Tripura

M-033 Bamboo (1st Class) 85 mm - 100 mm dia, At site m

M-034 Bamboo (2nd Class) 65 mm to 75 mm dia, At site m

M-035 Bamboo (Muli) 40 mm to 50 mm dia, At site m

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-036 Bentonite kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-037 Barbed wire G.I. kg
Tripura

M-038 Binding Material Near site cum

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-039 Binding wire kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-040 Binding wire (G.I. 2.00 mm) kg
Tripura

M-041 Bitumen VG-30 Dharmanagar t

M-042 Bitumen VG-10 Dharmanagar t

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-043 Bitumen drum (empty) nos
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-044 Bitumen Drum Sheet (with nails for fixing) sqm
Tripura

M-045 Bitumen Emulsion (RS-1) Dharmanagar t

M-046 Bitumen Emulsion (SS-1) Dharmanagar t

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-047 Bitumen Solution Primer kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-048 Bituminous sealant litre
Tripura

M-049 Brick 1st Class At Kiln nos

M-050 Brush wood (tetul, sheora, mandar etc) At site cum

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -2 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-051 C.I shoes for the concrete pile kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-052 Cement t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-053 Cement Primer litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-054 Coal Tar kg
Tripura
Coarse graded material for GSB (Table-400.2), Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-055 cum
53 mm to 26.5 mm Tripura
Coarse graded material for GSB (Table-400.2), Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-056 cum
26.5 mm to 4.75 mm Tripura
Coarse graded material for GSB (Table-400.2), Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-057 cum
9.5 mm to 4.75 mm Tripura
Coarse graded material for GSB (Table-400.2), Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-058 cum
2.36 mm below Tripura
Coarse graded material for Sub-Base 37.5 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-059 cum
to 9.5 mm Tripura
Coarse graded material for Sub-Base 4.75 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-060 cum
to 75 micron Tripura
Compensation for earth taken from private
M-061 Near site cum
land
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-062 Compressible fibre board 20 mm thick sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-063 Copper plate kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-064 Corrosion Resistant Structural Steel Grating kg
Tripura
Corrugated sheet, 3.0 mm thick, "W" beam Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-065 kg
section railing Tripura

M-066 Crow bars 40 mm dia (hire charges) Near site hour

Crushed stone as per table 300.3 of MoRTH Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-067 cum
specification Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-068 Crushed stone dust or Grit 3 mm size cum
Tripura
Crushed stone dust or Grit Passing 2.36 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-069 cum
and retained on 180 micron Tripura
Crushed stone dust or Grit Passing 2.36 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-070 cum
and retained on 75 micron Tripura
Crushed stone coarse aggregate of 25 mm and
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-071 12.5 mm nominal sizes graded as per table cum
Tripura
600-1 of MoRT&H specification.
Crushed Stone Aggregate 26.5 mm to 75
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-072 micron (Table 1500.1/ 3 of MoRD specification cum
Tripura
)
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-073 Crushed Stone chipping 19 mm nominal size cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-074 Crushed Stone chipping 13.2 mm nominal size cum
Tripura

Crushed Stone Chipping 6.7 mm size 100% Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-075 cum
passing 11.2 mm and retained on 2.36 mm Tripura

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -3 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023

Crushed Stone Chipping 6.7 mm size 100% Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-076 cum
passing 9.5 mm and retained on 2.36 mm Tripura

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-077 Crushed Stone chipping 9.5 mm nominal size cum
Tripura
Crushed Stone Coarse Aggregate Passing 63 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-078 cum
mm and retained on 2.8 mm Tripura
Crushed Stone Coarse Aggregate Passing 53 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-079 cum
mm and retained on 2.8 mm Tripura
Crushed Stone Coarse Aggregate Passing 45 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-080 cum
mm and retained on 2.8 mm Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-081 Curing compound litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-082 Debonding strips m
Tripura

M-083 Doob grass At site kg

Earth, free from clay with a Plasticity Index not

M-084 Local quarry cum
exceeding 6.
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-085 Elastomeric bearing assembly cucm
Tripura

Elastomeric slab seal expansion joint assembly

manufactured by using chloroprene, elastomer Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-086 m
for elastomeric slab unit conforming to clause Tripura
915.1 of IRC: 83 (part II)

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-087 Electric detonator each
Tripura
Empty gunny/ polythene (of minimum wall Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-088 nos
thickness of 500 micron) bags Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-089 Epoxy Resin kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-090 Epoxy Mortar kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-091 Epoxy Paint litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-092 Epoxy Primer litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-093 Epoxy resin-hardener mix Kg
Tripura

M-094 Farmyard manure At Farm cum

M-095 Synthetic adhesive Sub-Divn. HQ of

kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-096 Filter media (stone aggregate) cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-097 Fine aggregate (stone) 3.00 mm and below cum
Tripura

M-098 Flower plant At site nos

M-099 Flower shrubs At site nos

M-100 Fuel - LPG Agartala Kg

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -4 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-101 Galvanised steel/ angle/plates /pipes kg
Tripura
Galvanised angle Section 100 mm x 100 mm Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-102 kg
of 12 mm thickness Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-103 Galvanised MS flat clamp nos
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-104 Galvanised steel wire crates kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-105 Gelatine 80 per cent kg
Tripura
Geotextile 120 gsm non woven membrane, Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-106 sqm
100% polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25 mm Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-107 GI Bolt with nut 10 mm dia nos
Tripura
GI Nipple 150 mm long 20 mm dia for Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-108 nos
grouting Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-109 GI Pipe 100 mm dia (medium class) m
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-110 GI Pipe 50 mm dia (medium class) m
Tripura
Granular material for backfilling abutment, Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-111 cum
wing wall, return wall etc. Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-112 HDPE pipes 75 mm dia m
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-113 HDPE pipes 90 mm dia m
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-114 Thermoplastic paint kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-115 H.T. Strand @ 9.42 Kg/m t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-116 Indigo kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-117 Joint filler board 25 mm as per IS:1838 sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-118 Joint filler board 20 mm as per IS:1838 sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-119 Joint sealant kg
Tripura
Jute netting, open weave, 2.5 cm square Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-120 sqm
opening Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-121 Jute rope 12 mm dia m
Tripura
Key Aggregates passing 26.5 mm and retained Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-122 cum
on 2.8 mm Tripura
Key Aggregates passing 22.4 mm and retained Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-123 cum
on 2.8 mm Tripura

M-124 LDO for steam curing Agartala litre

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-125 Lime kg
Tripura
Lime stone dust filler with calcium content not Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-126 t
less than 80 per cent Tripura
Modular strip/ box seal expansion joint
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-127 catering to a horizontal movement beyond 70 m
Tripura
mm and upto 140 mm

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -5 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Modular strip/ box seal expansion joint
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-128 catering to a horizontal movement beyond 140 m
Tripura
mm and upto 210 mm
MS Angles 100 x 100 x 10 mm /MS plate 10 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-129 kg
mm thick Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-130 MS clamps kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-131 MS clamps nos
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-132 MS Angle Iron kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-133 MS Flat/ Structural Steel t
Tripura
MS Sheet Tube (75 mm x 75 mm x 12 SWG Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-134 kg
Sheet) Tripura
MS Sheet Tube (47 mm x 47 mm x 12 SWG Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-135 kg
Sheet) Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-136 MS Sheet 1.5 mm thick sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-137 MS Sheet 1.6 mm thick sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-138 MS Sheet 2.0 mm thick sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-139 MS Sheet 6.0 mm thick kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-140 MS Spikes/ nails kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-141 Nuts, Bolts and Rivets (MS) kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-142 Paint (Synthetic Enamel) litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-143 Pesticide kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-144 Plasticizer - as per IS : 9103-1999 litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-145 Polythene/ plastic sheeting (125 micron) sqm
Tripura
Polythene Sheathing (25 mm inner dia and Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-146 nos
length of 0.66 m) Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-147 Polythene/ plasting Sheath 1.25 mm thick sqm
Tripura
Bearing (Pot type bearing assembly consisting
of a metal piston supported by a disc, PTFE
pads providing sliding surfaces against Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-148 nos
stainless steel mating together with cast steel Tripura
assemblies/fabricated structural steel
assemblies duly painted with all components
Precast cement concrete tiles of size 300 x 300 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-149 nos
mm and 25 mm thick Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-150 Premoulded joint filler board 20 mm thick sqm
Tripura
Pre-packed polymer concrete based on epoxy
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-151 system complete with curing compound, kg
Tripura
intiator and promoter

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -6 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-152 Quarried stone 150 mm to 200 mm size cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-153 Quarried stone 150 mm and below cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-154 Quick setting compound kg
Tripura

M-155 RCC Pipe NP3 (1200 mm dia) At Factory m

M-156 RCC Pipe NP3 (1000 mm dia) At Factory m

M-157 RCC Pipe NP3 (750 mm dia) At Factory m

M-158 RCC Pipe NP3 (600 mm dia) At Factory m

M-159 RCC Pipe NP2 (1200 mm dia) At Factory m

M-160 RCC Pipe NP2 (900 mm dia) At Factory m

M-161 RCC Pipe NP2 (600 mm dia) At Factory m

M-162 RCC Pipe NP2 (450 mm dia) At Factory m

M-163 RCC Pipe NP2 (300 mm dia) At Factory m

M-164 RCC Pipe NP2 (200 mm dia) At Factory m

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-165 Red-oxide Primer litre
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-166 Reflectorising glass beads kg
Tripura
Road delineators from ISI certified firm as per Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-167 nos
the standard drawing given in IRC - 79 Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-168 Road marking paint litre
Tripura
M-169 Sand (Coarse) Churaibari cum

M-170 Sand (Fine) : from selected quarries Selected Local quarry cum

M-171 Sand (Fine) : from local quarries Local quarry cum

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-172 Sealant primer kg
Tripura

M-173 Seeds At Site kg

M-174 Selected earth Local quarry cum

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-175 Sheathing duct ID 66 mm m
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-176 Steel Pipe 25/ 50 mm dia t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-177 Steel Channels ISMC 100 kg
Tripura
Steel helmet and cushion block on top of Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-178 kg
casing head Tripura

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -7 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-179 Steel Joists ISMB t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-180 Steel (mild) round bar t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-181 Twisted steel / deformed bars t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-182 Stone boulders of size 200 mm and above cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-183 Stone boulders of size 150 mm and below cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-184 Stone Chips 13.2 mm nominal size cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-185 Stone Chips 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-186 Stone Crushed Aggregate 13.2 mm to 0.9 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-187 Stone Crushed Aggregate 11.2 mm to 0.9 mm cum
Tripura
Stone Screening - Type A 13.2 mm for Grading- Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-188 cum
1 Tripura
Stone Screening - Type B 11.2 mm for Grading- Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-189 cum
2 Tripura
Stone Screening - Type B 11.2 mm for Grading- Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-190 cum
3 Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-191 Stone Spalls of minimum size 25 mm cum
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-192 Strip seal type Elastomeric expansion joint m
Tripura
Structural steel, in bars, plates, angles, Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-193 t
channels etc. Tripura
Traffic cone of LDPE with a square base of 390
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-194 x 390 x 35 mm and a height of 770 mm, 4 kg nos
Tripura
in weight
Tube anchorage set complete with bearing Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-195 nos
plate, permanent wedges, etc. Tripura

M-196 Water Near site kl

Water based paint of approved quality for Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-197 litre
cement concrete surface Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-198 cum
Grading I - 2.36 mm below Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-199 cum
Grading I - 53 mm to 9.5 mm Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-200 cum
Grading I - 9.5 mm to 2.36 mm Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-201 cum
Grading II - 2.36 mm below Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-202 cum
Grading II - 26.5 mm to 9.5 mm Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-203 cum
Grading II - 9.5 mm to 2.36 mm Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-204 cum
Grading III - 2.36 mm below Tripura
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-205 cum
Grading III - 4.75 mm to 2.36 mm Tripura

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -8 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Well Graded Stone Aggregate for Sub-Base - Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-206 cum
Grading III - 9.5 mm to 4.75 mm Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-207 Wire mesh kg
Tripura
Wooden sleepers (2500 mm x 250 mm x 125 No/
M-208 Near site
mm) (hire charges) hour

3/4th to 1.0 ton Monkey with necessary chains,

M-209 pully, and other accessories for handling and Near site day
driving of wooden piles (hire charges)

1/2 ton Monkey with necessary chains, pully,

M-210 and other accessories for handling and driving Near site day
of wooden piles (hire charges)
Chains, pully, and other accessories for
M-211 handling and lifting of wooden piles (hire Near site day
charges)

M-212 Jhama Brick Aggregate 10 mm At Kiln cum

M-213 Jhama Brick Aggregate 20 mm At Kiln cum

M-214 Jhama Brick Aggregate 40 mm At Kiln cum

Jhama Brick Aggregate-Grading I - 53 mm to

M-215 At Kiln cum
0.075 mm

M-216 Filter media (considering Jhama Brick metal) At Kiln cum

Well Graded Material for Sub-Base - Grading I -

M-217 At Kiln cum
53 mm to 0.075 mm jhama brick aggregate
Jhama Brick Aggragate Grading 2, 63 mm to
M-218 At Kiln cum
22.4 mm
Jhama Brick Aggragate Grading 3, 53 mm to
M-219 At Kiln cum
11.2 mm

M-220 Jhama Brick Aggragate 45 mm to 22.4 mm At Kiln cum

M-221 Jhama Brick Aggragate 22.4 mm to 2.36 mm At Kiln cum

M-222 Jhama Brick Aggragate 2.36 mm to 75 micron At Kiln cum

1st class local wood piles (sal/nahar

M-223 Near site m
/nageswar) 150 mm dia
st
1 class local wood piles (sal /nahar
M-224 Near site m
/nageswar) 250 mm to 300 mm dia
1st class local wood piles (sal /nahar
M-225 Near site m
/nageswar) 200 mm to 250 mm dia
M-226 Sal wood - Beams Near site cum

M-227 Karai wood - Beams Near site cum

Sal wood - deckings, trackways, battens and

M-228 Near site cum
planks for abutments & wing walls
Karai wood - deckings, trackways, battens and
M-229 Near site cum
planks for abutments & wing walls
Sal wood - joist runner, wheel guards, rail
M-230 Near site cum
post, struts, railings, bracings of piles

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -9 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Karai wood - joist runner, wheel guards, rail
M-231 Near site cum
post, struts, railings, bracings of piles

M-232 2nd class local wood scantling (chamal/ garjan) Near site cum

M-233 3rd class local wood scantling (soft wood) Near site cum

M-234 Sal Ballies 100 mm dia Near site m

3rd class local wood piles 300 mm to 350 mm

M-235 Near site m
dia
3rd class local wood piles 250 mm to 300 mm
M-236 Near site m
dia
3rd class local wood piles 200 mm to 250 mm
M-237 Near site m
dia
M-238 3rd class local wood Ballies 50 mm dia At site m

M-239 3rd class local wood Ballies 100 mm dia At site m

M-240 3rd class local wood Ballies 200 mm dia At site m

Credit for excavated rock found suitable for

M-241 At site cum
use
M-242 RCC Collar NP2 (1200 mm dia) At Factory each

M-243 RCC Collar NP2 (900 mm dia) At Factory each

M-244 RCC Collar NP2 (600 mm dia) At Factory each

M-245 RCC Collar NP2 (450 mm dia) At Factory each

M-246 RCC Collar NP2 (300 mm dia) At Factory each

M-247 RCC Collar NP2 (200 mm dia) At Factory each

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-248 Wire brush (with thick wire) each
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-249 Soft brush each
Tripura
Galvanised carbon steel strips (60 mm wide 5 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-250 m
mm thick as per clause 3102.) Tripura
Aluminium Strips (60 mm wide 5 mm thick as Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-251 m
per clause 3102.) Tripura
Stainless steel strips (60 mm wide 5 mm thick Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-252 m
as per clause 3102.) Tripura
Synthetic Geogrids as per clause 3102.8 and Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-253 sqm
approved design and specifications. Tripura
Interlocking C.C. paver block (60 mm thick, M-
M-254 At Factory sqm
30)
Interlocking C.C. paver block (80 mm thick, M-
M-255 At Factory sqm
35)
Interlocking C.C. paver block (60 mm thick, M-
M-256 At Factory sqm
35)

M-257 Precast C.C. Kerb Stone M - 25 At Factory cum

Modified Bitumen Refinery produced CRMB -

M-258 Dharmanagar t
55

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -10 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023

M-259 Polymer Modified Bitumen PMB - 70 Dharmanagar t

M-260 Over burn bricks (Picked Jhama) At Kiln nos

Jhama brick aggregate for WBM Grading - 1,

M-261 At Kiln cum
90 mm to 22.4 mm
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-262 Welded steel wire fabric kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-263 Steel Wire Rope 40 mm kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-264 Steel Wire Rope 20 mm kg
Tripura
Steel circular hollow pole of standard
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-265 specification for street lighting to mount light nos
Tripura
at 9 m height above road level
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-266 Sodium vapour lamp nos
Tripura
Steel circular hollow pole of standard
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-267 specification for street lighting to mount light nos
Tripura
at 5 m height above deck level
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-268 Aluminium alloy/galvanised steel t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-269 Scrap tyres of size 900 x 20 nos
Tripura

M-270 Hedge plants At Site nos

M-271 Sapling 2 m high 25 mm dia At Site nos

Bearing (Cast steel rocker bearing assembly of Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-272 nos
250 tonne) Tripura
Bearing (Forged steel roller bearing of 250 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-273 nos
tonne) Tripura

Bearing (PTFE sliding plate bearing assembly Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-274 nos
of 80 tonnes) Tripura

Bearing (Supply of sliding plate bearing of 80 Sub-Divn. HQ of

M-275 nos
tonne) Tripura
Solar Powered Road Markers made of
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-276 aluminium alloy and poly carbonate material nos
Tripura
(Solar studs)
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-277 Solvent (for bitumen) kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-278 ABS /ASA /HIPS body road stud nos
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-279 Geonets sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-280 Geomembrane sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-281 Geotextile sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-282 Perforated geosynthetic pipe 150 mm dia m
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-283 Geotextile filter fabric sqm
Tripura

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -11 of M -12

 Rates as on or
Sr. No. Description Place of origin Unit just before
01.04.2023
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-284 Paving Fabric sqm
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-285 ABS Delineator nos
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-286 uPVC pipe 90 mm OD m
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-287 uPVC pipe 75 mm OD m
Tripura
Instant Road Repair Compound
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-288 (INSSTAPATTCH/ SHELMAC - PR/ SHALIPATCH kg
Tripura
or Equivalent)

M-289 Nano Acrylic Co-polymer (Zycobond) Guwahati kg

M-290 Organosilane Nanotechnology (Nanotac) Guwahati kg

M-291 Organosilane Nanotechnology (Terraprime) Guwahati kg

M-292 Organosilane Nanotechnology (Terrasil) Guwahati kg

M-293 Organosilane Nanotechnology (Zycotherm) Guwahati kg

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-294 Dry hydrated lime (factory made) quintal
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-295 Waste plastic additive t
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-296 Solar Powered Road Delineator each
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-297 Convex Mirror 32 inchs - 800 MM Dia each
Tripura
Retro Reflective Tapes of red, white & yellow Sub-Divn. HQ of each
M-298
colour (45mx72mm) Tripura roll
Flexible median marker with ABS body Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-299 each
material of standrd size Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-300 Epoxy adhesive kg
Tripura
Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-301 Connectors/ Staples each
Tripura

M-302 Fly Ash Bongaigaon t

M-303 Brick 2nd class At kiln nos

Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-304 Polymer braids m
Tripura
Spring Posts or Rebound able Delineators 450 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-305 nos
mm Tripura
Spring Posts or Rebound able Delineators 700 Sub-Divn. HQ of
M-306 nos
mm Tripura

Note : 1. These rates are exclusive of contractor’s profit, over heads, loading, unloading, stacking,
haulage and applicable GST.
2. Basic rate of different types of Bitumen and emulsion are as on 01.06.2023.

SOR 2023, PWD(R) Road Bridge/ Material Page - M -12 of M -12

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 1 of 251
 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 1

Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing / Breaking of Materials

(a) Preamble

1. The rate analysis of loading and unloading of various items include stacking.

2. The rate analysis of loading and unloading has been given both by manual and mechanical means.
Means of loading / unloading appropriate to the work and site is to adoQted.

3. The rate analysis for haulage of materials has been made in terms of tonne - kilometer (t.km) for
ease of adoption depending upon the lead in km and load in tonnes.

4. The cost for carriage will vary depending upon the riding surface of the road. Provision has
accordingly been made considering surfaced roads, unsurfaced gravel roads and katcha tracks.

5. Analysis of carriage of materials is exclusive of the loading, unloading and stacking and this has to
be added as applicable.

6. Carriage of materials if done by boats shall be Paid @ 50% extra above the rates as given for
carriage of materials by road.

7. The Provision of tipper has been made in hours where lead is Known like disposal of materials upto
1000 m. In case where the lead is variable and more than 1000 m, the haulage rates are to be
added as per particular site conditions.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 2 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter 1 : Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing / Breaking of Materials
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H DescriQtion Unit
SQec.

1.1 Loading and unloading of Stone Boulder, stone aggregate,

Brick Aggregate, Kankar, earth, Crushed slag, Stone for
masonry Work by Mechanical Means including a lead upto
30m. cum

1.2 Loading and unloading of Stone Boulder, stone aggregate,

Brick Aggregate, Kankar, earth, Crushed slag, Stone for
masonry Work by Manual Means including a lead upto
30m. cum

1.3 Loading, Unloading of Cement or steel by Manual Means

and stacking t

1.4 Haulage excluding Loading & Unloading

(i) Surfaced road t.km.

( ii ) Unsurfaced Gravel Road t.km.

( iii ) Katcha Track and Track in River Bed / Nallah Bed

and Choe Bed t.km.

1.5 Hand broken stone aggregate 63 mm nominal size

Supply of quarried stone and hand breaking into coarse

aggregate to 63 mm nominal size (passing 80 mm and
retained on 50 mm ) and stacking as directed. cum

1.6 Crushed stone aggregates of 13.2 mm nominal size

Supply of Stone boulders and crushing in an integrated

stone crushing unit of 200 t/h capacity comprising of
primary and secondary crushing units, conveyor belt and
vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates 13.2 mm
nominal size. cum

1.7 Crushed stone aggregates of 20 mm nominal size

Supply of Stone boulders and crushing in an integrated

stone crushing unit of 200 t/h capacity comprising of
primary and secondary crushing units, conveyor belt and
vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates of 20 mm
nominal size. cum

1.8 Crushed stone aggregates of 40 mm nominal size

Supply of Stone boulders and crushing in an integrated

stone crushing unit of 200 t/h capacity comprising of
primary and secondary crushing units, conveyor belt and
vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates of 40 mm
nominal size. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 3 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 2

Site Clearance

(a) Preamble

1. Unless otherwise stated, the rates include sorting and disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking of serviceable material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m.

2. The rates include Tools & Plants (T&P) and scaffolding required for items of dismantling.

3. Carriage of dismantled materials, bushes, branches of tree, etc. has been catered with a tractor-
trolley of 3 tonnes capacity with manual loading and unloading @ 2 trips per hour within a lead of
1000 m. This will be economical for such works as compared to tipper.

4. Where only grass / wild growth is met with, rate of item No.2.2, i.e., clearing grass and removal of
rubbish can be applied.

5. The dismantling of structures has been catered both by manual and mechanical means. The
Engineer can use his discretion depending upon quantum of work and particular site conditions.

6. Rate analysis for removing of stumps and roots has also been provided separately.

7. The dismantling of Hume pipes has been catered manually as pipes can easily be rolled by men to a
suitable stacking place within the right of way.

8. For dismantling of structures, which remain submerged in water, the cost may be enhanced by 50
per cent. If site condition warrant lowering of water level to facilitate dismantling, the cost may be
enhanced by additional 25 per cent.

9. Dismantling of utilities like water supply lines, electric and telephone lines is required to be done
under the supervision of concerned departments with prior information to the users.

10. In certain items of dismantling, like, pipe culverts, utilities, etc., excavation in earth and dismantling
of masonary works is not included in this analysis. These items are required to be priced separately
based on actual quantities at site and nature of work.

11. The dismantled materials should be examined and a realistic assessment and provision should be
made after due process for the salvage value for such materials, can be utilised for works or
auctioned.

12. In case where lead for disposal is more than 1000 m, extra cost of carriage is required to be added
based on tonne-kilometerage as per Chapter 1.

13. All minor Tools & Plants (T&P) items required have been considered to have been included in
overhead charges.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 4 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

2.1 201 Cutting of Trees, including Cutting of Trunks , Branches

and Removal of Stumps

Cutting of trees, including cutting of trunks , branches

and removal of stumps & roots, refilling, compaction of
backfilling and stacking of serviceable material by manual
means with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 201.

(I) Girth above 300 mm to 600 mm each

(II) Girth above 600 mm to 900 mm each

(III) Girth above 900 mm to 1800 mm each

(IV) Girth above 1800 mm each

2.2 201 Clearing Grass and Removal of Rubbish

Clearing grass and removal of rubbish up to a distance of

30 m outside the periphery of the area as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 201. hectare

2.3 201 Clearing and Grubbing Road Land

Clearing and grubbing road land including uprooting wild

vegetation, grass, bushes, shrubs, saplings and trees of
girth upto 300 mm, removal of stumps of such trees cut
earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials and stacking
of serviceable material to be used or auctioned, upto a lead
of 1000 m including removal and disposal of top organic
soil not exceeding 150 mm in thickness as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clause 201.

(I) By Manual Means

(A) In area of light jungle hectare

(B) In area of thorny jungle hectare

(II) By Mechanical Means

(A) In area of non-thorny jungle hectare

(B) In area of thorny jungle hectare

2.4 202 Dismantling of Structures

Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges,

retaining walls and other structure comprising of masonry,
cement concrete, wood work, steel work, including T&P
and scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting the
dismantled material, disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking the serviceable material with all lifts and upto a
lead of 1000 m as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 202.

(i) Dismantling Lime / cement Concrete

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 5 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

(I) By Manual Means

A) Lime concrete / cement Concrete grade M-

10 and below cum

B) Cement Concrete M-15 & M-20 cum

C) Prestressed / Reinforced Cement Concrete

grade M-20 & above cum

(II) By Mechanical Means

A) Cement Concrete grade M-15 & M-20 cum

B) Prestressed / Reinforced Cement Concrete

grade M-20 & above cum

( ii ) Dismantling brick / tile work

A) In lime mortar cum

B) In cement mortar cum

C) Mud Mortar cum

D) Dry Brick Pitching or Brick Soling cum

( iii ) Dismantling stone masonry

A) Rubble Stone Masonry in Lime Mortar cum

B) Rubble Stone Masonry in Cement Mortar cum

C) Rubble Stone Masonry in Mud Mortar cum

D) Dry Rubble Masonry cum

E)
Dismantling Stone Pitching/Dry Stone Spalls cum

F) Dismantling boulders laid in wire crates

including opening of crates and stacking
dismantled materials cum

( iv ) Dismantling Wood Work Wrought and Fixed in

Frames of Trusses upto a height of 5 m above
Plinth Level cum

(v) Dismantling Steel Work in all Types of Sections upto

a height of 5 m above Plinth Level excluding Cutting
of rivet

A) Including dismembering t

B) Excluding dismembering t

C) Extra over Items v.(A) and v.(B) for cutting

rivets each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 6 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

( vi ) Scraping of bricks dismantled from brick work

including stacking

(A) In Lime/Cement Mortar 1000 nos

(B) In Mud Mortar 1000

nos
( vii ) Scraping of Stone obtained from Dismantled Stone
Masonry

(A) In Cement or Lime Mortar cum

(B) In Mud Mortar cum

( viii ) Scraping Plaster in Lime or Cement Mortar from

Brick / Stone Masonry sqm

( ix ) Removing all types of Hume pipes and stacking

within a lead of 1000 m excluding Earthwork and
Dismantling of Masonry Works

(A) Upto 600 mm dia Hume pipe m

(B) Above 600 mm to 900 mm dia Hume pipe m

(C) Above 900 mm dia Hume pipe m

Note : 1. The excavation of earth, dismantling of stone masonry work in head walls and protection
works is not included which is to be measured and paid separately.
2. Credit for retrieved stone from masonry work may be taken as per actual availability.

2.5 202 Dismantling of Flexible Pavements

Dismantling of flexible pavements and disposal of

dismantled materials with all lifts and upto a lead of 100 m,
stacking serviceable materials and unserviceable materials
separately as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
202.

( I ) By Manual Means

(A) Bituminous Courses cum

(B) Granular Courses cum

( II ) By Mechanical Means

(A) Bituminous Courses cum

2.6 202 Dismantling of Cement Concrete Pavements as per

MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 202
Dismantling of cement concrete pavements by mechanical
means using pneumatic tools, breaking to pieces not
exceeding 0.02 cum in volume and stock piling at
designated locations and disposal of dismantled materials
with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m, stacking
serviceable materials and unserviceable materials
separately as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
202.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 7 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

(A) upto full depth of concrete cum

(B) upto partial depth of concrete cum

2.7 202 Dismantling of Guard Rails

Dismantling of Guard rails by manual means and disposal

of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000
m, stacking serviceable materials and unserviceable
materials separately as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 202. m

2.8 202 Dismantling of Kerb Stones

Dismantling of Kerb Stones by manual means and disposal

of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000
m as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 202. m

2.9 202 Dismantling of Kerb Stone Channels

Dismantling of Kerb Stone channels by manual means and

disposal of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a lead
of 1000 m as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
202. m

2.10 202 Dismantling of Kilometre Stones

Dismantling of Kilometre Stones including cutting of earth,

and disposal of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a
lead of 1000 m and backfilling of pit as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 202.

(A) 5th Km Stone each

(B) Ordinary Km Stone each

(C) 200 m Stone each

2.11 202 Dismantling of Fencing

Dismantling of barbed wire fencing/ wire mesh fencing

including posts, foundation concrete, backfilling of pit by
manual means including disposal of dismantled material
with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m and stacking the
serviceable and unserviceable material separately as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 202. m

2.12 202 Dismantling of CI Water Pipe Line

Dismantling of CI water pipe line upto 600 mm dia

including disposal with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m
and stacking the serviceable and unserviceable material
separately under supervision of the concerned department
but excluding earth excavation and dismantling of masonry
works as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 202. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 8 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

2.13 202 Removal of Cement Concrete Pipe of Sewer Gutter

Removal of Cement Concrete Pipe of Sewer Gutter upto

1500 mm dia under the supervision of the concerned
department including disposal with all lifts and upto a lead
of 1000 m and stacking the serviceable and unserviceable
material separately but excluding earth excavation and
dismantling of masonry works as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 202. m

2.14 202 Removal of Telephone / Electric Poles and Lines

Removal of telephone/ electric poles with wires including

excavation and dismantling of foundation concrete and
lines under the supervision of concerned department,
disposal with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m and
stacking the serviceable and unserviceable material
separately as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
202. each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 9 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3

Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage

(a) Preamble

1. The rates have been analysed using mechanical means. Manual means for certain items have also
been provided which can be used for areas inaccessible to machines and also for small jobs.

2. In the rate analysis of earthwork, compacted volume of earth has been considered.

3. Cutting of earth by dozer has been proposed where the earth can be utilised for filling for
embankment within a lead upto 100 m.

4. Where lead for transporting of earth is more than 100 m, excavator and tipper have been provided.

5. The rate caters for disposal of unsuitable soil only upto 1 km. The cost of transportation beyond the
initial lead of 1 km will be paid separately based on tonne-kilometerage.

6. The replacement of unsuitable soil shall be provided separately in the estimate. The rate analysis for
removal of unsuitable soil does not provide for replacement by suitable soil.

7. Excavation in hard rock (requiring blasting / blasting prohibited / controlled blasting) has been
considered in this SOR, though normally this type of hard rock is not generally found in Tripura.

8. For narrow and restricted areas, plate compactor has been proposed for compaction to achieve the
desired density.

9. In case excavated rock is found suitable for incorporation in works, suitable credit for the available
rock shall be given.

10. For excavation of structures refer to Chapter 12 dealing with items of foundation.

11. The possibility of using the blasted rock fragments for backfilling behind structures of backfilling of
foundation pits or filling in medians / separators or use in service road shall be examined before
proposing disposal of excavated rock.

12. Any work involved for crossing of water courses for irrigation purpose etc., will be priced under
respective items like excavation, grubbing, clearing etc., for which rate analysis have separately
been made.

13. Earth excavated from drains can be used in roadway berms. Hence carriage for disposal of same is
not provided.

14. In case of rock fill embankment, it is assumed that material is available at site from rock cutting.

15. For widening of existing pavement less than 1.8 m, the rates for all items of this Chapter may be
increased by 30 percent.

16. Different type of pucca road side drains with PCC M10 (using jhama aggregate) alongwith drawing
may be taken from Chapter-3 for the ODR & Rural roads.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 10 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

3.1 300 Excavation in soil by manual means

(i) Excavation in Roadway cutting in soil by using

manual means including loading in truck and
carrying of cut earth to embankment site with all
lifts and lead upto 1000 metre as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

( ii ) Excavation in Roadway cutting in soil by using

manual means and carrying of cut earth to
embankment site with all lifts and lead upto 50
metre as per MoR&TH Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. cum

3.2 300 Excavation in ordinary rock by manual means

(i) Excavation in Roadway cutting in ordinary rock by

using manual means including loading in truck and
carrying of cut earth to embankment site with all
lifts and lead upto 1000 metre as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

( ii ) Excavation in Roadway cutting in ordinary rock by

using manual means and carrying of cut earth to
embankment site with all lifts and lead upto 50
metre as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. cum

3.3 300 Excavation in Soil with Dozer with lead upto 100 metres.

Excavation for roadway in soil by mechanical means with

Dozer including cutting and pushing the earth to site of
embankment upto a distance of 100 m ( average lead of
50 metres ), including trimming bottom and side slopes in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross-
sections as per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of
section 300. cum

3.4 300 Excavation in Ordinary Rock with Dozer with lead upto 100
metres

Excavation for roadway in ordinary rock by mechanical

means with Dozer including cutting and pushing the earth
to site of embankment upto a distance of 100 m (average
lead of 50 metres), including trimming bottom and side
slopes in accordance with requirements of lines, grades
and cross-sections as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. cum

3.5 300 Excavation in Hard Rock (requiring blasting) with disposal

upto 1000 metres.

Excavation for roadway in hard rock (requiring blasting) by

drilling, blasting and breaking, trimming bottom and side
slopes in accordance with requirements of lines, grades
and cross-sections loading and disposal of cut earth with all
lifts and leads upto 1000 metres as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 11 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Note : 1 The quality and availability of rock shall be checked before affording
credit.

2 In case some rock is issued to the contractor at site, the item of carriage
shall be reduced/restricted to that extent.

3 Credit for useful materials received as per site conditions shall be taken
into account. This has been assumed to be 50 per cent for the purpose of
analysis.

3.6 300 Excavation in Soil using Hydraulic Excavator CK 90 and

Tippers with Disposal upto 1000 metres.

Excavation for roadwork in soil with hydraulic excavator of

0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and loading in
tippers, trimming bottom and side slopes in accordance
with requirements of lines, grades and cross-sections and
transporting to the embankment location with all lifts and
lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. cum

3.7 300 Excavation in Ordinary Rock using Hydraulic Excavator CK-

90 and Tippers with Disposal upto 1000 metres.

Excavation for roadwork in ordinary rock with hydraulic

excavator of 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and
loading in tippers, trimming bottom and side slopes in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross-
sections and transporting to the embankment location with
all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.8 300 Excavation in hard rock (blasting prohibited) using

Hydraulic Excavator CK 90 and Tippers with disposal upto
1000 m.

Excavation for roadwork in hard rock (blasting prohibited)

with hydraulic excavator of 0.9 cum bucket capacity
including cutting and loading in tippers, trimming bottom
and side slopes in accordance with requirements of lines,
grades and cross-sections and transporting to the
embankment location with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section
300.

A. By Mechanical Means cum

B. By Manual Means cum

Note :
1 The quality and availability of rock shall be checked before
affording credit.

2 In case some rock is issued to the contractor at site, the item of

carriage shall be restricted / reduced to that extent.

3 Being small quantity, manual loading will be economical in this case

and has been provided accordingly.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 12 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

4 Credit for useful materials received at per site conditions shall be

taken into account. This has been assumed to be 50 per cent for
the purpose of analysis.

3.9 300 Excavation in Hard Rock (controlled blasting) with disposal upto
1000 metres.

Excavation for roadway in hard rock with controlled blasting by

drilling, blasting and breaking, trimming bottom and side slopes in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross-sections,
loading and disposal of cut earth with all lifts and leads upto 1000
m as per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum
Note :
1 The quality and availability of rock shall be checked before affording
credit.

2 In case some rock is issued to the contractor at site, the item of carriage
shall be reduced / restricted to that extent.

3 Credit for useful materials received at per site conditions shall be taken
into account. This has been assumed to be 50 per cent for the purpose of
analysis.

3.10 300 Excavation in Marshy Soil

Excavation for roadway in marshy soil with hydraulic

excavator 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and
loading in tippers and disposal with all lifts and lead upto
1000 m trimming of bottom and side slopes in accordance
with requirements of lines, grades and cross-sections as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section
300. cum

3.11 300 Removal of Unsuitable Soil with Disposal upto 1000 m

Removal of unsuitable soil including excavation, loading

and disposal upto 1000 m lead with all lifts but excluding
compaction ground supporting embankment/ subgrade,
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be paid separately
as per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section
300. cum

Note : This item does not include replacement of unsuitable soil by suitable soil.
Replacement, where required, is to be provided and paid separately.

3.12 300 Presplitting of Rock excavation slopes

Carrying out excavation in hard rock to achieve a specified

slope of the rock face by controlled use of explosives and
blasting accessories in properly aligned and spaced drill
holes, collection of the excavated rock by a 80 HP dozer,
loading in tipper by a front end loader and disposal of the
material with all lifts and leads upto 1000 m as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 13 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

3.13 300 Excavation for structures

Earth work in excavation of foundation of structures as per

drawing and technical specification, including setting out,
construction of shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious matter, dressing of sides and bottom,
backfilling the excavation earth to the extent required and
utilising the remaining earth locally for road work as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300.

i. Ordinary soil

A. By manual means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note Cost of dewatering may be added where required upto 10 per cent of labour cost.
Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

B. By mechanical means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note Cost of dewatering upto 5 per cent of labour & machinery cost may be added, where
required. Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

ii. Ordinary Rock ( not requiring blasting )

A. By manual means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note Cost of dewatering may be added where required upto 10 per cent of labour cost
Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

B. By mechanical means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note Cost of dewatering upto 5 per cent of labour & machinery cost may be added, where
required. Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

iii. Hard Rock ( requiring blasting )

A. By manual means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note Cost of dewatering may be added where required upto 10 per cent of labour cost.
Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

iv. Hard Rock ( blasting prohibited)

A. By manual means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note Cost of dewatering may be added where required upto 10 per cent of labour & machinery
cost. Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

v. Marshy soil

A. By manual means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering @ 30 per cent of (a), may be added, where required
Assessment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

2 Shoring & strutting 20 per cent of (a), where required may be added.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 14 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

3 It is assumed that Marshy Soil will be available upto 3 m depth only. For deeper
excavation below 3 m depth, refer respective items as per site condition.

B. By mechanical means ( upto 3 m depth ) cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering @ 20 per cent of labour & machinery cost may be added,
where required.
2 Shoring & strutting @ 10 per cent of labour & machinery cost, where required may
be added.
3 It is assumed that Marshy Soil will be available upto 3 m depth only. For deeper
excavation below 3 m depth, refer analysis in item (i) to (iv) for ordinary soil

3.14 300 Scarifying Existing Granular Surface to a Depth of 50 mm

by manual means

Scarifying Existing Granular Surface by manual means to a

Depth of 50 mm and disposal of scarified material with all
lifts and leads upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. sqm

3.15 300 Scarifying Existing Bituminous Surface to a Depth of 150

mm by Mechanical Means

Scarifying Existing bituminous Road Surface by mechanical

means to a Depth of 150 mm and disposal of scarified
material with all lifts and leads upto 1000 m as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300. sqm

3.16 300 Construction of Embankment with Material Obtained from

Borrow Pits

Construction of embankment with approved material

obtained from borrow pits with all lifts, transporting to site,
spreading, grading to required slope and compacting to
meet requirement of Tables 300.1 and 300.2 with a lead
upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. cum

3.17 300 Construction of Embankment with Material deposited from

Roadway Cutting

Construction of Embankment with approved materials

deposited at site from roadway cutting and excavation
from drain and foundation of other structures graded and
compacted to meet requirement of table 300.2 and as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.18 300 Construction of Subgrade and Earthen Shoulders

Construction of subgrade and earthen shoulders with

approved material obtained from borrow pits with all lifts
and leads, transporting to site , spreading, grading to
required slope and compacted to meet requirement of
Table 300.2 as per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses
of section 300. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 15 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

3.19 300 Compacting Original Ground

(i) Compacting original ground supporting subgrade

Loosening of the ground upto a level of 500 mm below the

subgrade level, watered, graded and compacted in layers
to meet requirement of Tables 300.2 for subgrade
construction as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. cum

(ii) Compacting original ground supporting embankment

Loosening, Levelling and Compacting original ground

supporting embankment to facilitate placement of first
layer of embankment, scarified to a depth of 150 mm,
mixed with water at OMC and then compacted by rolling so
as to achieve minimum dry density as given in Tables
300.2 for embankment construction as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.20 300 Stripping, Storing and relaying of Top soil

Stripping, storing of top soil by road side at 15 m interval

and re-application on embankment slopes, cut slopes and
other areas in localities where the available embankment
material is not conducive to plant growth as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.21 300 Stripping, Storing and Relaying Top Soil from Borrow Areas
in Agricultural Fields

Stripping of top soil from borrow areas located in

agriculture fields, storing at a suitable place, spreading and
relaying after taking the borrow earth to maintain fertility
of the agricultural field, finishing it to the required levels to
the satisfaction of the farmer/land owners as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.22 300 Turfing with Sods

Furnishing and laying of the live sods of perennial turf

forming grass on embankment slope , verges or other
locations shown on the drawing or as directed by the
Engineer including preparation of ground, fetching of sods
and watering as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
clauses of section 300. sqm

3.23 300 Seeding and Mulching

Preparation of seed bed on previously laid top soil,

furnishing and placing of seeds, fertilizer, mulching
material, applying bituminous emulsion at the rate of 0.23
litres per sqm and laying and fixing jute netting, including
watering for 3 months all as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 16 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

3.24 300 Surface Drains in Ordinary Soil

Construction of unlined surface drains of average cross-

sectional area 0.4 sqm in ordinary soil to specified lines,
grades, levels and dimensions as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. Excavated material to
be used in embankment with a lift upto 3 m and lead of 50
m (average lead 25 m).

(A) Mechanical Means m

(B) Manual Means m

Note: Where lining of drain is provided, quantity shall be worked out

based on approved design and drawing and priced on rate of
cement concrete of approved grade or stone/brick masonary as
the case may be.

3.25 300 Surface Drains in Ordinary Rock

Construction of unlined surface drain of average cross-

sectional area 0.4 sqm in ordinary rock to specified lines,
grades, levels and dimensions as per approved design and
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300.
Excavated material to be used in embankment at site.

(A) Mechanical Means m

(B) Manual Means m

3.26 300 Surface Drains in Hard Rock

Rate per metre may be worked out based on quantity of hard rock as per design.

For rate of hard rock cutting, refer relevant item in this chapter.

3.27 300 Sub-Surface Drains with perforated pipe

Construction of subsurface drain with perforated pipe of

100 mm internal diameter of metal/ asbestos cement/
cement concrete/ PVC, closely jointed, perforations ranging
from 3 mm to 6 mm depending upon size of material
surrounding the pipe, with 150 mm bedding below the pipe
and 300 mm cushion above the pipe, cross section of
excavation 450 x 550 mm as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. Excavated material to
be utilised in roadway at site. m

3.28 300 Aggregate Sub-Surface Drains

Construction of aggregate sub-surface drain 300 mm x 450

mm with aggregates conforming to table 300.4, as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300.
(excavated material to be utilised in roadway) m

3.29 Underground Drain at Edge of Pavement

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 17 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Construction of an underground drain 1 m x 1 m (inside

dimensions) lined with RCC M-20, 100 mm thick and
covered with RCC slab 100 mm in thickness on urban roads
as per MoRT&H Technical Specification. m

3.30 300 Preparation and surface treatment of formation

Preparation and surface treatment of formation by

removing mud and slurry, watering to the extent needed to
maintain the desired moisture content, trimming to the
required line, grade, profile and rolling with 8-10 tonne
smooth wheeled roller, complete as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. sqm

3.31 300 Construction of rock fill embankment

Construction of rock fill embankment with broken hard rock

fragments of size not exceeding 300 mm laid in layers not
exceeding 500 mm thick including filling of surface voids
with stone spalls, blinding top layer with granular material,
rolled with vibratory road roller, all complete as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

EARTHWORK IN HILL ROADS

3.32 300 Excavation in soil in hilly area by mechanical means

( A ) for disposal upto 1000 m

Excavation in soil in hilly area by mechanical means

including cutting and trimming of side slopes and disposing
of excavated earth with all lifts and lead upto 1000 metres
as per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section
300. cum

( B ) for disposal in the valley side.

Excavation in soil in hilly area by mechanical means

including cutting and trimming of side slopes and disposing
of excavated earth with all lifts in the barren valley side as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.33 300 Excavation in ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) in hilly

area by mechanical means

( A ) for disposal upto 1000 m

Excavation in ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) in hilly

area by mechanical means including cutting and trimming
of side slopes and disposing of excavated earth with all lifts
and lead upto 1000 metres as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. cum

( B ) for disposal in the valley side.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 18 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Excavation in ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) in hilly

area by mechanical means including cutting and trimming
of side slopes and disposing of excavated earth with all lifts
in the barren valley side as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.34 300 Excavation in Hilly Area in hard rock (requiring blasting)

with disposal upto 1000 m.

Excavation for roadway in Hilly Area in hard rock (requiring

blasting) by drilling, blasting and breaking, trimming
bottom and side slopes in accordance with requirements of
lines, grades and cross-sections loading and disposal of cut
earth with all lifts and leads upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clauses of section 300. cum

3.35 Work in Urban Roads

The cost of earth work in urban roads in habited area will be

comparatively higher due to following reasons:

a) There is mixed traffic on urban roads like slow moving

hand and animal driven carts, rickshaws, cycles, two /
three wheeler apart from the usual vehicular traffic
resulting into traffic jams. This causes loss of working
time which may be in the range of 10 -15 per cent.

b) There is considerable disruption of traffic adversely

affecting the efficiency of the working parties including
machines due to congestion caused by pedestrian traffic,
local road side venders, parking of vehicles by the road
side, encroachments by the shopkeepers and local shops
who make use of the berms of the road in front of these
shops and unauthorised conversion of road berms into
mini local market The output of manpower and machines
is substantially reduced due to factors mentioned above.

c) Cost of living in urban areas is comparatively more

resulting into higher wages.

d) At times, work is executed during night time due to heavy

traffic during day time. This involves extra expenditure by
way of making arrangement for lighting and special
transport for working parties due to odd hour.

In the light of above, the authorities engaged in preparing the

cost estimates may exercise their judgment and cater for the
additional cost to the extent of 2 to 3 per cent, keeping in view
the severity of factors mentioned above. Supporting details for
the extra cost based on the actual conditions in specific cases will
have to give in justification.

3.36 Construction of Embankment with Flyash available from coal or

lignite burning Thermal Plants as waste material.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 19 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 3 : Earth work, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Construction of embankment with Flyash conforming to table 1 of

IRC: SP: 58 - 2001 obtained from coal or lignite burning thermal
power stations as waste material, spread and compacted in layer
of 200 mm thickness each at OMC, all as specified in IRC: SP: 58-
2001 and as per approved plans with all lifts and carriage upto
1000 m. cum

Note 1 As flyash is available free of cost as waste material from Thermal

Plants, cost of material has not been added.

2 The earth cover on sides and intermediate layers of earth

sandwiching the flyash have not been included in this analysis. The
same are required to be provided as per approved design and
priced separately as embankment construction.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 20 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4

Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders

(a) Preamble

1. Quantities of materials provided are approximate and are meant for the purpose of estimating only.
Actual quantities shall be as per mix design.

2. For construction of sub-base , two alternatives as under have been provided.

a. Mix in place method.

b. Plant mix method.

3. Plant mix method has not been provided in the MoRT&H specification. It is actually being adopted
by some contractors who are holding the mixing plants to get better quality of mix and better
progress.

4. In the case of improvement of subgrade with lime stabilisation, soil is assumed to be available at
the site and has not been provided for. Only lime has been catered. In the case of lime stabilisation
of sub-base, soil has been provided to form the sub-base.

5 In the case of medians, separators and footpath, plate compactor has been catered for compaction
due to restricted space.

6 It has been assumed in the case of crushed cement concrete sub-base/base that during the process
of dismantling, 25% of aggregates will get segregated and only the remaining will have to be
broken/crushed from dismantled concrete slab portions. Transportation of materials upto 1000 m
has been catered from place of dismantling to work site.

7. Separate rate of penetration coat over top layer of crushed cement concrete base has been
provided, as this item is optional.

8. While providing the rates of items in the cost estimete of DPR, detailed local investigation should be
made keeping in view the location of crushing plants, brick kilns, local quarries and lead involved.

9. The rate analysis for crushing of aggregates has also been included in Chapter-1. The cost of
procured aggregates and crushed aggregates by own crusher has been compared and the economic
alternative adopted.

10. The quantities considered in the output are the compacted quantities. The quantities of aggregates
provided in the rate analysis under the head material are the compacted quantities.

11. The following items has not been considered due to non availability of such materials in Tripura.

a. WBM with crushable screenings

b. Granular sub base with locally available materials such as Kankar, laterite, Dhandla.
c. WBM with crushed slag
d. Sub-base course using crushed slag

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 21 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

4.1 401 Granular Sub-base with Well Graded Material (Table 400.1)

(A) By Mix in Place Method

Construction of granular sub-base by providing well

graded material spreading in uniform layers with
motor grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in
place method with rotavator at OMC, and
compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the
desired density, complete as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 401.

(i) For Grading I Material cum

(ii) For Grading II Material cum

(iii) For Grading III Material cum

(B) Plant Mix Method

Construction of granular sub-base by providing well

graded material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant
at OMC, carraige of mixed material to work site
upto lead of 1000 m spreading in uniform layers
with motor grader on prepared surface and
compacting with smooth wheel roller to achieve the
desired density , complete as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 401

(i) For Grading I Material cum

(ii) For Grading II Material cum

(iii) For Grading III Material cum

4.2 401 Granular Sub-base with Coarse Graded Material (Table 400.2)

Construction of granular sub-base by providing coarse

graded material spreading in uniform layers with motor
grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in place method
with rotavator at OMC, and compacting with vibratory roller
to achieve the desired density, complete as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 401.

(i) For Grading I Material cum

(ii) For Grading II Material cum

(iii) For Grading III Material cum

4.3 402 Lime Stabilisation for Improving Sub-grade

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 22 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Laying and spreading available soil in the sub-grade on a

prepared surface, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in
place with rotavator with 3 per cent slaked lime having
minimum content of 70 per cent of CaO by weight,
grading with motor grader and compacting with the road
roller at OMC to the desired density to form a layer of
improved sub grade as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 402.

A. By Mechanical Means cum

B. By Manual Means cum

4.4 402 Lime Treated Soil for Sub- Base

Providing, laying and spreading soil on a prepared sub

grade, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in place with
rotavator with 3 per cent slaked lime with minimum
content of 70 per cent of CaO by weight, grading with
motor grader and compacting with the road roller at OMC
to achieve at least 98 per cent of the max dry density to
form a layer of sub base as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 402. cum

4.5 403 Cement Treated Soil Sub Base/ Base

Providing, laying and spreading soil on a prepared sub

grade, pulverising, adding the designed quantity of cement
to the spread soil, mixing in place with rotavator, grading
with the motor grader and compacting with the road roller
at OMC to achieve the desired unconfined compressive
strength and to form a layer of sub-base/base as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 403. cum

4.6 403 Cement Treated Crushed Rock or combination as per

clause 403 and table 400.4 in Sub base/ Base

Providing, laying and spreading Material on a prepared sub

grade, adding the designed quantity of cement to the
spread Material, mixing in place with rotavator, grading
with the motor grader and compacting with the road roller
at OMC to achieve the desired unconfined compressive
strength and to form a layer of sub-base/base as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 403.

A. For Sub - Base Course. cum

B. For Base Course. cum

4.7 404.3.1 Making 50 mm x 50 mm Furrows

Making 50 mm x 50 mm furrows, 25mm / 50mm deep,

450 to the center line of the road and at one metre interval
in the existing thin bituminous wearing coarse including
sweeping and disposal of excavated material within 1000
metres lead as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
404.3.1.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 23 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

( i ) 25 mm deep furrow cutting sqm

( ii ) 50 mm deep furrow cutting sqm

4.8 404.3.2 Inverted Choke

Construction of inverted choke by providing, laying,

spreading and compacting screening B type in uniform
layer on a prepared surface with motor grader and
compacting with power roller etc as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 404.3.2. cum

4.9 404 Water Bound Macadam Sub-Base / Base

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone

aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam
specification including spreading in uniform thickness, hand
packing, rolling with three wheel 80-100 kN static roller/
vibratory roller in stages to proper grade and camber,
applying and brooming, stone screening and binding
materials to fill up the interstices of coarse aggregate,
watering and compacting to the required density as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 404.

1) WBM Grading I

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

2) WBM Grading II

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

3) WBM Grading III

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

4.10 405 Crushed Cement Concrete Sub-base / Base

Breaking and crushing of material obtained by breaking

damaged cement concrete slabs to size range not
exceeding 75 mm as specified in table 400.7 transporting
the aggregates obtained from breaking of cement concrete
slabs at a lead of 1000 m, laying and compacting the same
as sub base/ base course, constructed as WBM as per
clause 404 except the use of screening or binding Material
as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 405. cum

4.11 506.3.8 Penetration Coat Over Top Layer of Crushed Cement

Concrete Base

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 24 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Spraying of bitumen over cleaned dry surface of crushed

cement concrete base at the rate of 25 kg per 10 sqm by
a bitumen pressure distributor, spreading of key
aggregates at the rate of 0.15 cum per 10 sqm by a
mechanical gritter and rolling the surface as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification clause 506.3.8. sqm

4.12 406 Wet Mix Macadam

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone

aggregate to wet mix macadam specification including
premixing the Material with water at OMC in mechanical
mix plant carriage of mixed Material by tipper to site, laying
in uniform layers with paver finisher in sub- base / base
course on well prepared surface and compacting with
vibratory roller to achieve the desired density as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 406. cum

4.13 408 Construction of Median and Island with Soil Taken from
Roadway Cutting

Construction of Median and Island above road level with

approved material deposited at site from roadway cutting
and excavation for drain and foundation of other structures
with all leads and lifts, spread, graded and compacted with
plate compactor as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 408. cum

4.14 408 Construction of Median and Island with Soil Taken from
borrow pits.

Construction of median and Island above road level with

approved material brought from borrow pits with all lifts
and lead upto 1000 m, spread, sloped and compacted as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 408. cum

4.15 Construction of Shoulders

A. Earthen Shoulders

The rate as applicable for Sub-grade construction may be adopted.

B. Hard Shoulders
The rate as applicable for Sub-base and / or Base may be adopted
as per approved design
C. Paved Shoulders

The rates may be adopted as applicable for different layers of

pavement depending upon approved design of paved shoulders.

4.16 410 Footpaths and Separators

Construction of footpath/ separator by providing a 150 mm

compacted granular sub base as per clause 401 and 25
mm thick cement concrete grade M15, over laid with pre-
cast concrete tiles in cement mortar 1:3 including provision
of all drainage arrangements but excluding kerb channel as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 410. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 25 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE

( i.e. LOCALLY AVAILABLE MATERIALS )

4.17 401 Granular Sub-base with Well Graded Material (using jhama
brick aggregate) (Table 400.1)

(A) By Mix in Place Method

Construction of granular sub-base by providing well

graded material (Jhama Brick Aggregate, as per
Table:- 400.1, Grading-I), spreading in uniform
layers with tractor with attachments or motor
grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in place
method with rotavator at OMC, applying and
brooming sand to fill up the interstices of coarse
aggregate, watering and compacting with smooth
wheel roller to achieve the desired density,
complete as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 401.

(i) For Grading- I Material (Jhama brick aggregate) cum

4.18 404 Water Bound Macadam Sub-Base / Base using Jhama Brick
Aggregate

1) WBM Grading- 2

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting jhama

brick aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with three
wheel 80-100 kN static roller/ vibratory roller in
stages to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming and binding materials to fill up the
interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and
compacting to the required density 'Grading-2' as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 404.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

2) WBM Grading- 3

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting jhama

brick aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with three
wheel 80-100 kN static roller / vibratory roller in
stages to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming and binding materials to fill up the
interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and
compacting to the required density 'Grading-3' as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 404.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 26 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases ( Non-Bituminous ) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

4.19 404 Water Bound Macadam Sub-Base / Base using Jhama Brick
Aggregate

1) WBM Grading- 1

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting jhama

brick aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with three
wheel 80-100 kN static roller/ vibratory roller in
stages to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming and binding materials to fill up the
interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and
compacting to the required density 'Grading-1' as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 404.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

(Additional items using stone aggregates)

4.20 407 Crusher Run Macadam Base (Providing crushed stone

aggregate, depositing on a prepared surface by hauling
vehicles, spreading and mixing with a motor grader,
watering and compacting with a vibratory roller to clause
407 to form a layer of sub-base/Base) as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification.

A. By Mix in Place Method

(i) For 53 mm maximum size cum

(ii) For 45 mm maximum size cum

B. By Mixing Plant

(i) For 53 mm maximum size cum

(ii) For 45 mm maximum size cum

4.21 Suggestive Lime, Fly ash stabalised soil sub-base (Construction of Sub-
base using lime - fly ash admixture with granular soil, free
from organic matter/ deleterious material or clayey silts
and low plasticity clays having PI between 5 and 20 and
liquid limit less than 25 and commercial dry lime, slaked at
site or pre-slaked with CaO content not less than 50%, fly
ash to conform to gradation as per clause 4.3 of IRC: 88-
1984, lime + fly ash content ranging between 10 to 30%,
the minimum un-confined compressive strength and CBR
value after 28 days curing and 4 days soaking to be 7.5
kg/sqcm and 25% respectively, all as specified in IRC: 88-
1984. ) cum
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 27 of 251
 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5

Bases and Surface Courses ( Bituminous )

(a) Preamble

1. Various alternatives for machines and materials have been provided. The one that suits a particular
situation and design may be adopted.

2. The clauses of MoRT&H Specifications, which have been mentioned for each item, may be referred
for detailed specifications and construction procedure. The item description in rate analysis and SOR
mention only brief description.

3. The machinery and equipment included in various analysis are as per specifications of MoRT&H and
are mandatory.

4. The outputs considered in analysis of rates for construction equipment are for compacted quantities
of relevant items and not for loose quantities and materials are for un-compacted quantities for the
procurement purpose.

5. In case of prime coat and tack coat, minimum quantities of binder indicated in specifications have
been taken. Adjustment, plus or minus, can be made for the variation between this quantity and the
actual quantity approved by the Engineer after preliminary trials.

6. The items of bituminous works required under maintenance have been added in the chapter of
Maintenance.

7. Prime coat and tack coat, wherever provided, are required to be measured and paid separately.

8. Cleaning of surface is a part of the item of prime coat and tack coat. As such cleaning of surface has
not been provided for bituminous courses as the same is already catered in prime / tack coat.
However, for those cases where such coats are not required to be done, cleaning of surface shall be
included and paid.

9. It is presumed that tack coat, where required, will be provided immediately preceeding the
bituminous layer.

10. Rolling of bituminous courses is required to be done as per MoRT&H specifications. Provision in the
analysis has been made accordingly. It has been observed during actual practice at work sites, that
the availibility of road roller is generally inadequate. As compaction is the key to good construction,
this point is being specifically highlighted to ensure that adequate number of road rollers as per
provision in the rate analysis are deployed at site.

11. Spreading of bituminous materials shall be done by mechanical means except in areas where a
mechanical paver cannot have access.

12. The source of all materials to be used on the project must be investigated properly and exclusively
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

13. Quantities of materials taken in the analysis are for the purpose of cost estimate only. The actual
quantity shall be as per job mix formula.

14. Choice of bitumen shall be made as per the guidelines given in appendix-4 of MoRT&H
Specifications.

15. The guidelines given vide Annexure - A to clause 501 of MoRT&H Specifications in regard to
protection of environment shall be followed for a particular situation.

16. Where the proposed aggregates fail to pass the stripping value test, an approved adhesion agent
shall be added to the binder as per clause 510.2.4 with the approval of the Engineer and the cost of
adhesion agent shall be born by the contractor and not be paid separately.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 28 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs

17. Rate analysis has been given for use of Bitumen of Viscosity Grade ( 'VG-30', 'VG-10' ) complying
with Indian Statndar Specifications for "Paving Bitumen" IS 73 : 2013 & also bitumen emulsions.

18. The approximate proportions by weight of different aggregates and bitumen (or by volume in
unavoidable cases) necessary to produce the intended mix satisfying the job requirements and
meeting the designated specifications are for estimating purpose only. The actual quantities should
be worked out in the laboratory for particular aggregates and bitumen approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 29 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

5.1 502 Prime Coat

Providing and applying primer coat with bitumen emulsion

(SS-1) on prepared surface of granular base including
cleaning of road surface and spraying primer at the rate of
0.6 kg/sqm using mechanical means as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 502. sqm

5.2 503 Tack Coat

Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen emulsion

(RS-1) using emulsion pressure distributor at the rate of
0.20 kg per sqm on the prepared bituminous / granular
surface cleaned with Hydraulic broom as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 503. sqm

5.3 504 Bituminous Macadam

Providing and laying bituminous macadam with 100-120

TPH hot mix plant producing an average output of 75
tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of specified
grading premixed with bituminous binder, transported to
site, laid over a previously prepared surface with paver
finisher to the required grade, level and alignment and
rolled as per clauses 501.6 and 501.7 to achieve the
desired compaction as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 504.

A. Grading I (For layer thickness 80 - 100 mm)

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

B. Grading II (For layer thickness 50 - 75 mm)

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

Note: 1 Although the rollers are required only for 3 hours as per norms of output, but the
same have to be available at site for six hours as the hot mix plant and paver will
take six hours for mixing and paving the output of 451 t considered in these
analysis. To cater for the idle period of these rollers, their usage rates have been
multiplied by a factor of 0.65

2 Quantity of bitumen has been taken for analysis purpose. The actual quantity will
depend upon job mix formula.
3 Labour for traffic control, watch and ward and other miscellaneous duties at site,
including sundries have been included in administrative overheads of the contractor.

4 If the BM will have to be laid over freshly laid tack coat, provision of Hydraulic
broom and 2 mazdoor for the same have to be deleted as the same has been
included in the cost of tack coat.
5 Analysis is based on 1000 m lead mixed material. Cost of additional cartage may be
added as per site requirements.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 30 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

5.4 504 Bituminous Penetration Macadam

Construction of penetration macadam over prepared Base

by providing a layer of compacted crushed coarse
aggregate using chips spreader with alternate applications
of bituminous binder and key aggregates and rolling with
vibratory roller to achieve the desired degree of
compaction as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
504.

A. 50 mm thick

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. sqm

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. sqm

B. 75 mm thick

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. sqm

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. sqm

Note :- 2 tippers and 2 rollers will be needed to match the capacity of chip spreader and
front end loader.

5.5 506 Built-Up Spray Grout

Providing, laying and rolling of built-up spray grout layer

over prepared base consisting of two layer composite
construction of compacted crushed coarse aggregates
using motor grader for aggregates. Key stone chips
spreader may be used with application of bituminous
binder after each layer and with key aggregates placed on
top of the second layer to serve as a base, conforming to
line, grades and cross section-specified, the compacted
layer thickness being 75 mm as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 506.

I. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. sqm

II. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. sqm

Note :- 2 tippers and 2 rollers will be needed to match the capacity of chip
spreader and front end loader.

5.6 505 Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam

Providing and laying dense graded bituminous macadam

with 100-120 TPH batch type HMP producing an average
output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of
specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ 4.0
to 4.5 per cent by weight of total mix and filler,
transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the
required grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth
wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the
desired compaction as per MoRT&H specification clause
No. 505 complete in all respects.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 31 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

A. Grading I (For layer thickness 80 - 100 mm)

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

B. Grading II (For layer thickness 50 - 75 mm)

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

Note: 1 Although the rollers are required only for 3 hours as per norms of output, but the
same have to be available at site for six hours as the hot mix plant and paver will
take six hours for mixing and paving the output of 450t considered in these analysis.
To cater for the idle period of these rollers, their usage rates have been multiplied
by a factor of 0.65

2 Quantity of bitumen has been taken for analysis purpose. The actual quantity will
depend upon job mix formula.

3 Labour for traffic control, watch and ward and other miscellaneous duties at site,
including sundries have been included in administrative overheads of the contractor.

4 As DBM is laid over freshly laid tack coat, provision of mechanical broom and 2
mazdoors has been deleted as the same has been included in the cost of tack coat.

5 The individual density for each size of aggregates to be used for construction i.e.
37.5-25 mm, 25-10 mm etc. should be found in the laboratory and accordingly the
quantities should be ammended for use in field. The average density of 1.5
tonne/cum is only a reference density in this analysis.

6 The individual percentage of aggregates should be calculated from the total weight
of dry aggregates i.e.. excluding the weight of bitumen. The weight of filler will also
be 2 per cent by weight of dry aggregates.

7 Analysis is based on 1000 m lead mixed material. Cost of additional cartage may be
added as per site requirements.

5.7 507 Semi-Dense Bituminous Concrete

Providing and laying semi-dense bituminous concrete with

100-120 TPH batch type HMP producing an average output
of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed aggregates of
specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ 4.5
to 5.0 per cent by weight of total mix and filler,
transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the
required grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth
wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the
desired compaction as per MoRT&H specification clause
No. 507 complete in all respects.

A. Grading I
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 32 of 251
 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

B. Grading II

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

Note: 1 Although the rollers are required only for 3 hours as per norms of output, but the
same have to be available at site for six hours as the hot mix plant and paver will
take six hours for mixing and paving the output of 450t considered in these analysis.
To cater for the idle period of these rollers, their usage rates have been multiplied
by a factor of 0.65

2 Quantity of bitumen has been taken for analysis purpose. The actual quantity will
depend upon job mix formula.
3 Labour for traffic control, watch and ward and other miscellaneous duties at site,
including sundries have been included in administrative overheads of the contractor.

4 As SDBC is laid over freshly laid tack coat, provision of mechanical broom and 2
mazdoors has been deleted as the same has been included in the cost of tack coat.

5 Analysis is based on 1000 m lead of mixed material. Cost of additional cartage may
be added as per site requirements.

5.8 507 Bituminous Concrete

A. Providing and laying bituminous concrete with higher capacity

batch type hot mix plant using crushed aggregates of specified
grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ 5.20 Percent of mix
and filler, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the required
grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction as
per MORTH specification clause No. 507 complete in all respects.

Grading I (For layer thickness 50 mm)

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

B. Providing and laying bituminous concrete with higher capacity

batch type hot mix plant using crushed aggregates of specified
grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ 5.40 Percent of mix
and filler, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the required
grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction as
per MORTH specification clause No. 507 complete in all respects.

B. Grading II (For layer thickness 30 - 40 mm)

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 33 of 251
 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

Note: 1 Although the rollers are required only for 3 hours as per norms of output, but the
same have to be available at site for six hours as the hot mix plant and paver will
take six hours for mixing and paving the output of 450 t considered in these
analysis. To cater for the idle period of these rollers, their usage rates have been
multiplied by a factor of 0.65.
2 Quantity of bitumen has been taken for analysis purpose. The actual quantity will
depend upon job mix formula.
3 Labour for traffic control, watch and ward and other miscellaneous duties at site,
including sundries have been included in administrative overheads of the contractor.

4 If BC is laid over freshly laid tack coat, provision of mechanical broom and 2
mazdoors should be deleted as the same has been included in the cost of tack coat.

5 Analysis is based on 1000 m lead of mixed material. Cost of additional cartage may
be added as per site requirements.
6 The individual density for each size of aggregates to be used for construction i.e.
37.5-25 mm, 25-10 mm etc. should be found in the laboratory and accordingly the
quantities should be ammended for use in field. The average density of 1.5
tonne/cum is only a reference density in this analysis.
7 The individual percentage of aggregates should be calculated from the total weight
of dry aggregates i.e. excluding the weight of bitumen. The weight of filler will also
be 2 per cent by weight of dry aggregates.
5.9 509 Surface Dressing

Providing and laying surface dressing as wearing course in

single coat using crushed stone aggregates of specified size
on a layer of bituminous binder laid on prepared surface
and rolling with 8-10 tonne smooth wheeled steel roller as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 509.

Case - I : 19 mm nominal chipping size

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : 13 mm nominal chipping size

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Note :- 1 Where the proposed aggregate fails to pass the stripping test, an approved adhesion
agent may be added to the binder as per clause 510.2.4. with the approval of the
Engineer and the cost of adhesion agent shall be born by the contractor and not be
paid separately. Alternatively, chips may be pre-coated as per clause 510.2.5
without any extra payment to contractors.
2 Input for the second coat, where required, will be the same as per the Ist coat
mentioned above.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 34 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

5.10 510 Open - Graded Premix Surfacing

Providing, laying and rolling of open - graded premix

surfacing of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6
mm aggregates either using Viscosity grade bitumen or cut-
back or emulsion to required line, grade and level to serve
as wearing course on a previously prepared base, including
mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a smooth
wheeled roller 8-10 tonne capacity, finished to required
level and grades.as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 510.

Case - I : Mechanical method using Viscosity grade

bitumen and HMP of appropriate capacity not less than 75
tonne / hour.

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : Open-graded premix surfacing using cationic

bitumen emulsion. sqm

Note :- 1 If a premix sand seal coat of 'B' type is proposed, the same is required to be
provided over the open graded premix carpet immediately on the same day. As the
same HMP and other machines will be used for laying of premix sand seal coat, out
of 6 effective working hours, 4.00 hours may be utilised for laying of premix carpet
and balance 2.00 hours for the seal coat. The rate for the premix sand seal coat
under clause 513 (case II) has been worked out accordingly by utilising the HMP for
2.00 hours for the purpose of seal coat. In case type 'A' seal coat is proposed, HMP
can be worked for six hours for the premix carpet as type 'A' seal coat does not
require the use of HMP for which necessary deduction may be made.

2 Analysis is based on 1000 m lead mixed material. Cost of additional cartage may be
added as per site requirements.

5.11 508 Close - Graded Premix Surfacing / Mixed seal surfacing.

Providing, laying and rolling of close-graded premix

surfacing material of 20 mm thickness composed of 11.2
mm to 0.09 mm (Type-A) or 13.2 mm to 0.09 mm (Type-
B) aggregates using Viscosity grade bitumen to the
required line, grade and level to serve as wearing course
on a previously prepared base, including mixing in a
suitable plant, laying and rolling with a Smooth wheeled
roller 8-10 tonne capacity, and finishing to required level
and grade as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
508.

Case - I : Mechanical method using Viscosity grade

bitumen and HMP of appropriate capacity not less than 75
tonne / hour.

A. Type - A

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 35 of 251
 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

B. Type - B

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

5.12 511 Seal Coat

Case - I : Type - A

Providing and laying seal coat sealing the voids in a

bituminous surface laid to the specified levels, grade and
cross fall using Type A seal coats as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 511.

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case II : Type - B

Providing and laying of premix seal coat Type - B with HMP

of appropriate capacity not less than 75 tonnes/ hours
using crushed stone chipping 6.7 mm size and Viscosity
grade bitumen of suitable grade as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 511.

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Note :- Since seal coat is required to be provided over the premix carpet on the
same day, out of the 6 working hours of the HMP, 4.00 hours are
proposed to be utilised for the premix carpet and the balance 2.00 hours
for the seal coat. Hence 2.00 hours have been considered for this case.
This may be linked to rate analysis worked out under clause 511.

5.13 516 Mastic asphalt

Providing and laying mastic asphalt wearing course with

paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in
table 500.29, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to
required level and slope after cleaning the surface,
including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated
finegrained hard stone chipping 13.2 mm nominal size at
the rate of 0.005 cum per sqm and at an approximate
spacing of 10 cm center to center in both directions,
pressed into surface when the temperature of the surfaces
is not less than 1000 C, protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over
mastic surface, all complete as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 516.

i. 25 mm thick sqm

ii. 40 mm thick sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 36 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

iii. 50 mm thick sqm

Note :- 1 Where tack coat is required to be provided before laying mastic asphalt, the same is
required to be measured and paid separately
2 The quantities of binder, filler and aggregates are for estimating purpose. Exact
quantities shall be as per mix design.
3 This rate analysis is based on for a specific case and is meant for estimating
purposes only. Actual design is required to be done for each case.

5.14 512 Slurry Seal

Providing and laying slurry seal consisting of a mixture of

fine aggregates, portland cement filler, bituminous
emulsion and water on a road surface including cleaning of
surface, mixing of slurry seal in a suitable mobile plant,
laying and compacting to provide even riding surface as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 512.

Case - I : 5 mm thick sqm

Case - II : 3 mm thick sqm

Case - III : 1.5 mm thick sqm

5.15 519 Recycling of Bituminous Pavement with Central Recycling Plant

Recycling pavement by cold milling of existing bituminous

layers, planning the surface after cold milling, reclaiming
excavated material to the extent of 30 per cent of the
required quantity, hauling and stock piling the reclaimed
material near the central recycling plant after carrying out
necessary checks and evaluation, adding fresh material
including rejuvenators as required, mixing in a hot mix
plant, transporting and laying at site and compacting to the
required grade, level and thickness, all as specified in
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 519. cum

5.16 513 Fog seal

Providing and applying low viscosity bitumen emulsion for

sealing cracks less than 3 mm wide or incipient fretting or
disintegration in an existing bituminous surfacing as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 513.

i) Without blinding sqm

ii) With blinding sqm

5.17 518 Bituminous Cold Mix (Including Gravel Emulsion)

Providing, laying and rolling of bituminous cold mix on

prepared base consisting of a mixture of unheated mineral
aggregate and emulsified or cutback bitumen, including
mixing in a plant of suitable type and capacity,
transporting, laying, compacting and finishing to specified
grades and levels as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 518.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 37 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Case - I : Using bitumen emulsion and 9.5 mm or cum

13.2 mm size aggregate

Case - II : Using bitumen emulsion and 19 mm or 26.5 cum

mm size aggregate

Case - III : Using cut back bitumen and 9.5 mm or cum

13.2 mm size aggregate

Case - IV : Using cut back bitumen and 19 mm or 26.5 cum

mm size aggregate

Note :- 1 Density of aggregates has been assumed 1.5 gms/cc

2 Tack coat where provided will be measured and paid separately.

3 Though the rollers are required only for 3.5 hours each as per norms of output, but
these are required to be available at site for 6 hours as the drum mix plant and the
paver would take 6 hours for mixing and paving. To cater for the idle period, their
usage rates have been multiplied by a factor of 0.65

4 Analysis is based on 1000 m lead mixed material. Cost of additional cartage may be
added as per site requirements.

5.18 506 Sand Asphalt Base Course

Providing, laying and rolling sand-asphalt base course

composed of sand, mineral filler and bituminous binder on
a prepared sub-grade or sub-base to the lines, levels,
grades and cross sections as per the drawings including
mixing in a plant of suitable type and capacity,
transporting, laying, compacting and finishing. as per
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 506. cum

5.19 519 Recipe Cold Mixes

Providing and laying of premix of crushed stone aggregates

and emulsion binder, mixed in a batch type cold mixing
plant, laid over prepared surface, by paver finisher, rolled
with a pneumatic tyred roller initially and finished with a
smooth steel wheel roller, all as per MoRT&H specification
clause 519.

Case - I : 75 mm thickness sqm

Case - II : 40 mm thickness sqm

Case - II : 25 mm thickness sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 38 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 5 : Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

5.20 517 Crack Prevention Courses

(i) Stress absorbing membrane (SAM) crack width less than

6 mm

Providing and laying of a stress absorbing membrane over

a cracked road surface, with crack width below 6 mm after
cleaning with a mechanical broom, using modified binder
complying with clause 521, sprayed at the rate of 9 kg per
10 sqm and spreading 5.6 mm crushed stone aggregates
@ 0.11 cum per 10 sqm with hydraulic chip spreader,
sweeping the surface for uniform spread of aggregates and
surface finished to conform to clause 902. sqm

(ii) Stress absorbing membrane (SAM) with crack width 6

mm to 9 mm

Providing and laying of a stress absorbing membrane over

a cracked road surface, with crack width 6 to 9 mm after
cleaning with a mechanical broom, using modified binder
complying with clause 521, sprayed at the rate of 11 kg
per 10 sqm and spreading 11.2 mm crushed stone
aggregates @ 0.12 cum per 10 sqm, sweeping the surface
for uniform spread of aggregates and surface finished to
conform to clause 902. sqm

(iii) Stress absorbing membrane (SAM) crack width above 9

mm and cracked area above 50 per cent

Providing and laying a single coat of a stress absorbing

membrane over a cracked road surface, with crack width
above 9 mm and cracked area above 50 per cent after
cleaning with a mechanical broom, using modified binder
complying with clause 521, sprayed at the rate of 15 kg
per 10 sqm and spreading 11.2 mm crushed stone
aggregates @ 0.12 cum per 10 sqm, sweeping the surface
for uniform spread of aggregates and surface finished to
conform to clause 902. sqm

(iv) Case - IV : Bitumen impregnated geotextile

Providing and laying a bitumen impregnated geotextile

layer after cleaning the road surface, geotextile conforming
to requirements of clause 703.3, laid over a tack coat with
1.05 kg per sqm of paving grade bitumen and constructed
to the requirement of clause 703.4.5 sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 39 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 6

Cement Concrete Pavement

(a) Preamble

1. High capacity batch mix plants of 75 cum / hour (effective output) has been considered in the rate
analysis of cement concrete pavement works.

2. While tippers have been provided for transportation of dry lean cement concrete and rolled cement
concrete, transit mixers have been considered in the rate analysis of cement concrete pavement
works.

3. Super plasticizer admixture as per IS : 9103 has been provided to improve workability with reduced
water cement ratio .

4. Cement of 43 grade has been catered for the cement concrete pavement i.e., for pavement quality
concrete to get higher strength. However, for dry lean concrete, cement of 33 grade may be
preferred.

5. While a slip from paver has been catered for the top layer of cement concrete pavement, a
mechanical paver finisher has been provided for dry lean and rolled cement concrete.

6. Analysis has been made for 1000 m lead. This will vary from project to project and is required to be
ascertained at site to provide the cost of carriage of the mix to the work site.

7. Materials provided in the rate analysis are for estmating purpose . Exact quantity of materials will be
determined from the job mix formula.

8. Fibre Reinforced Concrete for pavements

Fibre Reinforced Concrete for pavements has not been considered in this analysis of rates, because
in India, it is still on an experimental and research stage.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 40 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 6 : Cement Concrete Pavement
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

6.1 601 Dry Lean Cement Concrete Sub-Base

Construction of dry lean cement concrete Sub- base over a

prepared sub-grade with coarse and fine aggregate
conforming to IS: 383, the size of coarse aggregate not
exceeding 25 mm, aggregate cement ratio not to exceed
15:1, aggregate gradation after blending to be as per table
600-1, cement content not to be less than 150 kg/ cum,
optimum moisture content to be determined during trial
length construction, concrete strength not to be less than
10 Mpa at 7 days, mixed in a batching plant, transported to
site, laid with a paver with electronic sensor, compacting
with 8-10 tonnes vibratory roller, finishing and curing as
per MoRT&H specification clause 601. cum

6.2 602 Cement Concrete Pavement

Construction of un-reinforced, dowel jointed, plain cement

concrete pavement over a prepared sub base with 43
grade cement @ 400 kg per cum (minimum), coarse and
fine aggregate conforming to IS 383, maximum size of
coarse aggregate not exceeding 25 mm, mixed in a
batching and mixing plant as per approved mix design,
transported to site, laid with a fixed form or slip form
paver, spread, compacted and finished in a continuous
operation including provision of contraction, expansion,
construction and longitudinal joints, joint filler, separation
membrane, sealant primer, joint sealant, debonding strip,
dowel bar, tie rod, admixtures as approved, curing
compound, finishing to lines and grades as per drawing
and as per MoRT&H specification clause 602. cum

6.3 600 Rolled Cement Concrete Sub-Base

Construction of rolled cement concrete base course with
coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS:383, the size
of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25 mm with minimum,
aggregate cement ratio 15:1 and minimum cement content
of 200 kg/cum, aggregate gradation to be as per table 600-
4 after blending, mixing in batching plant at optimum
moisture content, transporting to site, laying with a paver
with electronic sensor, compacting with 8-10 tonnes
smooth wheeled vibratory roller to achieve, the designed
flexural strength, finishing and curing as per MoRT&H
specification clause 600. cum

6.4 Transition Section between Rigid and Flexible Pavement

Note :- 1 Due to change in the properties of materials and type of construction, a

gradual change over from rigid pavement to flexible pavement is desirable
to avoid any damage at the butting joint. After provision of an expansion
joint in the cement concrete slab, the thickness of slab should be tapered
to 15 cm over a length of 3 m towards the flexible pavement. The
deficiency of thickness caused due to tapering of the slab should be made
up by the asphaltic layers.
2 The quantities of items should be worked out based on the approved
design and drawings and priced as per rates given under respective
clauses for cement concrete and asphaltic work.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 41 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 6 : Cement Concrete Pavement
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

6.5 Suggestive Cement - Flyash Concrete Pavement.

Construction reinforced-reinforced, dowel jointed, plain

cement concrete pavement over a prepared sub base with
43 grade cement, coarse and fine aggregate conforming to
IS 383, maximum size of coarse aggregate not exceeding
25 mm, replacing cement by fly ash to the extent of 15 per
cent and sand by 10 per cent, mixed in a batching and
mixing plant as per approved mix design, transported to
site, laid with a fixed form or slip form paver, spread,
compacted and finished in a continuous operation including
provision of contraction, expansion, construction and
longitudinal joints, joint filler, separation membrane,
sealant primer, joint sealant, debonding strip, dowel bar,
tie rod, admixtures as approved, curing compound,
finishing to lines and grades as per drawing. cum

6.6 Suggestive Construction of Base/Sub-Base of Pavement with Lean

Concrete - Flyash.

Construction of Base/sub-base using cement, sand, fly ash

and coarse aggregates proportioned as per table 4 of IRC:
74/1979 and with water content ratio, slump and
compressive strength as defined in the said table, mix
prepared in a batching and mixing plant and compacted
with a vibratory roller 8-10 tonnes capacity within the time
limit laid down vide clause 7.6.3 of IRC: 74-1979,
construction joints properly formed at the end of day's
work, cured for 14 days, all as specified in IRC: 74-1979
and as per approved plans. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 42 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 7

Geosynthetic Reinforced Earth

(a)Preamble

1. The specifications for geosynthetics which includes geotextiles, geogrids, geonets, geomembranes
and geocomposites shall be as per section 700 of MoRT&H specifications.

2. Use of geosynthetics is a specialised job and the same is executed as per manufacture's design and
recommendation.

3. So, proper & actual analysis of rates of the items required for execution may be done after having
the design and recommendation from the manufacturers.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 43 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 7 : Geosynthetics and Reinforced Earth
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

7.1 700 Laying of a geotextile 120 gsm non woven membrane,

100% polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25 mm between
pitching and embankment slopes on which pitching is laid
to prevent escape of the embankment material through the
voids of the pitching with cement concrete blocks as well
as to allow free movement of water without creating any
uplift head on the pitching as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 700, 2504 bonded to the
membrane with intermittent touch by heating the
membrane by Butane Torch as per manufactures
sqm
recommendation.

7.2 3100 Reinforced Earth Retaining Wall (Reinforced earth retaining

walls have four main components as under: (a)
Excavation for foundation, foundation concrete and cement
concrete grooved seating in the foundation for facing
elements (facia material). (b) Facia material and its
placement. (c) Assembling, joining with facing elements
and laying of the reinforcing elements. (d) Earthfill with
granular material which is to be retained by the wall.)

(i) Facing elements of RCC sqm

(ii) Assembling, joining and laying of reinforcing elements.

A. With reinforcing element of steel / Aluminium strips /
polymeric strips.

Type 1. Galvanised carbon steel strips m

Type 2. Aluminium Strips m

Type 3. Stainless steel strips m

B. With reinforcing elements of synthetic geogrids sqm

7.3 702 Sub-Surface Drain with Geotextiles

Construction of sub surface drain 200 mm dia using

geotextiles treated with carbon black with physical
properties as given in clause 702.2.3 formed in to a stable
network and a planar geocomposite structure, joints
wrapped with geotextile to prevent ingress of soil, all as
per clause 702 and approved drawings including excavation
and backfilling. m

7.4 702.4 Narrow Filter Sub-Surface Drain

Construction of a narrow filter sub-surface drain consisting

of porous or perforated pipe laid in narrow trench
surrounded by a geotextile filter fabric, with a minimum of
450 mm overlap of fabric and installed as per clause 702.3
and 309.3.5 including excavation and backfilling. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 44 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 7 : Geosynthetics and Reinforced Earth
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.
7.5 703 Laying Paving Fabric Beneath a Pavement Overlay

Providing and laying paving fabric with physical

requirements as per table 704-2 over a tack coat of paving
grade Bitumen, laid at the rate of 1 kg per sqm over
thoroughly cleaned and repaired surface to provide a water
resistant membrane and crack retarding layer. Paving
fabric to be free of wrinkling and folding and to be laid
before cooling of tack coat, brooming and rolling of surface
with pneumatic roller to maximise paving fabric contact
with pavement surface. sqm

7.6 704 Laying Boulder Apron in Crates of Synthetic Geogrids

Providing, preparing and laying of geogrid crated apron 1

m x 5 m, 600 mm thick including excavation and backfilling
with baffles at 1 metre interval, made with geogrids having
characteristics as per clause 704.2, joining sides with
connectors/ring staples, top corners to be tie tensioned,
placing of suitable cross interval ties in layers of 300 mm
connecting opposite side with lateral braces and tied with
polymer braids to avoid bulging, constructed as per clause
704.3. filled with stone with minimum size of 200 mm and
specific gravity not less than 2.65, packed with stone
spalls, keyed to the foundation recess in case of sloping
ground and laid over a layer of geotextile to prevent
migration of fines, all as per clause 704 and laid as per
clause 2503.3 and approved design. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 45 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8

Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances

(a) Preamble

1 Kerb stone laying and road marking has been provided for laying by mechanical means.

2 Backfilling of foundation of boundary pillars has been proposed with stone spalls, if available locally
from the road way cutting, tightly packed and compacted.

3 The item pertaining to road traffic signals has not been analysed as these are specialised work and
rates can be obtained from firms having specialisation for design and installation of this work.

4 For metal beam crash barrier, a 'W' shaped beam of size 311 x 83 mm flange width made with
structural steel corrugated plate 3.0 mm thick and having a length of 4.5 m has been provided, over
a channel post of 150 x 75 x 5 mm with a spacer of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 m long.

5 Printing of letters and signs is required to be measured and paid separately. A separate rate analysis
for lettering has been prepared and included in this chapter for this purpose.

6 Two supports have been provided for direction and place identification signs where size is more
than 0.9 sqm. Only one support is provided for size upto 0.9 sqm.

7 The traffic signs proposed are of retro-reflectorised type made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting fixed over alumunium sheeting as per clause 801.3 and installation.

8 The size, location of traffic signs shall be as per IRC : 67.

9 The analysis for rigid, semi-rigid crash bariers have been included.

10 Provision has been made for a crane for installation of overhead signs.

11 Separate rate analysis have been made for tubular steel railing with RCC posts and MS steel posts.

12 The rate for the message display board for gantry mounted variable message sign is required to be
ascertained from the market, this being a commercially produced item by specialised firms.

13 In the case of road signs and direction boards, the depth of foundation and quantity of cement
concrete provided in the rate analysis are indicative. These may be suitably increased in areas of
higher wind velocities like coastal areas and the areas with high velocity of wind.

14 Ducts for Utility Services along and across the expressway / Highway :

The running metre cost of duct along the road including inspection chambers (where applicable) or
across the road will depend upon the approved design. The various item involved are earth work,
plain cement concrete, brick / stone masonry, reinforced cement concrete, form work, steel
reinforcement, laying of pipe line (where duct is of pipe) and cast iron / RCC cover for the inspection
chamber. The rate for these items are available under respective clauses which is applied and
running metre cost of duct is worked out for analysis purpose only. The rates of items may vary or
may be worked out as per approved design and drawing for particular situation. In case cast iron
cover for the inspection chamber, the rate can be ascertained from the market for the size provided
in the design and approved drawings.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 46 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
15 Noise Barriers

Noise barrier can be provided in the form of a brick wall of a suitable height as per the site
requirement and approved design. The items involved for the construction of this barrier like
earthwork, brick masonry, plain cement concrete, etc. are available in the related chapters, which
can be applied to arrive at the cost of noise barrier based on the design adopted.

Alternatively, wherever space permits, cluster of trees, shrubs and paints can be grown by the road
side 6 m away from the edge of the roadway. This will intercept the annoying sound waves and
fumes from road vehicles.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 47 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

8.1 409 Cast in Situ Cement Concrete M 20 Kerb

Construction of cement concrete kerb with top and bottom

width 115 and 165 mm respectively, 250 mm high in M 20
grade PCC on M-10 grade foundation 150 mm thick,
foundation having 50 mm projection beyond kerb stone,
kerb stone laid with kerb laying machine, foundation
concrete laid manually, all complete as per drawings &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 409.

A. Using Concrete Mixer m

B. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete

Pump m

8.2 409 Cast in Situ Cement Concrete M 20 Kerb with Channel

Construction of cement concrete kerb with channel with top

and bottom width 115 and 165 mm respectively, 250 mm
high in M 20 grade PCC on M10 grade foundation 150 mm
thick, kerb channel 300 mm wide, 50 mm thick in PCC M20
grade, sloped towards the kerb, kerb stone with channel
laid with kerb laying machine, foundation concrete laid
manually, all complete as per drawings & MoRT&H
technical specifications Clauses 409.

A. Using Concrete Mixer m

B. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete m

Pump

8.3 801 Printing New Letters and Figures of any Shade

Printing new letter and figures of any shade with synthetic

enamel paint black or any other approved colour to give an
even shade as per drawings and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 801.
per cm
height per
i) Hindi letter

per cm
height per
ii) English and Roman letter

8.4 801 Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised cautionary,

mandatory and informatory sign as per IRC:67 made of
high intensity grade shetting vide MoRT&H technical
specification Clause 801.3, fixed over aluminium sheeting,
1.5 mm thick supported on a mild steel angle iron post 75
mm x 75 mm x 6 mm firmly fixed to the ground by means
of properly designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm below
ground level as per drawings and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 801.
i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 48 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle each

iii) with 600 mm circular each

iv) with 800 x 600 mm rectangular each

v) with 600 x 450 mm rectangular each

vi) with 600 x 600 mm square each

vii) with 900 mm octagon each

8.5 801 Direction and Place Identification Signs upto 0.9 sqm Size Board.
Providing and erecting direction and place identification
retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67 made of high
intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3, fixed over
aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with area not exceeding
0.9 sqm supported on a mild steel single angle iron post 75
x 75 x 6 mm firmly fixed to the ground by means of
properly designed foundation with M15 grade cement
concrete 450 x 450 x 600 mm, 600 mm below ground level
as per approved drawing and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 801. each

Note :- 1 Lettering and arrow marks on sign board to be provided separately as per
actual requirement. Rates for these items have been analysed separately.

8.6 801 Direction and Place Identification Signs more than 0.9 sqm
Size Board.

Providing and erecting direction and place identification

retro- reflectorised sign as per IRC :67 made of high
intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3, fixed over
aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with area exceeding 0.9
sqm supported on a mild steel angle iron post 75 mm x 75
mm x 6 mm, 2 Nos. firmly fixed to the ground by means of
properly designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 x 450 x 600 mm, 600 mm below ground level
as per approved drawing and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 801. each

Note :- 1 Lettering and arrow marks on sign board to be provided separately as per
actual requirement. Rates for these items have been analysed separately.

8.7 802 Overhead Signs

Providing and erecting overhead signs with a corrosion

resistant 2 mm thick aluminium alloy sheet reflectorised
with high intensity retro-reflective sheeting of encapsulated
lense type with vertical and lateral clearance given in
clause 802.2 and 802.3 and installed as per clause 802.7
over a designed support system of aluminium alloy or
galvanised steel trestles and trusses of sections and type
as per structural design requirements and approved plans
and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 802.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 49 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

A. Truss and Vertical support t

B. Aluminium Alloy Plate for Over Head Sign sqm

Note :- 1 The cost of excavation and foundation concrete for fixing of vertical
support system to be worked out separately as per the approved
drawing/design and to be included in the estimate.
2 Lettering and arrow marks on sign board to be provided separately as per
actual requirement. Rates for these items have been included separately in
this chapter.

8.8 803 Painting Two Coats on New Concrete Surfaces

Providing and painting two coats with synthetic enamel

paint in all shades on new plastered concrete surfaces as
per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 803. sqm

8.9 803 Painting on Steel Surfaces

Providing and applying two coats of ready mix paint of

approved brand on steel surface after through cleaning of
surface to give an even shade as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 803. sqm

8.10 803 Painting on Wood Surfaces

Providing and applying two coats of ready mix paint of

approved brand on wood surface after thorough cleaning of
surface to give an even shade as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 803. sqm

8.11 803 Painting Lines, Dashes, Arrows etc on Roads in Two Coats
on New Work

Painting lines, dashes, arrows etc on roads in two coats on

new work with ready mixed road marking paint conforming
to IS:164 on bituminous surface, including cleaning the
surface of all dirt, dust and other foreign matter,
demarcation at site and traffic control as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 803.

i) Over 10 cm in width sqm

ii) upto 10 cm in width sqm

8.12 803 Painting Lines, Dashes, Arrows etc on Roads in Two Coats
on old Work

Painting lines, dashes, arrows etc on roads in two coats on

old work with ready mixed road marking paint conforming
to IS:164 on bituminous surface, including cleaning the
surface of all dirt, dust and other foreign matter,
demarcation at site and traffic control as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 803.

i) Over 10 cm in width sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 50 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

ii) upto 10 cm in width sqm

8.13 803 Road marking strips (retro-reflective) of specified shade/

colour using Hot Applied Thermoplastic material with
Reflectorising Glass Beads on Bituminous Surface
Providing and applying 2.5 mm thick thick road marking
strips (retro-reflective) of specified shade/ colour using hot
thermoplastic material including reflectorising glass beads
@ 250 gms per sqm area by fully/ semi automatic
thermoplastic paint applicator machine fitted with profile
shoe, glass beads dispenser, propane tank heater and
profile shoe heater including cost of cleaning the road
surface of all dirt, seals, oil, grease and foreign material
etc, thickness of 2.5 mm is exclusive of surface applied
glass beads as per IRC:35. The finished surface to be level,
uniform and free from streaks and holes as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 803. sqm

Note :- 1 A sealing primer may be applied in advance on cement

concrete pavement to ensure proper bonding. Any laitance
and/or curing compound to be removed where paint is
required to be applied on concrete surface.

2 Cost of Painter & machine operator is already included in

hire charges of paint applicator machine.

8.14 805 Kilometre Stone

Reinforced cement concrete M 15 grade kilometre stone of

standard design as per IRC:8, fixing in position including
painting and printing, etc. as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 805.

i) 5th Kilometre Stone(precast) each

ii) Ordinary Kilometre Stone(precast) each

iii) Hectometre Stone(precast) each

8.15 806 Road Delineators

Providing and installation of delineators (road way

indicators, hazard markers, object markers), 80-100 cm
high above ground level, painted black and white in 15 cm
wide strips, fitted with 80 x 100 mm rectangular or 75 mm
dia circular reflectorised panels at the top, buried or
pressed into the ground and conforming to IRC-79 and the
drawings and as per MoRT&H Technical Specification
Clause 806. each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 51 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

8.16 807 Boundary Pillar

Reinforced cement concrete M15 grade boundary pillars of

standard design as per IRC:25-1967, fixed in position
including finishing and lettering but excluding painting nos

8.17 811 Reinforced Cement Concrete Crash Barrier

Provision of an Reinforced cement concrete crash barrier at
the edges of the road, approaches to bridge structures and
medians, constructed with M-20 grade concrete with TMT
reinforcement conforming to IRC:21 and dowel bars 25
mm dia, 450 mm long at expansion joints filled with pre-
moulded asphalt filler board, keyed to the structure on
which it is built and installed as per design given in the
enclosure to MOST circular No. RW/NH - 33022/1/94-DO
III dated 24 June 1994 as per dimensions in the approved
drawing and at locations directed by the Engineer, all as
specified as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
811. m

8.18 811 Metal Beam Crash Barrier

A. Type - A, "W" : Metal Beam Crash Barrier

Providing and erecting a "W" metal beam crash barrier
comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal beam
rail, 70 cm above road/ground level, fixed on ISMC series
channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x 5 mm spaced 2 m centre
to centre, 1.8 m high, 1.1 m below ground/road level, all
steel parts and fitments to be galvanised by hot dip
process, all fittings to conform to IS:1367 and IS:1364,
metal beam rail to be fixed on the vertical post with a
spacer of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 mm long
complete as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
811. m

B. Type - B, "THRIE" : Metal Beam Crash Barrier

Providing and erecting a "Thrie" metal beam crash barrier

comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal beam
rail, 85 cm above road/ground level, fixed on ISMC series
channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x 5 mm spaced 2 m centre
to centre, 2 m high with 1.15 m below ground level, all
steel parts and fitments to be galvanised by hot dip
process, all fittings to conform to IS:1367 and IS:1364,
metal beam rail to be fixed on the vertical post with a
space of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 546 mm long
complete as per MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
811. m

8.19 804 Road Markers/Road Stud with Lense Reflector

Providing and fixing of road stud 100 x 100 mm, die-cast in

aluminium, resistant to corrosive effect of salt and grit,
fitted with lense reflectors, installed in concrete or asphaltic
surface by drilling hole 30 mm upto a depth of 60 mm and
bedded in a suitable bituminous grout or epoxy mortar, all
as per BS 873 part 4:1973. nos

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 52 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

8.20 Traffic Cone

Provision of red fluorescent with white reflective sleeve

traffic cone made of low density polyethylene (LDPE)
material with a square base of 390 x 390 x 35 mm and a
height of 770 mm, 4 kg in weight, placed at 1.5 m interval,
all as per BS 873. nos

8.21 Drum Delineator in Construction Zone

Provision of metal drum/empty bitumen drum delineator,

300 mm in diameter, 800 mm high, filled with earth for
stability, painted in circumferential strips of alternate black
and white 100 mm wide fitted with reflectors 3 Nos of 7.5
cm dia, all as per IRC:SP:55-2001. nos

8.22 808 G.I Barbed Wire Fencing 1.2 Metre High

Providing and fixing 1.2 metres high GI barbed wire

fencing with 1.8 m angle iron posts 40 mm x 40 mm x 6
mm placed every 3 metres center to center founded in M15
grade cement concrete, 0.6 metre below ground level,
every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post
shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side
only and provided with 9 horizontal lines and 2 diagonals
interwoven with horizontal wires, fixed with GI staples, turn
buckles etc complete as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clause 808. m

8.23 808 G.I Barbed Wire Fencing 1.8 Metre High

Providing and fixing 1.8 metres high GI barbed wire

fencing with 2.4 m angle iron posts 50 mm x 50 mm x 6
mm placed every 3 metres center to center founded in M15
grade cement concrete, 0.6 metre below ground level,
every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post
shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side
only and provided with 12 horizontal lines and 2 diagonals
interwoven with horizontal wires, fixed with GI staples, turn
buckles etc complete as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification clause 808. m

8.24 Fencing With Welded Steel Wire Fabric 75 mm x 50 mm

Providing 1.20 metre high fencing with angle iron posts 50

mm x 50 mm x 6 mm at 3 metre center to center with 0.40
metre embedded in M15 grade cement concrete, corner,
end and every 10th post to be strutted, provided with
welded steel wire fabric of 75 mm x 50 mm mesh or 75
mm x 25 mm mesh and fixed to iron posts by flat iron 50 x
5 mm and bolts etc. complete in all respects.
m

8.25 809 Tubular Steel Railing on Medium Weight Steel Channel

(ISMC series) 100 mm x 50 mm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 53 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Providing, fixing and erecting 50 mm dia steel pipe railing

in 3 rows duly painted on medium weight steel channels
(ISMC series) 100 mm x 50 mm, 1.2 metres high above
ground, 2 m centre to centre, complete as per approved
drawings. m

8.26 809 Tubular Steel Railing on Precast RCC Posts, 1.2 m High
Above Ground Level

Providing, fencing and erecting 50 mm dia painted steel

pipe railing in 3 rows on precast M20 grade RCC vertical
posts1.8 metres high (1.2 m above GL) with 3 holes 50
mm dia for pipe, fixed 2 metres centre to, complete as per
approved drawing. m

8.27 Flexible Crash Barrier, Wire Rope Safety Barrier

Providing and erecting a wire rope safety barrier with

vertical posts of medium weight RS Joist (ISMB series) 100
mm x 75 mm (11.50 kg/m), 1.50 m long 0.85 m above
ground and 0.65 m below ground level, split at the bottom
for better grip, embedded in M 15 grade cement concrete
450 x 450 x 450 mm, 1.50 m center to center and with 4
horizontal steel wire rope 40 mm dia and anchored at
terminal posts 15 m apart. Terminal post to be embedded
in M 15 grade cement concrete foundation 2400 x 450 x
900 mm (depth), strengthened by a strut of RS joist 100
x 75 mm, 2 m long at 450 inclination and a tie 100 x 8
mm, 1.50 m long at the bottom, all embedded in
foundation concrete as per approved design and drawing,
rate excluding excavation and cement concrete.
m

8.28 Anti-Glare Devices in Median

A. Plantation

Plantation of shrubs and plants of approved species in the

median. apart from cutting off glare from vehicle coming
from opposite direction, these plants provide a pleasant
envoirenment and are eco-friendly. The rate for this item is
available in the chapter 11 on horticulture.

B. Anti-glare screen with 25 mm steel pipe framework fixed

with circular and rectangular vans

Providing and erecting an anti - glare screen with 25 mm

dia vertical pipes fabricated and framed in the form of
panels of one metre length and 1.75 metre height fixed
with circular vane 250 mm dia at top and rectangular vane
600 x 300 mm at the middle, made out of steel sheet of 3
mm thickness, end vertical pipes of the panel made larger
for embedding in foundation concrete, applying 2 coats of
paint on all exposed surfaces, all as per approved design
and drawings. m

C. Anti-glare screen with rectangular vane of MS sheet

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 54 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Providing and erecting anti - glare screen with rectangular

vanes of size 750 x 500 mm made from MS sheet, 3 mm
thick and fixed on MS angle 50 x 50 x 6 mm at an angle of
450 to the direction of flow of traffic, 1.5 m center to
center, top edge of the screen 1.75 m above ground level,
vertical post firmly embedded in M-15 cement concrete
foundation 0.60 m below ground level, applying 2 coats of
paint on exposed faces, all complete as per approved
design and drawings. m

8.29 Street Lighting

Providing and erecting street light mounted on a steel

circular hollow pole of standard specifications for street
lighting, 9 m high spaced 40 m apart, 1.8 m overhang on
both sides if fixed in the median and on one side if fixed on
the footpath, fitted with sodium vapour lamp and fixed
firmly in concrete foundation.

(i) For Fixing in Median each

(ii) For fixing in Footpath each

8.30 Lighting on Bridges

Providing and fixing lighting on bridges, mounted on steel

hollow circular poles of standard specifications, 5 m high
fixed on parapets with cement concrete, 20 m apart and
fitted with sodium vapour lamp. each

8.31 Cable Duct Across the Road

Providing and laying of a reinforced cement concrete pipe

duct, 300 mm dia, across the road (new construction),
extending from drain to drain in cuts and toe of slope to
toe of slope in fills, constructing head walls at both ends,
providing a minimum fill of granular material over top and
sides of RCC pipe as per IRC:98-1997, bedded on a 0.3 m
thick layer of granular material free of rock pieces, outer to
outer distance of pipe at least half dia of pipe subject to
minimum 450 mm in case of double and triple row ducts,
joints to be made leak proof, invert level of duct to be
above higher than ground level to prevent entry of water
and dirt, all as per IRC: 98 - 1997 and approved drawings.

(i) Single row for one utility service m

(ii) Double row for two utility services m

(iii) Triple Row for three utility services m

(The rates of above items may vary or may be worked out

as per approved design and drawing for particular
situation. Inspection chamber at both ends is the
responsibility of the agency who is laying the duct. In case
cast iron cover for the inspection chamber, the rate can be
ascertained from the market for the size provided in the
design and approved drawings.)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 55 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

8.32 Gantry Mounted Variable Message Sign Board

Providing and erecting gantry mounted variable message

sign board electronically operated capable of flashing the
desired message over a designed support system of
aluminium alloy or galvanised steel, erected as per
approved design and drawings and with lateral clearance
as per clause 802.3.

(i) Gantry Support System tonne

(ii) Message Display (Message display board 6 sqm

electronically operated with complete electronic fitments
for flashing the pre-determined messages.)

(This is a specialised commercial product and the lumpsum

rate including erection at site is required to be ascertained
from the market and included in the rate analysis. The size
of the board will vary depending upon specific location.)

(The rate for the gantry mounted variable sign would be

the addition of cost of gantry support system as per
approved design determined at (i) above and the cost of
message display board as certained from the market at (ii)
above)

8.33 Traffic Impact Attenuators at Abutments and Piers

A. With Scrap Tyres

Provision and installation of traffic attenuators at

abutment/pier of flyovers bridges using scrap tyres of size
100 x 20 retrieved from trucks laid in 2 rows and 4 tiers,
one above the other and tied with 20 mm wire rope as per
approved design and drawings. sqm

B. Using Plastic/Steel Barrel, Filled with Sand

Provision and installation of traffic impact attenuator at

abutment/pier of flyovers bridges using plastic/steel barrels
0.60 m dia and 1.0 m in height, filled with sand in three
rows and tied with20 mm steel wire rope as per approved
design and drawings. sqm

8.34 Roadside Amenities

A. Rest Areas

(Providing plainly furnished accommodation for rest rooms,

dormitories, restaurants, stalls, shops, petrol pump,
telephone booth, first aid room, traffic aid post, police
assistance booth, including electricity, toilet and sewerage
system. Pricing may be done based on current plinth area
rates approved by PWD/CPWD/MES for a particular zone.
Area is required to be assessed for specific location as per
actual site conditions)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 56 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

B. Parking areas and Bus Laybyes for Trucks, Buses and Light
vehicles

(Pricing of parking areas may be done for the quantities of

various items based on the approved dimensions and
pavement design for a particular terrain and soil. Rates for
items may be from respective chapters.)

C. Lawn (Providing a lawn planted with grass and its

maintenance )

(Pricing of lawn may be done as per rates given in the

chapter on horticulture for the quantities as per approved
dimensions in the drawings)

8.35 Rumble Strips

Provision of 15 nos rumble strips covered with premix

bituminous carpet, 15-20 mm high at center, 250 mm wide
placed at 1 m center to center at approved locations to
control speed, marked with white strips of road marking
paint. sqm

(The rate per sqm of premix carpet and road marking may
be adopted from chapter 5 & 8 respectively for the
quantities calculated from approved drawings)

8.36 Safety Devices and Signs in Construction Zones

Provision and fixing of traffic signs for limited period at

suitable locations in construction zone comprising of
warning zone, approach transition zone, working zone and
terminal transition zone with a minimum distance of 60 cm
from the edge of the kerb in case of kerbed roads and 2 to
3 m from the edge of the carriageway in case of un-kerbed
roads, the bottom edge of the lowest sign plate to be not
less than 2 m above the road level, fixed on 60 mm x 60
mm x 6 mm angle iron post, founded and installed as per
approved design and drawings, removed and disposed of
after completion of construction work, all as per IRC:SP:55-
2001.

(The rate for traffic signs are already worked out and given
elsewhere in this chapter. The same may be adopted.)
each

8.37 Portable Barricade in Construction Zone

Installation of a steel portable barricade with horizontal rail

300 mm wide, 2.5 m in length fitted on a 'A' frame made
with 45 x 45 x 5 mm angle iron section, 1.5 m in height,
horizontal rail painted (2 coats) with yellow and white
stripes, 150 mm in width at an angle of 450, 'A' frame
painted with 2 coats of yellow paint, complete as per
IRC:SP:55-2001. each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 57 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

8.38 Permanent Type Barricade in Construction Zone

(i) With steel components

Construction of a permanent type barricade made of steel

components, 1.5 m high from road level, fitted with 3
horizontal rails 200 mm wide and 4 m long on 50 x 50 x 5
mm angle iron vertical support, painted with yellow and
white strips, 150 mm in width at an angle of450, complete
as per IRC:SP:55-2001. each

(ii) With bricks

Construction of a permanent type barricade made with
brick work in mud mortar, 1.5 m high, 4 m long, 600 mm
thick, plastered with cement mortar 1:6, painted with
yellow and white strips. each

8.39 811 Road Traffic Signals electrically operated

Since it is a ready made item commercially produced and

erected by specialised firm in the electrical and electronic
field, rate may be taken based on market enquiry from
firms specialised in this field and ISI certified for the
approved design and drawing.

8.40 Items Related to Underpass/ Subway/ Overhead Bridge/

Overhead Foot Bridge

The items involved for underpass/ subway/ overhead

bridge/ overhead foot bridge are earthwork, plain cement
concrete, plastering, painting, information sign etc. The
rates for these items are available in respective chapters
which can be adopted for the quantities derived from the
approved designs and drawings

8.41 Traffic Control System and Communication System

Providing a traffic control centre and communication

system including telecommunication facilities and related
accessories, CCTV, radar, vehicle detection camera, central
computer system.

(These are specialised item of telecommunication system

and are the commercial products. The designer is required
to contact the manufacturers to ascertain market prices. In
case of civil works required to be executed for these
installations, pricing may be done as per rates in relevant
chapters for quantities derived as per approved design and
drawing.)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 58 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 8 : Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

8.42 801 Object Hazard Marking Traffic Signs

Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised cautionary,

mandatory and informatory sign as per IRC:67 made of
high intensity grade shetting vide MoRT&H technical
specification Clause 801.3, fixed over aluminium sheeting,
1.5 mm thick supported on a mild steel angle iron post 75
mm x 75 mm x 6 mm firmly fixed to the ground by means
of properly designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm below
ground level as per IRC guideline/ MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 801.

(i) 900 mm x 300 mm rectangular object hazard marking

traffic signs each

8.43 801 Road Safety Convex Mirror

Providing and fixing pole mounting (50 mm dia steel pole

of standard height) 800 mm dia strong unbreakabale highly
reflective road safety convex mirror body made up of poly
carbonate having large viewing angle from standard
distance (minimum 6 m) firmly fixed to the gound by
means of properly designed foundation with M-15 grade
cement concrete 450mm x 45mm x 600 mm as per IRC
guideline/ MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 801.
each

8.44 Suggestive Permanent Type Barricade in Construction Zone

Construction of a permanent type barricade made of

wooden components, 1.5 m high from road level, fitted
with 3 horizontal planks 200 mm wide and 3.66 m long on
100 x 100mm wooden vertical post, painted with yellow
and white strips, 150 mm in width at an angle of450,
complete as per IRC:SP:55-2001.

B.With wooden components each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 59 of 251

 Chapter - 9

Pipe Culverts

(a) Preamble

1. Pipe culverts of sizes 1200, 1000 mm dia in single row and double row which are generally used on
roads, have been included. Providing and laying of pipe has been included in the rate analysis.
Items of auxiliary works as excavation, bedding, backfilling, concrete and masonry shall be analysed
under the respective section and paid for separately.

2. Analysis has been given for NP3 spun/ hume pipes only, because NP4 pipes are not generally
manufactured in this area.

3. Cost of any river training and protection work like stone pitching, apron, rivetment, curtain wall etc.
has been analysed under the respective item in Chapter 15 of bridge section.

4. The joining of pipes is proposed by collar joints.

5. The height of filling above the top of the pipe shall not be less than 600 mm.

6. The choice between first class bedding and cement cradle bedding will depend on particular
situations and the approved design.

7. Head walls and other ancillary works shall be costed under respective chapters.

8. Backfilling upto 300 mm above top of the pipe shall be carefully done and the soil thoroughly
rammed, compacted in layers not exceeding 150 mm.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 60 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 9 : Pipe Culverts
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

9.1 2100 PCC 1:3:6 in Foundation

Plain cement concrete 1:3:6 nominal mix in foundation with

crushed stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size mechanically
mixed, placed in foundation and compacted by vibration
including curing for 14 days as per drawings & MoRT&H
technical specifications Clauses 2100. cum

9.2 2900 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3
/ prestressed concrete pipe on first class bedding in single
Row

Providing and Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP3

/ prestressed concrete pipe with collar for culverts on first
class bedding of granular material in single row including
fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding
excavation, protection works, backfilling, concrete and
masonry works in head walls and parapets as per MoRT&H
Technical specification Clause 2900.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 1000 mm dia m

Note :- 1 In case of cement concrete bedding, quantity of PCC M15 is to be

calculated as per design and priced separately and added .

2 The rate analysis does not include excavation, cement /masonry works in
head walls, backfilling, protection works and parapet walls. The same are
to be calculated as per approved design and drawings and priced
separately on rates available under respective sections.

9.3 2900 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3
/ prestressed concrete pipe on first class bedding in double
row

Providing and Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP3

/ prestressed concrete pipe with collar for culverts on first
class bedding of granular material in double row including
fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding
excavation, protection works, backfilling, concrete and
masonry works in head walls and parapets as per MoRT&H
Technical specification Clause 2900.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 1000 mm dia m

Note :- 1 In case of cement craddle bedding, quantity of PCC M15 is to be

calculated as per design and priced separately and added .

2 The rate analysis does not include excavation, cement /masonry works in
head walls, backfilling, protection works and parapet walls. The same are
to be calculated as per approved design and drawings and priced
separately on rates available under respective sections.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 61 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 10

Maintenance of Roads

(a) Preamble

1. In the case of rain cuts, it has been assumed that some material cut by rain, approximately 25
percent will be available at site which can be retrieved and re-used and the balance 75 percent is
required to be provided as fresh material.

2. For making up earthen shoulders, it has been assumed that on an average 150 mm filling will be
required. Similarly, for striping of excess soil from shoulder, an average depth of 75 mm has been
assumed.

3. In the case of choking of drain, it has been assumed that half the depth of drain has been filled with
earth / debris, which requires clearance.

4. During the process of landslide clearance on hill roads, it has been assumed that earth will be
disposed off by the dozer on the valley side. In case there is any objection to this arrangement due
to particular site conditions, resources like loader and tipper will have to be provided for disposal of
earth / debris for the lead involved.

5. Pot-hole repair and patchwork are provided to be done by mechanical / manual means.

6. The items like slurry seal, fog seal, crack prevention courses, surface dressing for maintenance
works has already been included in chapter - 5 and are not been repeated in this chapter.

7. The cost of other items like repair of ruts and undulation maintenance earthen shoulders, cross
drainage works, minor and major bridges and miscellanious items like turfing, painting and lettering
on km stones, repair to signs, footpath, street lighting, railing, deviders, separators and under
passes for pedestrians has been given in the "Report of the Committee on Norms of Maintenance of
Roads in India" published by IRC in January' 2001 which may be referred for guidance.

8. The repair items related to bridges have been given in chapter - 16.

9. Items related with snow clearance has not been considered because the same is not applicable for
this State.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 62 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 10 : Maintenance of Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

10.1 3002 Restoration of Rain Cuts

Restoration of rain cuts with soil , moorum gravel or a

mixture of these, clearing the loose soil, benching for 300
mm width laying fresh material in layers not exeeding 250
mm and compaction with plate compactor or power
rammer to restore the original alignment, level and slopes
as per drawings and MoRT&H technical specification Clause
3002. cum

10.2 3003 Maintenance of Earthen shoulder (filling with fresh selected

soil)

Making up loss of material / irregularities on shoulders to

the design level by adding fresh approved selected soil and
compacting it with appropriate equipment at OMC upto a
lead of 1000 m as per MoRT&H technical specification
Clause 3003. sqm

10.3 3003 Maintenance of Earthen shoulder (Stripping of excess soil)

Stripping excess soil from the shoulder surface to achieve

the approved level and compacting with plate compactor at
OMC as per drawing and MoRT&H technical specification
Clause 3003. sqm

10.4 3004 Filling Pot-holes and Patch Repairs with open-Graded

Premix surfacing, 20mm.

Removal of all failed material, trimming of completed

excavation to provide firm vertical faces, cleaning of
surface, painting of tack coat on the sides and base of
excavation as per clause 503, back filling the pot holes with
hot bituminous material as per clause 511, compacting,
trimming and finishing the surface to form a smooth
continuous surface, all as per MoRT&H technical
specification Clause 3004.2. sqm

10.5 3004 Filling Pot-holes and Patch Repairs with Bituminous

concrete, 40mm.

Removal of all failed material, trimming of completed

excavation to provide firm vertical faces, cleaning of
surface, painting of tack coat on the sides and base of
excavation as per clause 503, back filling the pot holes with
hot bituminous material as per clause 511, compacting,
trimming and finishing the surface to form a smooth
continuous surface, all as per MoRT&H technical
specification Clause 3004.2.

A. Grading - I ( 19 mm nominal size ) sqm

B. Grading - II ( 13 mm nominal size ) sqm

10.6 3004.3.3 Crack Filling

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 63 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 10 : Maintenance of Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Filling of crack using slow - curing bitumen emulsion and

applying crusher dust in case crack are wider than 3 mm as
per MoRT&H technical specification Clause 3004.3.3 m

10.7 3004 Dusting

Applying crusher dust to areas of road where bleeding of

excess bitumen has occurred as per MoRT&H technical
specification Clause 3004.4 sqm

10.8 3004.3.2 Fog seal

3004.3.4 Crack Prevention Courses
3005 Slurry Seal
3005 Surface Dressing for Maintenance Works.

These items have already been included in chapter 5.

10.9 3005 Repair of Joint Grooves with Epoxy Mortar

Repair of spalled joint grooves of contraction joints,

longitudinal joints and expansion joints in concrete
pavements using epoxy mortar or epoxy concrete as per
MoRT&H technical specification Clause 3005.1 m

Note :- The constituents of epoxy mortar / epoxy concrete will be as per the
instruction and manual of the manufacturer.

10.10 3005.2 Repair of old Joints Sealant

Removal of existing sealant and resealing of contraction,

longitudinal or expansion joints in concrete pavement with
fresh sealant material as per MoRT&H technical
specification Clause 3005.2 m

10.11 3000 Hill Side Drain Clearance

Removal of earth from the choked hill side drain and

disposing it on the valley side manually as per MoRT&H
technical specification Clause 3000. m

10.12 3000 Land Slide Clearance in soil

Clearance of land slides in soil and ordinary rock by a bull-

dozer D 80 A-12, 180 HP and disposal of the same on the
valley side as per MoRT&H technical specification Clause
3000. cum

10.13 3000 Landslide Clearance in Hard Rock Requiring Blasting

Clearing of land slide in hard rock requiring blasting for 50

per cent of the boulders and disposal of the same on the
valley side as per MoRT&H technical specification Clause
3005.2 cum

Note :- Credit for the rock if found acceptable as construction material shall be afforded.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 64 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 11

Horticulture

(a) Preamble

1 The iems of turfing with sods and seeding and mulching have been included in the chapter - 3 for
earthwork.

2 Analysis of rates for wrought iron and mild steel welded work has been included to cater for any
miscellaneous work in connection with horticulture, fencing and traffic sign.

3 In the rate analysis of some items, the quantities of sub-items involved in that analysis, like
excavation for foundation, foundation concrete, painting, lettering etc. have been given. The rates
for such items may be taken from the relevant chapters where the same have already been
analysed.

4 As grass and plantation need more care and supervision, one mate has been provided for every 10
mazdoors in case of horticulture.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 65 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 11 : Horticulture
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

11.1 307 Spreading of Sludge / Farm Yard Manure / good Earth

Spreading of sludge/ farm yard manure/ good earth in

required thickness (cost of sludge, farm yard manure or/
and good earth to be paid for separately) MoRT&H
technical specifications Clauses 307. cum

11.2 307 Grassing with 'Doobs' Grass

Grassing with 'Doobs' grass including watering and

maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass
forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for moving
including supplying good earth if needed as per MoRT&H
technical specifications Clauses 307.

i. In rows 150 mm apart in all direction sqm

ii. In rows 75 mm apart in all direction sqm

iii. In rows 50 mm apart in all direction sqm

11.3 307 Planting and Maintaining of Flowering Plants and Shrubs

a. Planting flowering plants and shrubs in central

verge (200 plants and 800 shrubs in two rows in
one km length of road where width of verge is 3 m
and above) as per MoRT&H technical specifications
Clauses 307. km

b. Maintenance of flowering plants and shrubs in

central verge for one year km

11.4 Wrought Iron and Mild Steel Welded Work

Wrought iron and mild steel welded work (using angles,

square bars, tees and channel in grills, grating frames,
gates and tree guards of any size and design etc. including
cost of screens and welding rods or bolts and nuts
complete fixed in position but without the cost of
excavation and concrete for fixing which will be paid
separately as per MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses
and as directed. kg

11.5 307 Planting and Maintaining of Permanent Hedges

A. Planting permanent hedges including digging of trenches

Planting permanent hedges including digging of trenches,

60 cm wide and 45 cm deep, refilling the excavated earth
mixed with farmyard manure, supplied at the rate of 4.65
cum per 100 metres and supplying and planting hedge
plants at 30 cm apart m

B. Maintenance of hedge for one year m

11.6 307 Planting of Trees and their Maintenance for one Year

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 66 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 11 : Horticulture
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Planting of trees by the road side (Avenue trees) in 0.60 m

dia holes, 1 m deep dug in the ground, mixing the soil with
decayed farm yard/sludge manure, planting the saplings,
backfilling the trench, watering, fixing the tree guard and
maintaining the plants for one year. nos

11.7 Making Tree Guard 53 cm dia and 1.3 m High as per

Design from Empty Bitumen Drums

Making tree guard 53 cm dia and 1.3 m high as per design

from empty bitumen drum, slit suitably to permit sun and
air including providing and fixing 2 nos MS sheet rings 50 x
0.5 mm with rivets, complete in all respect. nos

11.8 Making Tree Guard 53 cm dia and 2 Metre High as per

Design from Empty Bitumen Drums

Making tree guard 53 cm dia and 2 metres high as per

design from empty bitumen drums, slit suitably to permit
sun and air including providing and fixing four legs 40 cm
long of 30 x 3 mm MS riveted to tree guard and providing
and fixing 2 nos MS sheet rings 50 x 0.5 mm with rivets
complete in all respects. nos

11.9 Tree Guard with MS Iron

Providing and fixing MS iron tree guard 60 cm dia and 2

metre high above ground level formed of 4 Nos (25 x 6
mm) and 8 Nos (25 x 3 mm) vertical MS riveted to 3 Nos
(25 x 6 mm) iron rings in two halves, bolted together with
8 mm dia and 30 mm long bolts including painting two
coats with paint of approved brand over a coat of priming,
complete in all respects. nos

11.10 Tree Guard with MS Angle Iron and Steel Wire

Providing and fixing tree guard 0.60 metre square, 2.00

metre high fabricated with MS angle iron 30 x 30 x 3 mm,
MS iron 25 x 3 mm and steel wire 3 mm dia welded and
fabricated as per design in two halves bolted together. nos

11.11 Compensatory Afforestation

Planting trees as compensatory afforestation at the rate of

290 trees per hectare at a spacing of 6 m by grubbing and
leveling the ground upto a depth of 150 mm, digging holes
0.9 m dia, 1 m deep, mixing farm yard/sludge manure with
soil, planting of sapling 2 m high with 25 cm dia stem,
backfilling the hole and watering. Hectare

11.12 307 Making Lawns including Ploughing and Dragging with

'Swagha' Breaking of Clod

Making lawns including ploughing and breaking of clod,

removal of rubbish, dressing and supplying doobs grass
roots and planting at 15 cm apart, including supplying and
spreading of farm yard manure at rate of 0.18 cum per 100
sqm sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 67 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 11 : Horticulture
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

11.13 307 Maintenance of Lawns or Turfing of Slopes

Maintenance of lawns or Turfing of slopes (rough grassing)

for a period of one year including watering etc. sqm

11.14 307 Turfing Lawns with Fine Grassing including Ploughing,

Dressing

Turfing lawns with fine grassing including ploughing,

dressing including breaking of clods, removal of rubbish,
dressing and supplying doobs grass roots at 10 cm apart,
including supplying and spreading of farm yard manure at
rate of0.6 cum per 100 sqm. sqm

11.15 307 Maintenance of Lawns with Fine Grassing for the First Year

Maintenance of lawns with fine grassing for the first year

including watering etc sqm

11.16 308 Renovation Lawns including, Weeding, Forking the Ground,

Top Dressing with Forked Soil
Renovation lawns including, weeding, forking the ground,
top dressing with forked soil, watering and maintenance
the lawns, for 30 days or more, till the grass forms a thick
lawn, free from weeds, and fit for moving and disposal of
rubbish as directed, including supplying good earth, if
needed but excluding the cost of well decayed farm yard
manure. sqm

11.17 308 Supply at Site Well Decayed Farm Yard Manure

Supply at site of work well decayed farm yard manure,

from any available source, approved by the engineer in
charge including screening and stacking. cum

11.18 Half Brick Circular Tree Guard, in 2nd Class Brick, internal
diametre 1.25 metres, and height 1.2 metres, above
ground and 0.20 metre below ground

Half brick circular tree guard, in 2nd class brick, internal

diametre 1.25 metres, and height 1.2 metres, above
ground and 0.20 metre below ground, bottom two courses
laid dry, and top three courses in cement mortar 1:6 (1
cement 6 sand) and the intermediate courses being in dry
honey comb masonry, as per design complete. each

11.19 Edging with 2nd Class Bricks, Laid Dry Lengthwise

Edging with 2nd class bricks, laid dry lengthwise, including

excavation, refilling, consolidation, with a hand packing and
spreading nearly surplus earth within a lead of 50 metres. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 68 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12

Foundation

(a) Preamble

1 Excavation for structures has been provided both by manual and mechanical means. The rate
relevant to a particular situation may be adopted.

2 The earth excavated from foundation has been proposed to be backfilled in the foundation trenches
and balance quality utilised for road work locally except for marshy soil where disposal has been
provided.

3 For excavation in marshy soil, extra provision of labour for filling with carted earth has been
provided in a separate item. Cost of carted earth has been worked out separately if the same is not
available from the adjoining area.

4 The rock surface for foundations is to be prepared which has been analysed accordingly.

5 In case of rocks, excavation has been considered upto a depth of 3 m only.

6 Embedding of foundation in soft and hard rocks has been provided as required by the specificatons.

7 Dewatering of rain water is part of the overhead. Dewatering may be provided in excavation for
foundation on percentage basis as per site condition and decision of the Engineer-in-Charge.

8 Mixing of cement concrete has been considered both by using concrete mixer with weight batching
facility fitted with water measuring device and batching plant. The rate can be adopted depending
upon availability of equipment and as approved by the Engineer.

9 The coarse for cement concrete shall be as per IS : 383. Fine aggregate for cement concrete shall
be obtained from the approved selected quarry.

10 Description of items has been given very briefly. Relevant clauses of MoRT&H Specifications may be
referred for detailed specification.

11 The rate analysis for sinking of well foundation has been analysed with unit as Cum. Sinking of Well
for twin D type has also been included.

12 Pneumatic sinking is a specialised job. All safety precaution as per IS:4138 are required to be taken.
Medical supervision for such works is considered very essential. Depth of pneumatic has been
restricted to 30 m below normal water level.

13 Pile driving rigs including vibratory hammers are assumed to be self contained with power units and
necessary accessories required for driving.

14 The quantity of concrete which is required to be stripped off upto a minimum height of 600 mm
above the designed top level of the pile has been taken into account in the rate analysis.

15 Rate analysis for various type of piles like bored cast-in-situ, driven precast RCC pile and driven
steel piles of H section have been included. If the steel casing in case of driven pile is required to be
retained, the same is required to be priced separately.

16 The amount indicated for testing of piles are taken with an escalation @ 10% based on the rate of
base year 2017-2018.

17 The levelling course below the pile cap is proposed with M 15 grade concrete.

18 Steel reinforcement for cement concrete works are required to be provided separately. The rate for
the same has been analysed.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 69 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs

19 Appendix-4 of IRC : 78-2000 may be referred regarding precautions to be taken during sinking of
wells.

20 In case of blasting during sinking of wells the inner face of the curb is required to be protected with
the steel plates of thickness not less than 10 mm upto top level of well curb. For height above top of
the curb, the thickness of steel plate may be reduced to 6 mm. This extra height of steel lining
should be limited to 3 m.

21 The concrete mix used in botom plug shall have a minimum cement content of 363 Kg / cum and a
slump of about 150 mm - 200 mm to permit easy flow of concrete through tremie to fill up all
cavities.

22 Necessary safety precautions shall be taken for excavation on open fondations for which guidance
may be taken from IS : 3764.

23 A levelling course of 100 mm thickness in M 10 (1:3:6) shall be provided before laying open
foundations.

24 In the case of open foundation, dewatering shall not be permitted from the placing of concrete upto
24 hours after placement.

25 In case of open foundation in rock, the trenches around the footing shall be filled up with concrete
of M 15 grade upto a level of 0.6 m of hard rock and 1.5 m of soft rock above the foundation level.
The portion above this may be filled up by boulders grouted with cement.

26 When there are two or more compartments in a well, the lower edge of the cutting edge of the
middle stems of such wells shall be kept about 300 mm above that of outer stems to prevent
rocking.

27 The well curb shall be in RCC of mix not leaner than M 25 grade with minimum steel reinforcement
of 72 kg/ cum excluding bond rods.

28 The top of the bottom plug shall be at least 300 mm above top of curb.

29 No dewatering shall be carried out within 7 days of casting of bottom plug.

30 In case of cement concrete piles, the minimum grade of concrete shall be M 35 with minimum
cement content of 400 kg / cum.

31 The top of the pile shall project 50 mm into the pile cap and reinforcement of pile shall be fully
anchored in pile cap.

32 The minimum thickness of pile cap should be atleast 0.6 m or 1.5 times the diameter of the pile
whichever is more.

33 Guidance for piles is to be obtained from IS : 2911.

34 Concrete in driven cast-in-situ piles shall be cast upto a height of 600 mm above the designed top
level of pile, which shall be stripped off to obtain sound concrete either before final set or after 3
days.

35 The provision of Coarse sand has not been kept, because the same is not available in the State of
Tripura.

36 Rates of all materials used in the analysis are at the place of origin as mentioned in the materials
sheet which is excluding the loading,unloading and haulage.

37 Consumption of Bricks has been considered as per the sizes of the available bricks in Tripura.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 70 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs

38 Additional items by using jhama brick aggregates (i.e. locally available materials) have also been
considered in Plain Cement Concrete.

39 All rates for concreting work are inclusive of necessary Formwork as per section 1500 of the
MoRT&H specification.

40 Sand can be either coarse or fine as required/ available. Here, provision of coarse sand has not
been considered up to RCC Grade M 35 only due to non-availability of coarse sand in Tripura.
However, if design of concrete dictates for use of coarse sand, then separate analysis may be taken
as per site condition.

41 The analysis has been made cosidering 1 Km lead from the Batching plant. If lead is more than
necessary haulage of the concrete may be added.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 71 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

12.1 304 Excavation for Structures

Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing and

MoRT&H technical specifications Clause 304 including
setting out, construction of shoring & bracing, removal of
stumps & other deleterious material and disposal upto a
lead of 50 m, dressing of sides & bottom and backfilling in
trenches with excavated suitable material.

I Ordinary Soil

A. By Manual Means

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 10 per cent labour cost.
Assesment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 3 per cent on cost
of excavation for open foundation.

3 The excavated earth if found suitable can be used partly for backfilling in trenches
and partly for road work. Hence cost of disposal has not been added except for
marshy soil. This note is common to all cases of item 12.1 excluding marshy soil

(ii) 3 m to 6 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 15 per cent labour cost.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 10 per cent on
cost of excavation for open foundation.

(iii) above 6 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 20 per cent labour cost.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 15 per cent on
cost of excavation for open foundation.

B. By Mechanical Means

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 5 per cent labour cost.
Assesment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 3 per cent on cost
of excavation for open foundation.

3 The excavated earth if found suitable can be used partly for backfilling in trenches
and partly for road work. Hence cost of disposal has not been added except for
marshy soil. This note is common to all cases of item 12.1 excluding marshy soil

(ii) 3 m to 6 m depth cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 72 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 7.5 per cent labour cost.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 10 per cent on
cost of excavation for open foundation.

(iii) above 6 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 10 per cent of labour cost.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 15 per cent on
cost of excavation for open foundation.

3 Labour provided for excavation by mechanical means includes that required for
trimming of bottom and side slopes.

II Oridinary rock ( not requiring blasting)

A. By Manual Means

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 10 per cent labour cost.
Assesment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 3 per cent on cost
of excavation for open foundation.

B. By Mechanical Means

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering may be added, when required, up to 10 per cent labour cost.
Assesment for dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

2 The cost of shoring & shuttering, where needed, may be added @ 3 per cent on cost
of excavation for open foundation.

3 In case of rock, foundation beyond 3 m is not dug and hence not included.

III Hard rock (required blasting)

A. By Manual Means

Upto 3 m depth cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering @ 10 per cent may be added, where required. Assessment for
dewatering shall be made as per site condition.

2 In case of rock, foundation beyond 3 m is not dug and hence not included.

IV Hard rock (blasting prohibited)

A. By Mechanical Means

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 73 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Upto 3 m depth including 1.5 m depth in

hard rock cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering upto 10 per cent may be added, where required. Assessment for
dewatering shall be made as per site conditions.

2 In case of rock, foundation beyond 3 m is not dug and hence not included.

V Marshy soil

A. By Manual Means cum

Note 1 Cost of dewatering @ 30 per cent of (a) may be added.

2 Shoring & shutting @ 15 per cent of (a) may be added where required.
3 Since marshy soil cannot be used in filling in trenches, it shall be removed &
replaced by approved quality of soil. The labour cost includes labour input for
disposal of marshy soil excavated pit with a lead upto 50 m.

4 Marshy soil is generally available upto 3 m depth. The rate has, therefore, been
done upto 3 m depth of excavation. For deeper excavation refer analysis in item
12.1.

B. By Mechanical Means cum

Note :- 1 Cost of dewatering @ 30 per cent of (a) may be added.

2 Shoring & shutting @ 15 per cent of (a) may be added where required.
3 Since marshy soil cannot be used in filling in trenches, it shall be removed &
replaced by approved quality of soil. The labour cost includes labour input for
disposal of marshy soil excavated pit with a lead upto 50 m.

4 Marshy soil is generally available upto 3 m depth. The rate has, therefore, been
done upto 3 m depth of excavation. For deeper excavation refer analysis in item
12.1.

VI Backfilling in Marshy Foundation Pits

A. By Manual Means cum

12.2 304 Filling Annular Space Around Footing in Rock

Lean cement concrete 1:3:6 nominal mix. Rate may be taken as per item 12.4.

12.3 304 Sand Filling in foundation trenches as per drawing &

MoRT&H technical specification clause 304. cum

12.4 2100 PCC 1:3:6 in Foundation

Plain cement concrete 1:3:6 nominal mix in foundation with

crushed stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size mechanically
mixed, placed in foundation and compacted by vibration
including curing for 14 days as per drawings & MoRT&H
technical specifications Clauses 2100. (including centering,
shuttering, staging etc. but excluding reinforcement) cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 74 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

12.5 1300 Brick masonry work in cement mortar in foundation

completed excluding pointing & plastering as per drawing &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1300.

I Brick masonry in 1:2 cement mortar cum

II Brick masonry in 1:3 cement mortar cum

III Brick masonry in 1:4 cement mortar cum

IV Brick masonry in 1:6 cement mortar cum

12.6 1500, Plain / Reinforced cement concrete in open foundation as

1700, per drawings & MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses
2100 1500, 1700, 2100. (including centering, shuttering, staging
etc. but excluding reinforcement)

A. PCC Grade M 15 cum

B. PCC Grade M 20 cum

C. RCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

D. PCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

E. RCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

F. PCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

G. RCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

H. RCC Grade M 35

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 75 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

Note :- Where ever concrete is carried out using batching plant, transit mixer,
concrete pump, Admixtures @ 0.4 per cent of weight of cement may be
added for achieving desired slump of concrete.

12.7 1200 Providing and Constructing Temporary Island 16 m

diameter for Construction of Well Foundation for 8 m dia.
Well.

A. Assuming depth of water 1.0 m and height of island

to be 1.25 m. no

B. Assuming depth of water 4.0 m and height of island

to be 4.5 m. no

Note :- For other well diameters rate can be worked out on the
basis of cross-sectional area of well. The diameter of the
island shall be in the conformity with clause 1203.2 of
MoRT&H specifications.

C. Providing and constructing one span service road to

reach island location from one pier location to
another pier location m

12.8 1200 & Providing and Laying Cutting Edge of Mild Steel weighing
1900 40 kg per metre for Well Foundation complete as per
drawings & MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1200
& 1900 t

12.9 1200, Plain / Reinforced cement concrete in well foundation as

1500, per drawings & MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses
1700 1200, 1500, 1700. (including centering, shuttering, staging
etc. but excluding reinforcement)

A. Well Curb

i) RCC M 20 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

ii) RCC M 25 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iii) RCC M 35 Grade

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 76 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

B. Well Steining

i) PCC M 15 Grade cum

ii) PCC M 20 Grade cum

iii) RCC M 20 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iv) PCC M 25 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

v) RCC M 25 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

vi) PCC M 30 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

vii) RCC M 30 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

viii) RCC M 35 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

ix) RCC M 40 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 77 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

C. Bottom Plug

i) PCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

ii) PCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

iii) PCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

iv) PCC Grade M 35

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

D. Intermediate plug

i) PCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

ii) PCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

iii) PCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Crane / Concrete Pump cum

E. Top Plug

i) PCC Grade M 15 cum

ii) PCC Grade M 20 cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 78 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

iii) PCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iv) PCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

F. Well Cap

i) RCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

ii) RCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iii) RCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iv) RCC Grade M 35

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

v) RCC M 40 Grade

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

12.10 1200 Sinking of wells of circular shape in all kinds of soil,

through all kinds of stratas and category, with or without
water by all methods, other than pneumatic sinking
including construction of cofferdams, wherever necessary
including dressing for laying the well curbs, removal of
underground snags, if any, such as logs, isolated boulders
etc. encountered during sinking including use of Kentledge
including supports, loading and unloading of weight etc.as
per drawing and technical specification and removal of
earths etc. with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per
MoRT&H technical specification section 1200.

(i) Depth below bed level upto 5 m cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 79 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

(ii) Depth beyond 5m upto 10 m cum

(iii) Depth beyond 10 m upto 15 m cum

(iv) Depth beyond 15 m upto 20 m cum

(v) Depth beyond 20 m upto 30 m cum

* Add @ 7.5 percent of cost for every additional metre depth of

sinking over the rate of sinking for the previous metre.

12.11 1200 Sinking of twin D type wells in all kinds of soil, through all
strata and category, with or without water by all methods,
other than pneumatic sinking including construction of
cofferdams, wherever necessary including dressing for
laying the well curbs, removal of underground snags, if
any, such as logs, isolated boulders etc. encountered
during sinking including use of Kentledge including
supports, loading and unloading of weight etc.as per
drawing and technical specification and removal of earths
etc. with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H
technical specification section 1200.

(i) Depth below bed level upto 5 m cum

(ii) Depth beyond 5m upto 10 m cum

(iii) Depth beyond 10 m upto 15 m cum

(iv) Depth beyond 15 m upto 20 m cum

(iv) Depth beyond 20 m upto 30 m cum

* Add @ 7.5 percent of cost for every additional metre depth of

sinking over the rate of sinking for the previous metre.

12.12 1200 Sand Filling in Wells complete as per Drawing & MoRT&H
technical specifications Clauses 1200. cum

12.13 1200 & Providing Steel Liner 10 mm thick for Curbs and 6 mm
1900 thick for Steining of Wells including Fabricating and Setting
out as per Detailed Drawing & MoRT&H technical
specifications Clauses 1200 & 1900 t

12.14 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ M-35 grade RCC pile excluding

1700 reinforcement complete as per Detailed Drawing &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100, 1700 and
removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead upto 1000
m

A. 750 mm dia m

B. 1000 mm dia m

C. 1200 mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 80 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

12.15 1100, Driven Cast-in-place vertical M-35 grade RCC pile excluding
1700 reinforcement complete as per Detailed Drawing &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100, 1700.

A. 750 mm dia m

B. 1000 mm dia m

C. 1200 mm dia m

Note :- 1 The quantity of concrete required to be removed above the designed top level of
concrete, if any, will be provided for in the rate analysis.

2 In case steel lining is included in the design for driven cast-in-situ pile and is planned
to be retained, the same may be included in the rate analysis. In case the temporary
steel casing used during casting is planned to be removed, an additional cost @ 0.50
per cent of cost of concrete may be provided to cover its usage.

12.16 1100, Driven precast vertical M-35 grade RCC pile excluding
1700 reinforcement complete as per Detailed Drawing &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100, 1700.

A. 500 mm dia m

B. 750 mm dia m

C. 1000 mm dia m

Note :- The quantity of concrete required to be removed above the designed top level of concrete, if
any, will be provided for in the rate analysis.

12.17 1100, Driven precast vertical M-35 grade RCC pile excluding
1700 reinforcement complete as per detailed Drawing &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100, 1700.

A. 300 mm x 300 mm m

B. 500 mm x 500 mm m

C. 750 mm x 750 mm m

Note :- The quantity of concrete required to be removed above the designed top level of concrete, if
any, will be provided for in the rate analysis.

12.18 1100, Driven vertical steel piles complete as per detailed Drawing
1900 & MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100, 1900.

A. 400 x 250 mmH section steel column

(ISHB Series) m

B. 450 x 250 mmH section steel column

(ISHB Series) m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 81 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

12.19 1100 Pile load test on single vertical pile in accordance with IS :
2911 (Part - IV)

a. Initial and routine load test t

b. Lateral load test t

12.20 1100, Reinforced cement concrete in pile cap complete as per

1500, drawings & MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100,
1700 1500, 1700. (including centering shuttering, staging etc.
but excluding reinforcement)

i) RCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

ii) RCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iii) RCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

iv) RCC Grade M 35

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and

Concrete Pump cum

12.21 1100, Levelling Course for Pile cap

1700
Providing and laying of PCC M15 levelling course 100 mm
thick below the pile cap. (including centering, shuttering,
staging etc. but excluding reinforcement )

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

12.22 1600 Supplying, fitting & placing uncoated Mild steel

reinforcement in foundation complete as per drawings &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1600. t

12.23 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ M-30 grade RCC pile excluding

1700 reinforcement complete as per Detailed Drawing &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1100, 1700 and
removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead upto 1000
m.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 82 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 12 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

A. 750 mm dia m

B. 1000 mm dia m

C. 1200 mm dia m

12.24 1600 Supplying, fitting & placing Thermo-Mechanically treated

bar/ Cold twisted deformed steel bar reinforcement in
foundation complete as per drawings & MoRT&H technical
t
specifications Clauses 1600.

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e.

LOCALLY AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

12.25 2100 PCC 1:3:6 (using jhama brick aggregate) in Foundation

Plain cement concrete 1:3:6 nominal mix in foundation

(using jhama brick aggregate) 40 mm nominal size
mechanically mixed, placed in foundation and compacted
by vibration including curing for 14 days as per drawings &
MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 2100. (including
centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement) cum

12.26 1500, Plain / Reinforced cement concrete (using jhama brick

1700, aggregate) in open foundation as per drawings & MoRT&H
2100 technical specifications Clauses 1500, 1700, 2100.
(including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement)

A. PCC Grade M 15 (using jhama brick aggregate) cum

B. PCC Grade M 20 (using jhama brick aggregate) cum

12.27 1200, Plain / Reinforced cement concrete (using jhama brick

1500, aggregate) in well foundation as per drawings & MoRT&H
1700 technical specifications Clauses 1200, 1500, 1700.
(including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement )

A. Well Steining

i) PCC M 15 Grade (using jhama brick aggregate) cum

ii) PCC M 20 Grade (using jhama brick aggregate) cum

B. Intermidiate Plug

i) PCC Grade M 20 (using jhama brick aggregate)

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

C. Top Plug

i) PCC Grade M 15 (using jhama brick aggregate) cum

ii) PCC Grade M 20 (using jhama brick aggregate) cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 83 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs

Chapter - 13

Sub-structure

(a) Preamble

1 Although, Substructures are generally constructed in cement concrete, the rate analysis for brick
masonry in cement mortar 1:3, 1:4 have also been included which can be adopted if permitted by
design. Stone masonry is not considered, because the same is not available in this state.

2 The cost of formwork will vary with the height of the substructure. Provision has been made
accordingly.

3 As the higher grade of concrete is costlier, the provision made for formwork on percentage basis
has been suitably adjusted to make it compatible with other grades.

4 Bridge bearing, being commercial items produced by specialised firms with imported technology and
parts, the rates for the same are required to be ascertained from the market for the approved
design and technical specifications.

5 Filter media & backfilling behind abutment are required to be provided as per guidelines in IRC:78-
2000.

6 Weep holes shall be provided as per clause 2706 of MoRT&H specifications.

7 In case of roller cum rocker bearings, only full circular rollers are to be provided.

8 All bearings shall be set truly level so as to have full & even seating.

9 For elastomeric bearings, the concrete surface shall be leveled such that the variation is not more
than 1.5 mm from a straight edge placed in any direction across the area.

10 The bearing should be procured only from those manufacturers who have been pre-qualified by
MoRT&H.

11 The bottoms of girders resting on the bearing shall be plane and truly horizontal.

12 For spans in grade, the bearing shall be placed horizontal by using sole plates for suitably designed
RCC pedestals.

13 Consumption of Bricks has been considered as per the sizes of the available bricks in Tripura.

14 Additional items by using jhama brick aggregates ( i.e. locally available materials ) have also been
considered in Plain Cement Concrete.

15 All rates for concreting work are inclusive of necessary Formwork as per section 1500 of the
MoRT&H specification.

16 The analysis has been made cosidering 1 Km lead from the Batching plant. If lead is more than
necessary haulage of the concrete may be added.

17 Coarse sand has not been considered in this chapter, as the same is not available in Tripura. Fine
sand (As per IS : 383 and conforming to Clause 602.2.4 as per MoRT&H specification) is considered
analysis purpose only. However, if design of concrete dictates for use of coarse sand, then separate
analysis may be taken as per site condition.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 84 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 13 : Sub-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

13.1 1300, Brick masonry work in cement mortar in substructure

2200 complete excluding pointing & plastering, as per drawing &
MoRT&H technical specification Clauses 1300, 2200.

I In 1:3 cement mortar cum

II In 1:4 cement mortar cum

13.2 1300, Pointing with cement mortar on brickwork in substructure

2200 as per drawing & MoRT&H technical specification Clauses
1300, 2200.

I In 1:3 cement mortar sqm

II In 1:4 cement mortar sqm

13.3 1300, Plastering with cement mortar 15 mm thick on brickwork in

2200 substructure as per MoRT&H technical specification Clauses
1300 & 2200

I In 1:3 cement mortar sqm

II In 1:4 cement mortar sqm

13.4 1500, Plain/reinforced cement concrete in substructure complete

1700, including formwork as per drawings & MoRT&H technical
2200 specification Clauses 1500, 1700, 2200. (including
centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement)

i) PCC M 15 Grade ( upto 5 m height ) cum

ii) PCC M 20 Grade ( upto 5 m height ) cum

iii) PCC M 25 Grade

a. upto 5 m height

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

b. For height above 5 m upto 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

c. For height above 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 85 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 13 : Sub-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

iv) PCC M 30 Grade

a. upto 5 m height

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

b. For height above 5 m upto 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

c. For height above 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

v) RCC M 20 Grade

a. upto 5 m height

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

b. For height above 5 m upto 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

c. For height above 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

vi) RCC M 25 Grade

a. upto 5 m height

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

b. For height above 5 m upto 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 86 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 13 : Sub-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

c. For height above 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

vii) RCC M 30 Grade

a. upto 5 m height

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

b. For height above 5 m upto 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

c. For height above 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

viii) RCC M 35 Grade

a. upto 5 m height

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

b. For height above 5 m upto 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

c. For height above 10 m

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit

Mixer and Concrete Pump cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 87 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 13 : Sub-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

13.5 1600 & Supplying, fitting & placing Thermo-Mechanically treated

2200 bar/ Cold twisted deformed steel bar reinforcement in
substructure complete as per drawings & MoRT&H
technical specification Clauses 1600, 2200. t

13.6 1600 & Supplying, fitting & placing MS bar reinforcement in

2200 substructure complete as per drawings & MoRT&H
technical specification Clauses 1600, 2200. t

13.7 2706, Providing weep holes in brick masonry/ stone masonry,

2200 plain/ reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall, return wall
with 100 mm dia AC pipe or uPVC pipe (110 mm OD of 6.0
Kg/cm2 pressure) extending through the full width of the
structures with slope of 1(V):20(H) towards drawing face
complete as per drawing and MoRT&H technical
specification clauses 2706, 2200. m

13.8 710.1.4 Backfilling behind abutment, wing wall & return wall
of complete as per drawings, clause 710.1.4 of IRC:78 &
IRC:78 MoRT&H technical specification Clause 2200.
& 2200

I) Granular material cum

II) Sandy material cum

13.9 710.1.4 Providing and laying of Filter media with granular

of materials/ stone crushed aggregates satisfying the
IRC:78 requirements laid down in clause 2504.2.2. of MoRT&H
& 2200 specifications to a thickness of not less than 600 mm with
smaller size towards the soil and bigger size towards the
wall and provided over the entire surface behind abutment,
wing wall and return wall to the full height compacted to a
firm condition complete as per drawing and clause 710.1.4
of IRC:78 & MoRT&H technical specification Clause 2200.
cum

13.10 2000, Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line and level
2200 elastomeric bearing conforming to IRC: 83 (Part-II) section
IX and clause 2005 of MoRTH specifications complete cubic
including all accessories as per drawing and Technical centime
Specifications. tre

13.11 2000, Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line and level
2200 POT-PTFE bearing consisting of a metal piston supported
by a disc or unreinforced elastomer confined within a metal
cylinder, sealing rings, dust seals, PTFE surface sliding
against stainless steel mating surface, complete assembly
to be of cast steel/fabricated structural steel, metal and
elastomer elements to be as per IRC: 83 part-I & II
respectively and other parts conforming to BS: 5400,
tonne
section 9.1 & 9.2 and clause 2006 of MoRTH Specifications
capacity
complete as per drawing and approved Technical
Specifications.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 88 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 13 : Sub-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

13.12 1500, Plain/reinforced cement concrete (using jhama brick

1700, aggregate) in substructure complete including formwork as
2200 per drawings & MoRT&H technical specification Clauses
1500, 1700, 2200. (including centering, shuttering, staging
etc. but excluding reinforcement)

i) PCC M 15 Grade (using jhama brick aggregate)

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

( upto 5 m height ) cum

ii) PCC M 20 Grade (using jhama brick aggregate)

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

( upto 5 m height ) cum

13.13 2504.2. Providing & laying filter media with jhama brick aggregates
2 as per specification to a thickness of not less than 600 mm
with smaller size towards the soil & bigger size towards the
wall & providing over the entire surface behind abutment,
wing wall, return wall to the full height, compacted to firm
condition complete as per drawing and MoRT&H technical
specification clause 2504.2.2 cum

OTHER ADDITIONAL ITEMS

13.14 2000, Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line and level
1000 & cast steel rocker bearing conforming to IRC: 83(Pt.-1)
2200 section IX and clause 2003 of MoRT&H specifications tonne
complete including all accessories as per drawing and capacity
Technical Specifications.

13.15 2000, Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line and level
1000 & forged steel roller bearing conforming to IRC: 83 (Pt.-1)
2200 section IX and clause 2003 of MoRT&H specifications tonne
complete including all accessories as per drawing and capacity
Technical Specifications.

13.16 2000 & Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line and level
2200 sliding plate bearing with PTFE surface sliding on stainless
steel complete including all accessories as per drawing and
Technical Specifications and BS: 5400, section 9.1 & 9.2 tonne
(for PTFE) and clause 2004 of MoRT&H Specifications. capacity

13.17 2000 & Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line and level
2200 sliding plate bearing with stainless steel plate sliding on
stainless steel plate with mild steel matrix complete tonne
including all accessories as per drawing and Technical capacity
Specifications.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 89 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14

Super-structure

(a) Preamble

1 The rate for the wearing coat has been analysed as under :

a. Cement concrete wearing coat.

b. Ashphaltic concrete wearing coat.

c. Bitumen mastic wearing coat.

The item may be selected as per approved design. In case the thickness of wearing coat is different
from that analysed, the rate for the desired thickness may be worked out on pro-rata basis.

2 The rate analysis has been done both for RCC Railing and M.S. Railing, which can be adopted as per
approved design.

3 The length of drainage spout has been provided in such a way that it is connected to the drainage
system on the ground in case of flyovers and there is no splashing of water on the structure in case
of bridges.

4 The rate for anti-corrosive treatment is required to be ascertained from firms specialised in this
work. In this connection Circular No.RW/NH-34041/44/91-S&R dated. 21.3.2000 of the Ministry of
Road Transport and Highways may be referred for further details.

5 Expansion joints involving movements exceeding 40 mm are specialised readymade items

commercially produced by reputed firms with imported technology and parts. The rates for such
joints are required to be ascertained from the firms prequalified by the Department.

6 The rate analysis for precast and pretensioned girders has also been included.

7 The rate analysis for prestressed cement concrete of M35 to M55 grade has also been included
which can be adopted for bridges with innovative design / construction.

8 MoRT&H letter No. RW/NH-34059/1/96 S&R dated.30.11.2000 and subsequent corrigendum dated
25.01.2001 may be referred for detailed specifications and provisions for various types of expansion
joints.

9 Supply of new type of expansion joint may be obtained on the basis of competitive bidding from
amongst the suppliers pre-qualified by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. Further a
warranty of 10 years of trouble free performance may be insisted from the suppliers.

10 For bridges having wide deck / span length more than 120 m or / and involving complex
movements / rotations in different directions / planes, provision of special type of modular
expansion joints such as swivel joints are required for which specialised in this field may be
consulted. Such cases require prior approval of the Ministry.

11 The cost of formwork will vary with the height of the substructure. Provision has been made
accordingly.

12 The analysis has been made cosidering 1 km lead from the Batching plant. If lead is more than
necessary haulage of the concrete may be added.

13 Where ever concrete is carried out using batching plant, transit mixer, concrete pump, admixtures
conforming IS: 9103 @ 0.4 per cent of weight of cement may be added for achieving desired slump
of concrete.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 90 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs

14 Cement provided for various components of the super structure is for estimating purpose only.
Actual quantity of cement will be as per approved mix design. Similarly, the provision for coarse and
fine aggregates is for estimating purpose and the exact quantity shall be as per the mix design.

15 The items like needle and surface vibrators are part of minor T & P which is already covered under
the overhead charges. As such these items have not been added separately in the rate analysis.

16 Sand can be either coarse or fine as required/ available. Here, provision of coarse sand has not
been considered only due to non-availability of coarse sand in Tripura. However, if design of
concrete dictates for use of coarse sand, then separate analysis may be taken as per site condition.
(Note:- Provision of coarse sand has been considred in the analysis of all items of PSC Grade M 40
and above which is to be arranged from outside the state.)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 91 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

14.1 1500, Plain/ Reinforced cement concrete in superstructure

1700, including all formworks required as per drawings &
2100 MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 1500, 1700,
2100. (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but
excluding reinforcement)

A. RCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

B. RCC Grade M 25

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 92 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

C. RCC Grade M 30

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 93 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

D. RCC / PSC Grade M 35

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

iii) For Box girder and balanced cantilever

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

iii) For Box girder and balanced cantilever

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 94 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

E. PSC Grade M 40

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer

i) For solid slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

Case - II : With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For solid slab / voided slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab including launching of precast

by launching truss upto 40 m span

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

iii) For cast-in-situ Box girder, segmental construction

and balanced cantilever

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

F. PSC Grade M 45

Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For solid slab / voided slab superstructure

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 95 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

c. Height above 10 m cum

ii) For T-beam & slab including launching of precast

by launching truss upto 40 m span

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

iii) For cast-in-situ Box girder, segmental construction

and balanced cantilever

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

G. PSC Grade M 50

Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For cast-in-situ Box girder, segmental construction

and balanced cantilever

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

H. PSC Grade M 55

Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump

i) For cast-in-situ Box girder, segmental

construction and balanced cantilever

a. Height upto 5 m cum

b. Height 5 m to 10 m cum

c. Height above 10 m cum

14.2 1600 Supplying, fitting & placing Thermo-Mechanically treated

bar/ Cold twisted deformed stee bar reinforcement in
superstructure complete as per drawings & MoRT&H
t
technical specification Clauses 1600.

14.3 1800 High tensile steel wires/strands including all accessories for
stressing, stressing operations and grouting complete as
per drawings & MoRT&H technical specification Clauses t
1800.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 96 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

14.4 2702 Providing and laying Cement concrete wearing coat M-30
grade including all formworks & required reinforcement
complete as per drawings & MoRT&H technical
specification Clauses 2702.(including centering, shuttering,
staging etc. but excluding reinforcement) cum

14.5 516, Mastic asphalt wearing course

2702
Providing and laying 12 mm thick mastic asphalt wearing
course on top of deck slab excluding prime coat with
paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in
table 500-29, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to
required level and slope after cleaning the surface,
including providing antiskid surface with bitumen precoated
fine grained hard stone chipping of 9.5 mm nominal size at
the rate of 0.005 cum per 10 sqm and at an approximate
spacing of 10 cm center to center in both directions,
pressed into surface when the temperature of surfaces not
less than 100 degree C, protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over
mastic surface, all complete as per MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 516, 2702. sqm

Note :- 1 The rates for 6 mm or any other thickness may be worked out on pro-rata
basis.

2 Where tack coat is required to be provided before laying mastic asphalt,

the same is required to be measured and paid separately.

14.6 2703, Construction of precast RCC railing of M 30 Grade,

1500, aggregate size not exceeding 12 mm, true to line and
1600, grade, tolerance of vertical RCC post not to exceed 1 in
1700 500, centre to centre spacing between vertical post not to
exceed 2000 mm, leaving adequate space between vertical
post for expansion, complete as per approved drawings
(No. SD / 202), including all formworks required and
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2703, 1500, 1600,
1700. (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. and
m
reinforcement)

14.7 2703, Construction of RCC railing of M 30 Grade in-situ with 20

1500, mm nominal size aggregate, true to line and grade,
1600, tolerance of vertical RCC post not to exceed 1 in 500,
1700 centre to centre spacing between vertical post not to
exceed 2000 mm, leaving adequate space between vertical
post for expansion, complete as per approved drawings
(No. SD / 202), including all formworks required and
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2703, 1500, 1600,
1700. (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. and
m
reinforcement)

14.8 2703.2 Providing, fitting and fixing mild steel railing complete as
& 1900 per drawing and Technical Specification as per approved
drawings and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause
2703.2 & 1900. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 97 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

14.9 2705 Providing and placing in position drainage Spouts complete

as per drawing (SD/205) and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 515, 2705. no

14.10 2700 PCC M15 Grade leveling course below approach slab
complete including all formworks required as per drawings
and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2700.
cum

14.11 2704, Reinforced cement concrete approach slab including

1500, reinforcement and formwork complete as per drawings and
1600, MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2704, 1500, 1600,
1700 1700.

A. RCC M 30 Grade cum

B. RCC M 25 Grade cum

14.12 1600 Providing anti-corrosive treatment to Twisted steel/

deformed bar reinforcement with Fusion Bonded Epoxy
Coating (FBEC). t

To be taken as per the prevailing market rates.

Contractors generally do not have expertise for this item . The job is
therefore, got done from specialised firms who have the expertise in the
field of construction chemicals. The prevailing rate in the market is
required to be ascertained from the market and added in the cost
estimate. Detailed guidelines in this regard have been issued by MoRT&H
vide their circular no. RW/NH-34041/44/91-S&R dated 21.3.2000.

14.13 1800, Precast -pretensioned Girders

2300
Providing, precasting, transportation and placing in position
precast pretensioned concrete girders as per drawings and
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 1800, 2300.
(including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement) cum

14.14 800 Crash Barriers

The rate analysis for rigid crash barrier in reinforced

cement concrete, semi-rigid crash barrier with metal beam
and flexible crash barrier with wire ropes have been made
and included in chapter-8 on Traffic and Transportation.

14.15 800 Painting on concrete surface

Providing and applying 2 coats of water based cement

paint to unplastered concrete surface after cleaning the
surface of dirt, dust, oil, grease, efflorescence and applying
paint @ of 1 litre for 2 sqm as per drawings and MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 800. sqm

14.16 2604 Burried Joint

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 98 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Providing and laying a burried expansion joint, expansion

gap being 20 mm, covered with 12 mm thick, 200 mm
wide galvanised weldable structural steel plate as per IS:
2062, placed symmetrical to centre line of the joint, resting
freely over the top surface of the deck concrete, welding of
8 mm dia. 100 mm long galvanised nails spaced 300 mm
c/c along the centre line of the plate, all as per drawings
and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2604. m

14.17 2605 Filler Joint

i) Providing & fixing 2 mm thick corrugated copper

plate in expansion joint complete as per drawings
and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2605. m

ii) Providing & fixing 20 mm thick compressible fibre

board in expansion joint complete as per drawings
and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2605. m

iii) Providing and fixing in position 20 mm thick

premoulded joint filler in expansion joint for fixed
ends of simply supported spans not exceeding 10 m
to cater for a horizontal movement upto 20 mm,
covered with sealant complete as per drawings and
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2605. m

iv) Providing and filling joint sealing compound as per

drawings and technical specifications with sand and
6 per cent bitumen by weight as per drawings and
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2605.
m

Note:- For arriving at the final rate of filler joints per m length and per cm depth
of joint filling compound, the rates at Sl. No. i), ii), iii) & iv) shall be added.

14.18 2600 Asphaltic plug Joint

Providing and laying of asphaltic plug joint to provide for

horizontal movement of 25 mm and vertical movement of 2
mm, depth of joint varying from 75 mm to 100 mm, width
varying from 500 mm to 750 mm (in traffic direction),
covered with a closure plate of 200 mm x 6 mm of
weldable structural steel conforming to IS: 2062, asphaltic
plug to consist of bitumen binder, carefully selected single
size aggregate of 12.5 mm nominal size and a heat
resistant foam caulking / backer rod, all as per drawings
and MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2605. m

14.19 2606 Elastomeric Slab seal Expansion Joint

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 99 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Providing and laying of an elastomeric slab steel expansion

joint, catering to right or skew (less than 20 deg.),
moderately curved with maximum horizontal movement
upto 50 mm, complete as per approved drawings and
standard specifications to be installed by the manufacturer/
supplier or their authorised representative ensuring
compliance to the manufacturer's instructions for
installation as per drawings and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 2606. m

14.20 2600 Compression Seal Joint

Providing and laying of compression seal joint consisting of

steel armoured nosing at two edges of the joint gap
suitably anchored to the deck concrete and a preformed
chloroprene elastomer or closed cell foam joint sealer
compressed and fixed into the joint gap with special
adhesive binder to cater for a horizontal movement upto 40
mm and vertical movement of 3 mm as per drawings and
MoRT&H Technical Specification Clause 2600. m

Note:- 1 The installation shall be done by the manufacturer or his authorised

representative to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2 The concreting for joining the expansion joint assembly with the deck has
not been included in this analysis as the same is catered in the quantities
of RCC deck.
3 The anchoring bars of the expansion joint assembly shall be welded to the
main reinforcement of the deck.

14.21 2607 Strip Seal Expansion Joint

Providing and laying of a strip seal expansion joint catering

to maximum horizontal movement upto 70 mm, complete
as per approved drawings and standard specifications to be
installed by the manufacturer / supplier or their authorised
representative ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's
instructions for installation as per drawings and MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 2607. m

Note:- 1 The installation shall be done by the manufacturer or his authorised

representative to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2 The concreting for joining the expansion joint assembly with the deck has
not been included in this analysis as the same is catered in the quantities
of RCC deck.

14.22 2600 Modular Strip / Box Seal Joint

Providing and laying of a modular strip / Box seal

expansion joint including anchorage catering to a horizontal
movement beyond 70 mm and upto 140 mm, complete as
per approved drawings and standard specifications to be
installed by the manufacturer / supplier or their authorised
representative ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's
instructions for installation as per drawings and MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 2600. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 100 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Note:- 1 The installation shall be done by the manufacturer or his authorised

representative to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2 The concreting for joining the expansion joint assembly with the deck has
not been included in this analysis as the same is catered in the quantities
of RCC deck.

3 The anchoring bars of the expansion joint assembly shall be welded to the
main reinforcement of the deck.

14.23 2600 Modular Strip / Box Seal Joint

Providing and laying of a modular strip box seal expansion

joint catering to a horizontal movement beyond 140 mm
and upto 210 mm, complete as per approved drawings and
standard specifications to be installed by the
manufacturer/supplier or their authorised representative
ensuring compliance to the manufacturer's instructions for
installation as per drawings and MoRT&H Technical
Specification Clause 2600. m

Note:- 1 The installation shall be done by the manufacturer or his authorised

representative to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2 The concreting for joining the expansion joint assembly with the deck has
not been included in this analysis as the same is catered in the quantities
of RCC deck.

3 The anchoring bars of the expansion joint assembly shall be welded to the
main reinforcement of the deck.

14.24 1500, Providing and laying reinforced cement concrete in

1700, superstructure in footpath slab at all heights including all
2100 formworks required as per drawings & MoRT&H technical
specifications Clauses 1500, 1700, 2100.

A. RCC Grade M 20

Case - I : Using Concrete Mixer cum

14.25 1900 Supply and fabrication of mild steel of IS:2062 structural

steel work at fabricators workshop comprising of main
truss, cross girders, deck stringers, wind bracings, kerb
channel, jacking beams, connecting plates and other
members and delivered at bridge site in undamaged
condition including straightening, descaling, degreasing,
cutting to size and shape, drilling, welding and grinding,
supply of all MS/HTS shop or site bolts, nuts & washers,
holding down bolts and nuts etc., trial assembling at
workshop, one priming coat of shop paint with red lead
paint conforming to IS-102 with all labour, material, cost of
paints, consumables, stacking in protected condition etc.
complete as per MoRT&H technical specification Clause t
1900 and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 101 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 14 : Super-structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

14.26 1900 Taking delivery of fabricated steel work leading to and at

site as necessary, assembling and erection of fabricated
steel structure to proper line, level and camber as per
approved drawings complete in all respect including
transportation and handling in and around site, as per
approved drawing and specifications including supply of all
fasterners, painting of all exposed surfaces of steel work
after erection with one site coat of red lead primer paint
conforming to IS-102 and two coats alumunimium paint
conforming to IS-2339 including all labour, consumables
and other materials, machinery, tools and tackles complete
as per MoRT&H technical specification Clause no. 1900 and
as directed by the Engineerin-Charge.
t

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 102 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 15

River Training and Protection Works

(a) Preamble

1 Three types of approns on the river bed as under have been catered :-

a. Boulder appron laid dry.

b. Boulder appron laid in wire crates.

c. Apron laid in cement concrete blocks in M 15.

But in this state the boulders are not available economically. Hence boulder aprons may not be
used in large scale except special cases, where the boulders are available nearby.

2 Toe wall for toe protection of pitching is considered in nominal mix cement concrete M 15 only. The
toe wall in dry rubble masonry has not been considered.

3 Flooring is considered rubble stone laid with Cement Mortar, in nominal mix cement concrete M 15
blocks, in dry rubble stone.

4 Curtain Walls is considered in nominal mix cement concrete M 15 only. Curtain Walls of rubble stone
masonry laid with Cement Mortar has not been considered.

5 The rate analysis for gabion structures comprising of brick bats laid in wire crates have been
included. Such structures are suited as retaining structures and for erosion control in river training
works especially for situations where some settlement of foundation is anticipated. These stuctures
can adjust in minor settlements, being flexible structures, without loosing their functional
requirement. The rate analysis for gabion structures comprising of stone boulders is also done,
though the same is not economically available in this state.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 103 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 15 : River Training and Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

15.1 2503 Boulder apron laid dry without wire crates.

Providing and laying boulders apron on river bed for

protection against scour with stone boulders weighing not
less than 40 kg each complete as per drawing and
MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2503. cum

Note :- Nominal excavation required for preparation of bed has been taken into account
while making provision for labour.

15.2 2503 Boulder Apron Laid in Wire Crates

Providing and laying of boulder apron laid in wire crates

made with 4mm dia GI wire conforming to IS: 280 &
IS:4826 in 100 mm x 100 mm mesh (weaved diagonally)
including 10 per cent extra for laps and joints laid with
stone boulders weighing not less than 40 kg each as per
drawing and MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2503.
cum

15.3 2503 i. Cement concrete blocks (size 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 m)

Providing and laying of apron with cement concrete blocks

of size 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 m cast in-situ and made with
nominal mix of M 15 grade cement concrete with a
minimum cement content of 250 kg/cum as per IRC: 21-
2000 as per drawings & MoRT&H technical specifications
Clauses 2503. cum

ii. Ist class brick blocks in CM 1:6 (size 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5
m)

Providing and laying of apron with Ist class brick blocks in

CM 1:6 of size 0.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 m cast in-situ as per
drawings & MoRT&H technical specifications Clauses 2503. cum

15.4 2504
Providing and laying pitching on slopes laid over prepared
filter media in front of toe of embankment complete as per
drawing and MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2504.

A. Stone / Boulder cum

B. Cement Concrete Blocks of size 0.3 x 0.3 x 0.3 m

cast in cement concrete of Grade M 15 with nominal
surface reinforcement. cum

15.5 2504 Providing and laying Filter material underneath pitching in

slopes complete as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical
specifications clause 2504. cum

15.6 700, Geotextile Filter

2504

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 104 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 15 : River Training and Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Laying of a geotextile 120 gsm non woven membrane,

100% polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25 mm between
pitching and embankment slopes on which pitching is laid
to prevent escape of the embankment material through the
voids of the stone pitching/cement concrete blocks as well
as to allow free movement of water without creating any
uplift head on the pitching as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 700, 2504. sqm

15.7 2504 Toe Protection

A toe wall for toe protection can either be in brick masonry

in case of pitching with bricks in wire crates or it can be in
PCC M 15 nominal mix if cement concert block have been
used for pitching. Rates for toe wall can be adopted from
respective clauses depending upon approved design. The
rate for excavation for foundation, brick work and PCC M
15 have been analysed and given in respective chapters.

15.8 2505 Providing and laying Flooring complete as per drawing and
Technical specifications laid over 100 mm thick cement
concrete bedding as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical
specifications clause 2505.

A. Rubble stone laid in cement mortar 1:3, 300 mm

thick sqm

B. Cement Concrete Blocks of size 0.3 x 0.3 x 0.3 m

cast in cement concrete of Grade M 15 sqm

15.9 2506 Dry rubble flooring

Construction of dry rubble flooring at cross drainage works

for relatively less important works. cum

15.10 2507.2 Curtain wall complete as per drawing and Technical

specification

Curtain wall can either be in brick masonry or in PCC M 15

nominal mix . Rates for Curtain wall can be adopted from
respective clauses depending upon approved design. The
rate for excavation for foundation, brick work and PCC M
15 have been analysed and given in respective chapters.

15.11 2507.2 Flexible Apron

Construction of flexible apron 1 m thick comprising of loose

stone boulders weighing not less than 40 kg beyond curtain
wall as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical specifications
clause 2507.2. cum

15.12 2503.3 Gabian Structure for Retaining Earth

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 105 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 15 : River Training and Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

Providing and construction of a gabian structure for

retaining earth with segments of wire crates of size 7 m x 3
m x 0.6 m each divided into 1.5 m compartments by cross
netting, made from 4 mm galvanised steel wire @ 32 kg
per 10 sqm having minimum tensile strength of 300 Mpa
conforming to IS:280 and galvanizing coating conforming
to IS:4826, woven into mesh with double twist, mesh size
not exceeding 100 x 100 mm, filled with boulders with
least dimension of 200 mm, all loose ends to be tied with 4
mm galvanised steel wire as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 2503.3. cum

15.13 2503.3 Gabian Structure for Erosion Control, River Training Works
and Protection works

Providing and constructing gabian structures for erosion

control, river training works and protection works with wire
crates of size 2 m x 1 m x 0.3 m each divided into 1m
compartments by cross netting, made from 4 mm
galvanised steel wire @ 32 kg per 10 sqm having minimum
tensile strength of 300 Mpa conforming to IS:280 and
galvanizing coating conforming to IS:4826, woven into
mesh with double twist, mesh size not exceeding 100 mm
x 100 mm, filled with boulders with least dimension of 200
mm, all loose ends to be securely tied with 4 mm
galvanised steel wire. as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 2503.3. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 106 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs

Chapter - 16

Repair and Rehabilitation

(a) Preamble

1 Removal of cement concrete wearing coat and asphaltic wearing coat has been proposed with
pneumatic breakers.

2 The rate for external prestressing has been analysed for three different spans of 25, 50, 100 m.

3 Sealing of cracks has been proposed with cement grout, cement mortar 1:1 grout, and epoxy grout
by injecting with grout pump through nipples.

4 Bonding of new concrete with old concrete is proposed with epoxy resin.

5 The repair and replacement of following structures has been included :-

a. Bridge bearings.

b. Expansion joints.

c. Concrete railing.

d. Mild steel railing.

e. Crash barrier.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 107 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 16 : Repair and Rehabilitation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

16.1 2809 Removal of existing cement concrete wearing coat

including its disposal complete as per Technical
Specification without causing any detrimental effect to any
part of the bridge structure and removal of dismantled
material with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per drawing
and MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2809.

thickness 75 mm. sqm

16.2 2809 Removal of existing 12 mm thick mastic asphalt laid over

asphaltic wearing coat comprising of 50 mm thick asphaltic
concrete including disposal with all lift and lead upto 1000
m as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical specifications
clause 2809. sqm

16.3 2807 Guniting concrete surface with cement mortar applied with
compressor after cleaning surface and spraying with epoxy
complete as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical
specifications clause 2807.

thickness 25 mm. sqm

16.4 2800 Providing and inserting 15 mm dia GI nipples of required

length with approved fixing compound after drilling holes
for grouting including subsequent cutting/removal and
sealing of the hole as necessary of nipples after completion
of grouting with Cement/Epoxy as per drawing and
MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2800.
no

16.5 2806 Sealing of cracks/porous concrete by injection process

through nipples/Grouting complete as per drawing and
MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2806.

A. Cement grout kg

B. Cement Mortar ( 1:1 ) grout kg

16.6 2800 Patching of damaged concrete surface with polymer

concrete and curing compounds, initiator and promoter,
available in present formulations, to be applied as per
instructions of manufacturer and as approved by the
Engineer as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical
specifications clause 2807.

thickness of 25 mm sqm
Note :- This item is a proprietory item available in market as pre-packed polymer concrete
and is required to be applied as per instructions of the manufacturer.

16.7 2803 Providing and sealing of crack/ porous concrete with Epoxy
resin by injection through nipples complete as per drawing
and MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2803.
kg

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 108 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 16 : Repair and Rehabilitation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

16.8 2804 Providing and applying epoxy mortar over leached, honey
combed and spalled concrete surface and exposed steel
reinforcement complete as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 2804.

Average thickness of 10 mm sqm

16.9 2807 Removal of defective concrete, cleaning the surface

thoroughly, applying the shotcrete mixture mechanically
with compressed air under pressure, comprising of cement,
sand, coarse aggregates, water and quick setting
compound in the proportion as per clause 2807.1., sand
and coarse aggregates conforming to IS: 383 and table 1
of IS: 9012 respectively, water cement ratio ranging from
0.35 to 0.50, density of gunite not less than 2000 kg/cum,
strength not less than 25 Mpa and workmanship
conforming to MoRT&H Technical specifications clause
2807.6.

Average thickness of 40 mm sqm

16.10 2800 Applying pre-packed cement based polymer mortar of

strength 45 Mpa at 28 days for replacement of spalled
concrete as per drawing and MoRT&H Technical
specifications clause 2800.

thickness of 10 mm sqm

16.11 2805 Eproxy bonding of new concrete to old concrete as per

drawing and MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2805.
sqm

16.12 2810 Providing external prestressing with high tensile steel

wires/strands including drilling for passage of prestessing
steel, all accessories for stressing and stressing operation
and grouting complete as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 2810.

Span 25 m t

16.13 2810 Providing external prestressing with high tensile steel

wires/strands including drilling for passage of prestessing
steel, all accessories for stressing and stressing operation
and grouting complete as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 2810.

Span 50 m t

16.14 2810 Providing external prestressing with high tensile steel

wires/strands including drilling for passage of prestessing
steel, all accessories for stressing and stressing operation
and grouting complete as per drawing and MoRT&H
Technical specifications clause 2810.

Span 100 m t

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 109 of 251

 For Highways and MDRs
Chapter - 16 : Repair and Rehabilitation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MORT&H Description Unit
Spec.

16.15 2808 Replacement of Bearings complete as per drawing and

MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2808. no

Note :- 1 This rate is exclusive of the cost of bearing. Actual cost of bearing may be
added as per the type and design.

16.16 2808 Rectification of Bearings complete as per drawing and

MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2808. no

Note :- 1 This rate is exclusive of the cost of the parts of bearing. Actual cost of the
parts of bearing may be added as per the type and design.

16.17 Replacement of expansion joints as per drawing and

MoRT&H Technical specifications clause 2808. m

Note :- 1 This rate is exclusive of the cost of the expansion joint.

2 The rate for the installation of new expansion joints may be taken from
the chapter on superstructure. Broken concrete will have to be replaced
which has been included in this analysis.

16.18 Replacement of Damaged Concrete Railing. m

Note :- The rate for the provision of new railing may be adopted from the chapter
on superstructure.

16.19 Replacement of Crash Barrier. m

Note :- The rate for the construction of new crash barrier may be adopted from
chapter 8 on Traffic and Transportation.

16.20 Replacement of Damaged Mild Steel Railing m

Note :- The rate for the construction of new steel railing may be adopted from
chapter on superstructure.

16.21 Repair of Crash Barrier

Repair of concrete crash barrier with cement concert of M-

30 grade by cutting and trimming the damaged portion to
a regular shape, cleaning the area to be repaired
thoroughly, applying cement concert after erection of
proper form work. m

Note :- It is assumed that damage is to the extent of 10 per cent of the volume
of concrete. This will require 0.30 cum of concrete.

16.22 Repair of RCC Railing

Repair of RCC railing to bring it to the original shape. m

Note :- It is assumed that damage is to the extent of 10 per cent of the volume
of concrete. This will require 0.10 cum of concrete and 0.013T of steel.

16.23 Repair of steel Railing

Repair of steel railing to bring it to the original shape. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 110 of 251

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 111 of 251
 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 1

Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials and Setting Out

(a) Preamble

1 The rate analysis of loading and unloading of various items include stacking.

2 The rate analysis of loading and unloading has been given both by manual and mechanical means.
Means of loading / unloading appropriate to the work and site is to be adopted.

3 The rate analysis for haulage of materials has been made in terms of tonne - kilometer(t.km) for
ease of adoption depending upon the lead in km and load in tonnes.

4 The cost for carriage will vary depending upon the riding surface of the road. Provision has
accordingly been made considering surfaced roads, unsurfaced gravel roads and katcha tracks.

5 Analysis of carriage of materials is exclusive of the loading, unloading and stacking and this has to
be added as applicable.

6 Carriage of materials if done by boats shall be paid at the same rates as given for carriage of
materials by road.

7 Setting Out

The annalysis of rate per km. shall account for the following:

(i) Reference benchmark 1 (one) no.

(ii) Working benchmark 4 nos. per km.

and near all drainage structure and bridges

(iii) Reference Pillars/Burjees @ 50 m interval on both sites of the formation

width

(iv) The marking of centre line, setting out curves and recording of levels, etc.
by the surveyor will be incidental to the work and no extra payment shall
be made for the same.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 112 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 1 : Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials and Setting Out
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

1.1 Loading and unloading of Lime, Aggregate, Stone Boulder, Brick

Aggregate, Kankar, Building Rubbish, Crushed Slag, Stone for Masonry
Work by Manual Means.

(i) Loading of Lime, Aggregate, Stone Boulder, Brick

Aggregate, Kankar, Building Rubbish, Crushed slag,
Stone for masonry Work by Manual Means including
a lead upto 30 m. cum

(ii) Loading of Earth, Sand, Moorum, Manure, Flyash

by manual means including a lead upto 30 m. cum

(iii) Unloading of Lime, Aggregate, Stone Boulder, Brick

Aggregate, Kankar, Building Rubbish, Crushed slag,
Stone for masonry Work by Manual Means including
a lead upto 30 m. cum

(iv) Unloading of Earth, Sand, Moorum, Manure, Flyash

by manual means including a lead upto 30 m.
cum

1.2 Loading and unloading of Lime, Aggregate, Stone Boulder, Brick

Aggregate, Kankar, Building Rubbish, Crushed Slag, Stone for Masonry
Work by Mechanical Means.

(i) Loading of Lime, Aggregate, Stone Boulder, Brick

Aggregate, Kankar, Building Rubbish, Crushed slag,
Stone for masonry Work by Mechanical Means
including a lead upto 30 m. cum

(ii) Loading of Earth, Sand, Moorum, Manure, Flyash by

mechanical means including a lead upto 30 m. cum

(iii) Unloading of Earth, Sand, Lime, Moorum,

Aggregate, Stone Boulder, Brick aggregate, Kankar,
Building Rubbish, Manure, Crushed Slag, Flyash,
Stone for Masonry Work by Mechanical means
cum

1.3 Loading, Unloading and Stacking of Bricks by Manual Means

(i) Loading of Bricks by manual means including a lead

upto 30 m 1000 nos.

(ii) Unloading and Stacking of Bricks by manual means

including a lead upto 30 m 1000 nos

1.4 Loading, Unloading of Cement by Manual Means

(i) Loading of Cement by manual means including a

lead upto 30 m t

(ii) Unloading of Cement by manual means including a

lead upto 30 m t

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 113 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 1 : Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials and Setting Out
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

1.5 Loading, Unloading of Structural Steel and Steel Bars by Manual Means

(i) Loading of Structural Steel,Steel Bars by Manual

Means including a lead upto 30 m t

(ii) Unloading of Structural Steel,Steel Bars by manual

means including a lead upto 30 m t

1.6 Loading, Unloading of Bitumen Drums by Manual Means

(i) Loading of Bitumen Drums by manual means

including a lead upto 30 m t

(ii) Unloading of Bitumen Drums by manual means

including a lead upto 30 m t

1.7 100 Loading and Unloading of Timber by Manual Means.

(i) Loading of Timber by manual means including a t

lead upto 30 m

(ii) Unloading of Timber by manual means including a t

lead upto 30 m

1.8 Loading and Unloading of C.C.Blocks, Kerb etc.

(i) Loading with care C.C. Blocks, km. Stone, 200 m.

stone, Boundary Pillar, Kerb, Channel, Bond Stone,
etc. by manual means including a lead upto 30 m cum

(ii) Unloading with care C.C. Blocks, km. Stone,200 m.

stone, Boundary Pillar, Kerb, Channel, Bond Stone,
etc. by manual means including a lead upto 30 m cum

1.9 Loading and Unloading of Hume Pipes

(i) Loading of RCC Hume Pipes by mechanical means

including a lead upto 30 m

(A) 1000/ 1200 mm. dia Hume pipe per pipe

(B) 900 / 750 mm. dia Hume pipe per pipe

(C) 600 / 450 mm. dia Hume pipe per pipe

(ii) Unloading of RCC Hume pipe by manual means

including a lead upto 30 m

(A) 1000 / 1200 mm. dia RCC Hume pipes per pipe

(B) 900 / 750 mm. dia RCC Hume pipes per pipe

(C) 600 / 450 mm. dia RCC Hume pipes per pipe

(iii) Unloading of RCC Hume Pipes by mechanical means

including a lead upto 30 m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 114 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 1 : Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials and Setting Out
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(A) 1000/ 1200 mm. dia Hume pipe per pipe

(B) 900 / 750 mm. dia Hume pipe per pipe

(C) 600 / 450 mm. dia Hume pipe per pipe

1.10 Haulage excluding Loading & Unloading

Haulage of materials by tipper / truck excluding cost of

loading, unloading and stacking.

Case - I : Surfaced Road t.km

Case - II : Unsurfaced Gravel Road t.km

Case - III : Katcha Track and Track in River Bed/Nallah

Bed and Choe Bed t.km

1.11 Supply of quarried stone and hand breaking.

(i) Supply of quarried stone and hand breaking into

coarse aggregate to Grading 1 (90 mm to 45 mm)
as per Table 400.8 of Technical specifications. cum

(ii) Supply of quarried stone and hand breaking into

coarse aggregate to Grading 2 (63 mm to 45 mm)
as per Table 400.8 of Technical specifications. cum

(iii) Supply of quarried stone and hand breaking into

coarse aggregate to Grading-3 (53 mm to 22.4
mm) as per Table 400.8 of Technical specifications.
cum

1.12 Crushing of Stone boulders in to aggregates 100 per cent

passing through 53 mm sieve as per Table 500.6 of
Technical Specification.

Crushing of Stone boulders of 150 mm size and below in an

integrated stone crushing unit of 200 t/ h capacity
comprising of primary and secondary crushing units, belt
conveyor and vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates
100 per cent passing through 53 mm sieve as per Table
500.6 of Technical Specification including cost of stones. cum

1.13 Crushing of Stone boulders in to aggregates 100 per cent

passing through 22.4 mm sieve as per Table 500.6 of
Technical Specification.

Crushing of Stone boulders of 150 mm size and below in an

integrated stone crushing unit of 200 t/ h capacity
comprising of primary and secondary crushing units, belt
conveyor and vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates
100 per cent passing through 22.4 mm sieve as per Table
500.6 of Technical Specification including cost of stones. cum
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 115 of 251
 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 1 : Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials and Setting Out
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

1.14 Crushing of Stone boulders in to aggregates 100 per cent

passing through 13.2 mm sieve as per Table 500.9 of
Technical Specification.

Crushing of Stone boulders of 150 mm size and below in an

integrated stone crushing unit of 200 t/ h capacity
comprising of primary and secondary crushing units, belt
conveyor and vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates
100 per cent passing through 13.2 mm sieve as per Table
500.9 of Technical Specification including cost of stones. cum

1.15 Crushing of Stone boulders in to aggregates 100 per cent

passing through 9.5 mm sieve as per Table 500.9 of
Technical Specification.

Crushing of Stone boulders of 150 mm size and below in an

integrated stone crushing unit of 200 t/ h capacity
comprising of primary and secondary crushing units, belt
conveyor and vibrating screens to obtain stone aggregates
100 per cent passing through 9.5 mm sieve as per Table
500.9 of Technical Specification including cost of stones. cum

1.16 100 Setting Out

(i) Reference benchmark 1 (one) no.

(ii) Working benchmark 4 nos. per km.

and near all drainage structure and bridges

(iii) Reference Pillars/Burjees @ 50 m interval on both

sides of the formation width

(iv) The marking of centre line, setting out curves and

recording of levels, etc. by the surveyor will be
incidental to the work and no extra payment shall
be made for the same.

A Benchmark as per drawing 200.1 no

B Reference pillar as per drawing 200.2 no

1.17 Haulage excluding Loading & Unloading for Hume pipes.

Haulage of materials by truck excluding cost of loading,

unloading and stacking.

Case - I : Surfaced Road

per pipe
i) for 1000 / 1200 mm dia per km

per pipe
ii) for 900 / 750 mm dia per km

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 116 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 1 : Loading, Unloading, Carriage, Crushing of Materials and Setting Out
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

iii) for 600 / 450 mm dia per pipe

per km

Case - II : Unsurfaced Gravelled Road

per pipe
i) for 1000 / 1200 mm dia per km

ii) for 900 / 750 mm dia per pipe

per km

iii) for 600 / 450 mm dia per pipe

per km

Case - III : Katcha Track and Track in River Bed/Nallah

Bed and Choe Bed
per pipe
i) for 1000 / 1200 mm dia per km

ii) for 900 / 750 mm dia per pipe

per km

iii) for 600 / 450 mm dia per pipe

per km

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

1.18 100 Setting Out (As per drawing 200.1 and 200.2) (using PCC with
jhama brick aggregate)

A. In Ordinary Soil Per km

B. In Ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) Per km

C. In Hard rock (blasting prohibited) Per km

1.19 100 Setting Out (As per drawing enclosed) (using PCC with jhama
brick aggregate)

For all class of Soil Per km

300

15 mm cement plaster 1:4

500
C.C. M 10 (1:3:6
with jhama brick
G.L.
aggregate)

500

C.C. M 10 (1:3:6 with jhama brick aggregate) 100

500

Drawing for Item No. 1.19 of Chapter - 1 ( Setting out )

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 117 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2

Site Clearance

(a) Preamble

1. Unless otherwise stated, the rates include sorting and disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking of serviceable material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m.

2. The rates include Tools & Plants (T&P) and scaffolding required for items of dismantling.

3. Carriage of dismantled materials, bushes, branches of tree, etc. has been catered with a tractor-
trolley of 3 tonnes capacity with manual loading and unloading @ 2 trips per hour within a lead of
1000 m. This will be economical for such works as compared to tipper.

4. Where only grass wild is met with, rate of item No.2.1, i.e., clearing grass and removal of rubbish
can be applied.

5. The dismantling of structures has been catered both by manual and mechanical means. The
Engineer can use his discretion depending upon quantum of work and particular site conditions.

6. In case where lead for disposal is more than 1000 m, extra cost of carriage is required to be added
based on tonne-kilometerage as per Chapter 1.

7. All minor Tools & Plants (T&P) items required have been considered to have been included in
overhead charges.

8. For dismantling of structures, which remain submerged in water, the cost may be enhanced by 50
per cent. If site condition warrant lowering of water level to facilitate dismantling, the cost may be
enhanced by additional 25 per cent.

9. Dismantling of utilities like water supply lines, electric and telephone lines is required to be done
under the supervision of concerned departments with prior information to the user public.

10. In certain items of dismantling, like, pipe culverts, utilities, etc. excavation in earth and dismantling
of masonary works is not included in this analysis, for which suitable notes have been inserted in
respective chapters. These items are required to be priced separately based on actual quantities at
site and nature of work.

11. The dismantled materials should be examined and a realistic assessment and provision should be
made after due process for the salvage value for such materials, can be utilised for works or
auctioned.

12. In case where lead for disposal is more than 1000 m, extra cost of carriage is required to be added
based on tonne-kilometerage as per Chapter 1.

13. All minor Tools & Plants (T&P) items required have been considered to have been included in
overhead charges.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 118 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

2.1 201 Clearing Grass and Removal of Rubbish

Clearing grass and removal of rubbish up to a distance of

30 m outside the periphery of the area as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 201.

By Manual Means Hectare

2.2 201 Clearing and Grubbing Road Land

Clearing and grubbing road land including uprooting wild

vegetation , grass, bushes, shrubs,saplings and trees of
girth upto 300 mm , removal of stumps of such trees cut
earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials and stacking
of serviceable material to be used or auctioned, upto a lead
of 1000 m including removal and disposal of top organic
soil not exceeding 150 mm in thickness as per MoRD
Technical Specification clause 201.

(I) By Manual Means

(A) In area of non-thorny jungle Hectare

(B) In area of thorny jungle Hectare

(II) By Mechanical Means

(A) In area of non-thorny jungle Hectare

(B) In area of thorny jungle Hectare

2.3 201 Cutting of Trees, including Cutting of Trunks , Branches

and Removal of Stumps

Cutting of trees, including cutting of trunks , branches

and removal of stumps & roots, refilling, compaction of
backfilling and stacking of serviceable material by manual
means with all lifts as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 201.

A. Lead upto 100 m

(I) Girth above 300 mm to 600 mm Each

(II) Girth above 600 mm to 900 mm Each

(III) Girth above 900 mm to 1800 mm Each

(IV) Girth above 1800 mm to 2700 mm Each

(V) Girth above 2700 mm to 4500 mm Each

(VI) Girth above 4500 mm Each

B) Lead upto 1000 m

(I) Girth above 300 mm to 600 mm Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 119 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(II) Girth above 600 mm to 900 mm Each

(III) Girth above 900 mm to 1800 mm Each

(IV) Girth above 1800 mm to 2700 mm Each

(V) Girth above 2700 mm to 4500 mm Each

(VI) Girth above 4500 mm Each

2.4 201 Uprooting and Removing Stumps & Roots

Uprooting and removing stumps & roots, compaction of

backfilling and stacking of serviceable material by manual
means as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 201.

A. Lead upto 100 m

(I) Girth above 300 mm to 600 mm Each

(II) Girth above 600 mm to 900 mm Each

(III) Girth above 900 mm to 1800 mm Each

(IV) Girth above 1800 mm to 2700 mm Each

(V) Girth above 2700 mm to 4500 mm Each

(VI) Girth above 4500 mm Each

B) Lead upto 1000 m

(I) Girth above 300 mm to 600 mm Each

(II) Girth above 600 mm to 900 mm Each

(III) Girth above 900 mm to 1800 mm Each

(IV) Girth above 1800 mm to 2700 mm Each

(V) Girth above 2700 mm to 4500 mm Each

(VI) Girth above 4500 mm Each

2.5 202 Dismantling of Structures

Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges,

retaining walls and other structure comprising of masonry,
cement concrete, wood work, steel work, including T&P
and scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting the
dismantled material, disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking the serviceable material with all lifts and upto a
lead of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
202.

(I) By Manual Means

A) Lime Concrete Cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 120 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

B) Cement Concrete cum

C) Reinforced Cement Concrete cum

(II) By Mechanical Means

A) Cement Concrete cum

B) Reinforced Cement Concrete cum

2.6 202 Dismantling Brick/Tile Work as per MoRD Technical

Specification No. 202.

Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges,

retaining walls and other structures comprising of brick
masonry including disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking the serviceable material with all lift and upto a
lead of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
202.

A) Lime Mortar cum

B) Cement mortar cum

C) Mud Mortar cum

D) Dry Brick Pitching or Brick Soling cum

2.7 202 Dismantling Stone Masonry as per MoRD Technical

Specification Clause 202.

Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges,

retaining walls and other structures comprising of stone
masonry including disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking the serviceable material with all lift and upto a
lead of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
202.

A) Rubble Stone Masonry in Lime Mortar cum

B) Rubble Stone Masonry in Cement Mortar cum

C) Rubble Stone Masonry in Mud Mortar cum

D) Dry Rubble Masonry cum

E) Dismantling Stone Pitching/Dry Stone Spalls cum

F)
Dismantling boulders laid in wire crates including
opening of crates and stacking dismantled materials cum

2.8 202 Dismantling Wood Work Wrought and Planed Fixed in

Frames of Trusses upto a height of 5 m above Plinth Level
as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202.

Dismantling of existing Wood work, including T&P and

scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting the dismantled
material, disposal of unserviceable material and stacking
the serviceable material with all lifts and upto a lead of
1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 121 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

2.9 202 Dismantling Steel Work in all Types of Sections upto a

height of 5 m above Plinth Level excluding Cutting of rivet
as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202.

Dismantling of existing Steel work, including T&P and

scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting the dismantled
material, disposal of unserviceable material and stacking
the serviceable material with all lifts and upto a lead of
1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202.

A) Including dismembering t

B) Excluding dismembering t

C) Extra over Items(A) and (B) for cutting rivets each

2.10 202.00 Scraping of bricks dismantled from brick work including

stacking as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202.

Scraping of bricks from dismantled brick work, including T

& P and scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting the
dismantled material, disposal of unserviceable material and
stacking the serviceable material with all lifts and upto a
lead of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
202. 1000 nos

2.11 202 Scraping of Stone from Dismantled Stone Masonry as per

MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202.

Scraping of stone from dismantled stone masonry,

including T&P and scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting
the dismantled material, disposal of unserviceable material
and stacking the serviceable material with all lifts and upto
a lead of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 202. cum

2.12 202 Scraping Plaster in Lime or Cement Mortar from Brick/

Stone Masonry as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
202.

Scraping plaster in Lime or Cement Mortar from Brick/

stone masonry, including T&P and scaffolding whenever
necessary, sorting the dismantled material, disposal of
unserviceable material and stacking the serviceable
material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. sqm

2.13 202 Removing all types of Hume pipes.

Removing all types of Hume pipes and stacking within a

lead of 1000 m excluding Earthwork and Dismantling of
Masonry Works as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
202 .

(A) Upto 600 mm dia Hume pipe m

(B) Above 600 mm to 900 mm dia Hume pipe m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 122 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(C) Above 900 mm dia Hume pipe m

2.14 202 Dismantling of Flexible Pavements

Dismantling of flexible pavements and disposal of

dismantled materials with all lifts and upto a lead of 100 m,
stacking serviceable materials and unserviceable materials
separately as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202.

( I ) By Manual Means

(A) Bituminous Courses cum

(B) Granular Courses cum

( II ) By Mechanical Means

(A) Bituminous Courses cum

2.15 202 Dismantling of Cement Concrete Pavements as per MoRD

Technical Specification Clause 202.

Dismantling of cement concrete pavements by mechanical

means using pneumatic tools breaking to pieces not
exceeding 0.02 cum in volume and stock piling at
designated locations and disposal of dismantled materials
with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m, stacking
serviceable materials and unserviceable materials
separately as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. cum

2.16 202 Dismantling of Guard Rails

Dismantling of Guard rails by manual means and disposal

of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000
m, stacking serviceable materials and unserviceable
materials separately as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 202. m

2.17 202 Dismantling of Kerb Stones

Dismantling of Kerb Stones by manual means and disposal

of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000
m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. m

2.18 202 Dismantling of Kerb Stone Channels

Dismantling of Kerb Stone channels by manual means and

disposal of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a lead
of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. m

2.19 202 Dismantling of Kilometre Stones

Dismantling of Kilometre Stones including cutting of earth,

and disposal of dismantled material with all lifts and upto a
lead of 1000 m and backfilling of pit as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 202.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 123 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 2 : Site Clearance
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(A) 5th Km Stone Each

(B) Ordinary Km Stone Each

(C) 200 m Stone Each

2.20 202 Dismantling of Fencing

Dismantling of barbed wire fencing / wire mesh fencing

including posts, foundation concrete, backfilling of pit by
manual means including disposal of dismantled material
with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m and stacking the
serviceable and unserviceable material separately as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. m

2.21 202 Dismantling of CI Water Pipe Line

Dismantling of CI water pipe line 600 mm dia including

disposal with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m and
stacking the serviceable and unserviceable material
separately under supervision of the concerned department
but excluding earth excavation and dismantling of masonry
works as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. m

2.22 202 Removal of Cement Concrete Pipe of Sewer Gutter

Removal of Cement Concrete Pipe of Sewer Gutter 1500

mm dia under the supervision of the concerned department
including disposal with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m
and stacking the serviceable and unserviceable material
separately but excluding earth excavation and dismantling
of masonry works as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 202. m

2.23 202 Removal of Telephone/ Electric Poles and Lines

Removal of telephone/ electric poles with wires including

excavation and dismantling of foundation concrete and
lines under the supervision of concerned department,
disposal with all lifts and upto a lead of 1000 m and
stacking the serviceable and unserviceable material
separately as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 202. Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 124 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3

Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage

(a) Preamble

1. The rates have been analysed using mechanical means. But use of motor grader is avoided in works
in embankments as per guideline. Manual means for certain items have also been provided which
can be used for areas inaccessible to machines and also for small jobs.

2. In the rate analysis of earthwork, compacted volume of earth has been considered.

3. Cutting of earth by dozer has been proposed where the earth can be utilised for filling for
embankment within a lead upto 100 m.

4. Where lead for transporting of earth is more than 100 m, excavator and tipper have been provided.

5. The rate caters for disposal of unsuitable soil only upto 1 km. The cost of transportation beyond the
initial lead of 1 km will be paid separately based on tonne-kilometerage.

6. The replacement of unsuitable soil shall be provided separately in the estimate. The rate analysis for
removal of unsuitable soil does not provide for replacement by suitable soil.

7. Excavation in hard rock (requiring blasting/ blasting prohibited/ controlled blasting) has not been
considered in this SOR, as normally this type of hard rock is not generally found in Tripura.
However, if such type rock is found separate analysis may be made with cost estimate.

8. For narrow and restricted areas, plate compactor has been proposed for compaction to achieve the
desired density.

9. In case excavated rock is found suitable for incorporation in works, suitable credit for the available
rock shall be given.

10. For excavation of structures refer to Chapter 11 dealing with items of foundation.

11. The possibility of using the blasted rock fragments for backfilling behind structures of backfilling of
foundation pits or filling in medians/ separators or use in service road shall be examined before
proposing disposal of excavated rock.

12. Any work involved for crossing of water courses for irrigation purpose etc., will be priced under
respective items like excavation, grubbing, clearing etc., for which rate analysis have separately
been made.

13. Earth excavated from drains can be used in roadway berms. Hence carriage for disposal of same is
not provided.

14. In case of rock fill embankment, it is assumed that material is available at site from rock cutting.

15. For widening of existing pavement less than 1.8 m, the rates for all items of this Chapter may be
increased by 30 percent.

16. The items for Seeding & mulching, fly ash/pond ash embankment are not considered.

17. Different type of pucca road side drains has been considered with PCC M10 (using jhama
aggregate) alongwith drawing.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 125 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

Preparation of Foundation for Embankment

3.1 301.4 Scarifying Existing Granular Surface to a Depth of 50 mm

by Manual Means

Scarifying Existing Granular Surface by manual means to a

depth of 50 mm and disposal of scarified material with a lift
upto 3 m and leads upto 1000 m as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 301.4. sqm

3.2 301.4 Scarifying Existing Bituminous Surface to a depth of 150

mm by Mechanical Means

Scarifying Existing bituminous Road Surface by mechanical

means to a Depth of 150 mm and disposal of scarified
material with a lift upto 3 m and leads upto 1000 m as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 301.4. sqm

3.3 301.5 Construction of Embankment with Material Obtained from

Roadway Cutting

Construction of Embankment with approved materials

deposited at site from roadway cutting and excavation
from drain and foundation of other structures graded and
compacted to meet requirement of Tables 300.1 and 300.2
as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 301.5.

A. For spreading beyond 100 m cum

B. For spreading within 100 m cum

3.4 301.5 Construction of Embankment with Material Obtained from

Borrow Pits

Construction of embankment with approved material

obtained from borrow pits with a lift upto 1.5 m,
transporting to site, spreading, grading to required slope
and compacting to meet requirement of Tables 300.1 and
300.2 with a lead upto 1000 m as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 301.5. cum

3.5 302.3 (i) Excavation in Cutting in soil by manual means with

lead upto 50 m

Excavation in Roadway cutting in soil by using

manual means for carrying of cut earth to
cum
embankment site with all lifts and lead upto 50 m
as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 302.3.

(ii)
Excavation in Soil with Dozer with lead upto 100 m.
Excavation for roadway in soil by mechanical means
with Dozer including cutting and pushing the earth
to site of embankment upto a distance of 100 m,
including trimming bottom and side slopes in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and
cross-sections as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 302.3. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 126 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(iii) Excavation in Soil using Hydraulic Excavator and

Tippers with disposal upto 1000 m

Excavation for roadwork in soil with hydraulic

excavator of 0.9 cum bucket capacity including
cutting and loading in tippers, trimming bottom and
side slopes in accordance with requirements of
lines, grades and cross-sections and transporting to
the embankment location with all lifts and lead upto
1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
302.3. cum

3.6 302.3.6 Excavation in Marshy Soil

Excavation for roadway in marshy soil with hydraulic

excavator 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and
loading in tippers and disposal with all lifts and lead upto
1000 m trimming of bottom and side slopes in accordance
with requirements of lines, grades and cross-sections as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 302.3.6. cum

3.7 302.3.11 Removal of Unsuitable Soil with Disposal upto 1000 m

Removal of unsuitable soil including excavation, loading

and disposal upto 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment / subgrade, replacement
by suitable soil, which shall be paid separately as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 303.5.2 and as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11. cum

3.8 302.3.11 i) Excavation in Ordinary Rock by manual means

Excavation in ordinary rock using manual means including

carrying of excavated material to embankment site with all
lifts and lead upto 50 m as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 302.3.5. cum

ii) Excavation in Ordinary Rock with Dozer with lead upto

100 m

Excavation for roadway in ordinary rock by mechanical

means with dozer including cutting and pushing the cut
earth to site of embankment upto a distance of 100 m,
including trimming bottom and side slopes in accordance
with the requirements of lines, grades and cross-sections
as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 302.3.5. cum

iii) Excavation in Ordinary Rock using Hydraulic Excavator

and Tippers with disposal upto 1000 m
Excavation for roadwork in ordinary rock with hydraulic
excavator of 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and
loading in tippers, transporting to embankment site with all
lifts and lead upto 1000 m, trimming bottom and side
slopes in accordance with requirements of lines, grades
and cross-sections and as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 302.3.5.
cum
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 127 of 251
 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

3.9 302.3.2 Stripping, Storing and Relaying Top Soil from Right-of-Way
(R.O.W)

Stripping, storing and preservation of top soil by keeping it

damp in stock piles and keep wet till it is used by road side
at 15 m interval and re-application on embankment slopes,
cut slopes and other areas in localities where the available
embankment material is not conducive to plant growth as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 302.3.2. cum

3.10 302.3.2 Stripping, Storing and Relaying Top Soil from Borrow Areas
in Agricultural Fields

Stripping of top soil from borrow areas located in

agriculture fields, storing at a suitable place, spreading and
relaying after taking the borrow earth to maintain fertility
of the agricultural field, finishing it to the required levels to
the satisfaction of the farmer/land owners as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.2. cum

3.11 309 Turfing with Sods

Furnishing and laying of the live sods of perennial turf

forming grass on embankment slope , verges or other
locations shown on the drawing or as directed by the
Engineer including preparation of ground, fetching of sods
and watering as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
309. sqm

3.12 303.1 Construction of Subgrade and Earthen Shoulders

Construction of subgrade and earthen shoulders with

approved material obtained from borrow pits with all lifts
and leads, transporting to site , spreading, grading to
required slope and compacted to meet requirement of
Table 300.2 as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
303.1. cum

3.13 301.4 Compacting Original Ground

(i) Compacting original ground supporting embankment

Loosening, Levelling and Compacting original

ground supporting embankment to facilitate
placement of first layer of embankment,scarified to
a depth of 150 mm, mixed with water at OMC and
then compacted by rolling so as to achieve
minimum dry density as given in Tables 300.1 and
300.2 for embankment construction as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 301.4.1. cum

303 (ii) Compacting original ground supporting subgrade

Loosening of the ground upto a level of 300 mm
below the subgrade level, watered, graded and
compacted in layers to meet requirement of Tables
300.1 and 300.2 for subgrade construction as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 303.5.2.
cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 128 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

3.14 301.5.5.1 Repairs of damages caused by rain/spillage of water

Preparation and surface treatment of formation by

removing mud and slurry, watering to the extent needed to
maintain the desired moisture content, trimming to the
required line, grade, profile and rolling with three wheel 80-
100 kN static roller, complete as per Technical Specification
Clause 301.5.5.1. sqm

3.15 307 Surface Drains

Construction of unlined surface drains of average cross-

sectional area 0.40 sqm in ordinary soil to specified lines,
grades, levels and dimensions. Excavated material to be
used in embankment with a lift upto 3 m and lead of 50 m
(average lead 25 m) as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 307.

(i) Surface Drains in Ordinary Soil

(A) Manual Means m

(B) Mechanical Means m

(ii) Surface Drains in Ordinary Rock

(A) Manual Means m

(B) Mechanical Means m

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

3.16 307 & Road side Pucca Drains

1606
Construction of road side pucca drain with M10 (1:3:6 with
jhama brick aggregate) to specified lines, grades, levels
and dimensions as per approved design and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 307, 1606. Excavated
material to be used in embankment at site. (including
centering, shuttering, etc. but excluding reinforcement)

A. Kerb & Channel drain (top clear width 600 mm,

bottom clear width 150 mm and clear depth of 200
mm)

I. In Ordinary Soil m

II. In Ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) m

III. In Hard rock (blasting prohibited) m

B.
Trapezoidal drain (top clear width 600 mm, bottom
clear width 300 mm and clear depth of 400 mm)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 129 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

I. In Ordinary Soil m

II. In Ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) m

III. In Hard rock (blasting prohibited) m

C.
Trapezoidal drain (top clear width 600 mm, bottom
clear width 300 mm and clear depth of 600 mm)

I. In Ordinary Soil m

II. In Ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) m

III. In Hard rock (blasting prohibited) m

D. U shaped drain (top clear width 600 mm, bottom

clear width 600 mm and clear depth of 600 mm)

I. In Ordinary Soil m

II. In Ordinary rock (not requiring blasting) m

III. In Hard rock (blasting prohibited) m

3.17 307 Chute Drains

A. Providing chute drains across embankment slopes in

approaches of bridges and on horizontal curves as
per drawings.

(a) Earthwork in excavation for foundation of structures

as per drawings and MoRD Technical Specifications
Clause 307 including setting out construction of
shoring and bracing deleterious matter, dressings of
sides and bottom and backfilling with approved
material (By manual means).

Rate as per item No.11.1 of Chapter 11 cum

(b) Providing and laying plain concrete M15

grade

Rate as per item No.12.14.I. of Chapter 12 cum

(c) Brick Masonry in cement mortar 1:5

Rate as per item No.12.1.III of Chapter 12 cum

(d) Plastering with in cement mortar 1:4

Rate as per item No.12.3 of Chapter 12 cum

(e) Providing and laying P.C.C. M 20

architectural coping on the top of chute
walls.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 130 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

Rate as per item No.12.15 of Chapter 12 m

Rate per m = a+b+c+d+e

Note :- Quantities are to be taken as per design and drawings.

3.18 307 & Road side 'V' shaped Pucca Drains

1606
Construction of 'V' shaped road side pucca drain with 1st
class brick work in cement Mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 river
sand) laid brick on edge to specified lines, grades, levels
and dimensions as per approved design and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 307, 1606. (Excluding the
cost of excavation which would be paid separately) sqm

3.19 307 & Dry brick pitching in road side drains

1606
Providing dry brick pitching in road side drain with 1st class
brick laid on edge to specified lines, grades, levels and
dimensions as per approved design and MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 307, 1606. (Excluding the cost of
excavation which would be paid separately) sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 131 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 3 : Earthwork, Erosion Control and Drainage
Drawing of different types of Roadside Drains

slop
e 1:
3
600
150
200

150
150
150

A. Kerb & Chanel drain ( Top clear width 600 mm, bottom clear width 150 mm and
clear depth of 200 mm )

600

400
300

200

B. Trapezoidal drain ( Top clear width 600 mm, bottom clear width 300 mm and clear
depth of 400 mm )

600

600
300

200

C. Trapezoidal drain ( Top clear width 600 mm, bottom clear width 300 mm and clear
depth of 600 mm )

600

12 mm cemen plaster
600
200 (1:4) with neat cement 200
punning

200

D. U shaped drain ( Top clear width 600 mm, bottom clear width 600 mm and clear
depth of 600 mm )

Note : 1. All dimensions are in mm 2. Not to Scale

3. All with M 10 concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) with 12 mm

thick cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement :4 sand) with neat cement
punning in the exposed surface.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 132 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4

Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders

(a) Preamble

1. Quantities of materials provided are approximate and are meant for the purpose of estimating only.
Actual quantities shall be as per mix design.

2. For construction of sub-base , two alternatives as under have been provided.

a. Mix in place method.

b. Plant mix method.

3. Construction of shoulders : - Earthen, Hard and Paved shoulders have been considered, the rates
applicable are for subgrade , sub-base, and different layers of pavement respectively.

4. In the case of improvement of subgrade with lime stabilisation, soil is assumed to be available at
the site and has not been provided for. Only time has been catered. In the case of lime stabilisation
of sub-base, soil has been provided to form the sub-base.

5 While providing the rates of items in the cost estimete of DPR, detailed local enqueries should be
made keeping in view the location of crushing plants, brick kilns, local quarries and lead involved.

6 The quantities considered in the output are the compacted quantities. The quantities of aggregates
provided in the rate analysis under the head material are the compacted quantities.

7. Granular Sub-base and WBM and WMM has also been considered with jhama brick aggregate as per
specification for the rural roads.

8. The following items has not been considered.

a WBM with crushable screenings

b Granular sub base with gravel
c Granular sub base with locally available materials such as Kankar,
d laterite, Dhundla
e lime flyash stabilised soil sub-base
f Sub-base course using crushed slag
g WBM with crushed slag
h cement bound granular material sub-base
i Crusher Run Macadam Base
j Stone set pavement

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 133 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

4.1 401 Granular Sub-base with Well Graded Material (Table 400.1)

(A) By Mix in Place Method

Construction of granular sub-base by providing well

graded material spreading in uniform layers with
motor grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in
place method with rotavator at OMC, and
compacting with smooth wheel roller to achieve the
desired density, complete as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 401.

(i) For Grading I Material cum

(ii) For Grading II Material cum

(iii) For Grading III Material cum

(B) Plant Mix Method

Construction of granular sub-base by providing well

graded material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant
at OMC, carraige of mixed material to work site
upto lead of 1000 m spreading in uniform layers
with motor grader on prepared surface and
compacting with smooth wheel roller to achieve the
desired density, complete as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 401.

(i) For Grading I Material cum

(ii) For Grading II Material cum

(iii) For Grading III Material cum

4.2 405 Water Bound Macadam Sub-Base / Base

1) WBM Grading 1

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone

aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with three
wheel 80-100 kN static roller in stages to proper
grade and camber, applying and brooming, stone
screening/ binding materials to fill up the interstices
of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to
the required density 'Grading 1' as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 404.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 134 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

2) WBM Grading 2
Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone
aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with
smooth wheel roller 80-100 kN in stages to proper
grade and camber, applying and brooming, stone
screening/ binding materials to fill up the interstices
of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to
the required density 'Grading 2' as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 405.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

3) WBM Grading 3

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone

aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with
smooth wheel roller 80-100 kN in stages to proper
grade and camber, applying and brooming, stone
screening to fill up the interstices of coarse
aggregate, watering and compacting to the required
density 'Grading 3' as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 405.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

4.3 406 Wet Mix Macadam

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone

aggregates to wet mix macadam specification including
premixing the material with water at OMC in mechanical
mixer (Pug Mill), carriage of mixed materials by tipper to
site, laying in uniform layers in sub-base/ base course on
a well prepared sub-base and compacting with smooth
wheel roller of three wheel 80-100 kN static roller to
proper grade and camber, achieve the desired density
including lighting, barricading and maintenance of
diversion, etc as per Tables 400.11 & 400.12 and as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 406.

By Mechanical Means with 1.00 km lead cum

4.4 407 Construction of Shoulders as per MoRD Technical

Specification Clause 407

A. Earthen Shoulders

The rate as applicable for Sub-grade construction

may be adopted

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 135 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

B. Hard Shoulders

The rate as applicable for Sub-base and / or Base

may be adopted as per approved design

C. Paved Shoulders

The rates may be adopted as applicable for

different layers of pavement depending upon
approved design of paved shoulders.

4.5 412 Brick soling

i) Brick on edge soling

Providing and laying brick on edge soling layer on prepared

subgrade according to lines, grades and cross-section
shown on the drawing, filling joints with sand, watering
and rolling the same with three wheeled road roller 80-100
kN as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 412. sqm

ii) Flat Brick soling

Providing and laying flat brick soling layer on prepared

subgrade according to lines, grades and cross-section
shown on the drawing, filling joints with Earth, free from
clay with a Plasticity Index not exceeding 6, watering and
rolling the same with three wheeled road roller 80-100 kN
as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 412. sqm

iii) Brick edging laid in full brick width

Providing and laying brick edging on prepared subgrade

according to lines, grades and cross-section shown on the
drawing, filling joints with Earth, free from clay with a
Plasticity Index not exceeding 6, watering and rolling the
same with three wheeled road roller 80-100 kN as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 412. m

iv) Brick edging laid length wise

Providing and laying brick edging laid lengthwise on

prepared subgrade according to lines, grades and cross-
section shown on the drawing, filling joints with Earth, free
from clay with a Plasticity Index not exceeding 6, watering
and rolling the same with three wheeled road roller 80-100
kN as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 412. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 136 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE ( i.e.

LOCALLY AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

4.6 401 Granular Sub-base with Well Graded Material (Table 400.1)
using Jhama Brick Aggregate

(A) By Mix in Place Method

Construction of granular sub-base by providing well

graded material (Jhama Brick Aggregate, Grading-I,
as per Table 400.1, spreading in uniform layers with
tractor with attachments on prepared surface,
mixing by mix in place method with rotavator at
OMC, applying and brooming sand to fill up the
interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and
compacting with smooth wheel roller to achieve the
desired density, complete as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 401.

(i) For Grading - I Material (jhama brick aggreate) cum

4.7 405 Water Bound Macadam Sub-Base / Base using Jhama Brick
Aggragate

1) WBM Grading - 2

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting jhama

brick aggregates of specific sizes to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in
uniform thickness, hand packing rolling with three
wheel roller 80-100 kN in stages to proper grade
and camber, applying and brooming binding
materials to fill up the interstices of coarse
aggregate, watering and compacting to the required
density Grading- 2 as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 405.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

2) WBM Grading - 3

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting jhama brick

aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam
specification including spreading in uniform thickness,
hand packing rolling with three wheel roller 80-100 kN in
stages to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming binding materials to fill up the interstices of
coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the
required density Grading- 3 as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 405.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 137 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

4.8 406 Wet Mix Macadam

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting 53 mm to

0.075 mm jhama brick aggregates to wet mix macadam
specification including premixing the material with water
at OMC in mechanical mixer (Pug Mill), carriage of mixed
materials by tipper to site, laying in uniform layers in sub-
base/ base course on a well prepared sub-base and
compacting with smooth wheel roller of three wheel 80-
100 kN static roller to proper grade and camber, achieve
the desired density including lighting, barricading and
maintenance of diversion, etc as per Tables 400.11 &
400.12 and as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
406.

By Mechanical Means with 1.00 Km lead cum

4.9 403 Lime Stabilisation for Improving Subgrade

Laying and spreading available soil in the subgrade on a

prepared surface, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in
place with rotavator with 2 per cent slaked lime having
minimum 70 per cent of contents of CaO, grading with
motor grader and compacting with the smooth wheel
road roller at OMC to the desired density to form a layer of
improved Sub-grade as per MoRD Technical Specification
Cluase 403.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

4.10 403 Lime Treated Soil for Sub-Base

Providing, laying and spreading soil on a prepared sub-

grade, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in place with
rotavator with 4 per cent slaked lime with minimum
content of 70 per cent of CaO, grading with motor grader
and compacting with the road roller at OMC to achieve
atleast 98 per cent of the max dry density to form a layer
of sub-base as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
403. cum

4.11 404 Cement Treated Soil Sub-Base/Base

Providing, laying and spreading soil on a prepared sub-

grade, pulverising, adding the designed quantity of
cement to the spread soil, mixing in place with rotavator,
grading with the motor grader and compacting with the
road roller at OMC to achieve the desired unconfined
compressive strength and to form a layer of sub-
base/base as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
404. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 138 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 4 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

4.12 405 Water Bound Macadam Sub-Base / Base using Jhama Brick
Aggragate

1) WBM Grading - 1

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting jhama brick

aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam
specification including spreading in uniform thickness,
hand packing rolling with three wheel roller 80-100 kN in
stages to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming binding materials to fill up the interstices of
coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the
required density Grading- 1 as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 405.

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 139 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5

Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous)

(a) Preamble

1. Bases and Surface courses are considered as below :

i) Prime coat and tack coat with bitumen emulsion

ii) BM, Carpet, Seal coat With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30 and VG-10.

2 The outputs considered for construction equipment are for compacted quantities of relevant items
and not for loose quantities

3. In case of prime coat and tack coat, average quantities of binder indicated in specifications have
been taken

4. Prime coat and tack coat, wherever provided, are required to be measured and paid separately.

5. Cleaning of surface is a part of the item of prime coat and tack coat. As such cleaning of surface has
not been provided for bituminous courses as the same is already catered in prime / tack coat.
However, for those cases where such coats are not required to be done, cleaning of surface shall be
included and paid.

6. Rolling of bituminous courses is required to be done as per clause 504.3.6 of MORD specifications.
Provision in the analysis has been made accordingly. It has been observed during actual practice at
work sites, that the availibility of road roller is generally inadequate. As compaction is the key to
good construction, this point is being specifically highlighted to ensure that adequate number of
road rollers as per provision in the rate analysis are deployed at site.

7. Spreading of bituminous materials shall be done by mechanical means except in areas where a
mechanical paver cannot have access.

8. Mazdoors who work for bitumen heating / spreading of hot bituminous mix will be paid the same
wages. However, they will be provided safety kits containing normally gumboots, hand gloves, dark
goggles, barnol, country soap, coconut oil, tarring outfits, etc. For this purpose additional 0.5
percent sundries have been provided in the analysis of rates in addition to the normal sundries
covered by overheads.

9. Where the proposed aggregates fail to pass the stripping value test, an approved adhesion agent
shall be added to the binder as per clause 507.2.4 with the approval of the Engineer and the cost of
adhesion agent shall be added under the subhead of materials.

10. The factor of usage of rollers has been taken as 0.65 in case of Bituminous Macadam only.

11. In the item 5.11 for Seal Coat ( case IV - Type - D with fine sand by manual means ) has been
considered in addition to other Types.

12. Rate analysis has been given for use of Bitumen of Viscosity Grade ( 'VG-30', 'VG-10' ) complying
with Indian Statndar Specifications for "Paving Bitumen" IS 73 : 2013 & also bitumen emulsion.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 140 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

5.1 502 Prime Coat

(i) Low porosity

Providing and applying primer coat with bitumen

emulsion (SS-1) on prepared surface of granular
base including cleaning of road surface and
spraying primer at the rate of 0.70- 1.00 kg/sqm
using mechanical means as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 502. sqm

(ii) Medium porosity

Providing and applying primer coat with bitumen

emulsion (SS-1) on prepared surface of granular
base including cleaning of road surface and
spraying primer at the rate of 0.90- 1.20 kg/sqm
using mechanical means as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 502. sqm

(iii) High porosity

Providing and applying primer coat with bitumen

emulsion (SS-1) on prepared surface of granular
base including cleaning of road surface and
spraying primer at the rate of 1.20- 1.50 kg/sqm
using mechanical means as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 502. sqm

5.2 503 Tack Coat

(i) Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen

emulsion (RS-1) using emulsion distributor at the
rate of 0.20 to 0.25 kg per sqm on the prepared
bituminous surface cleaned with Hydraulic broom as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 503. sqm

(ii) Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen

emulsion (RS-1) using emulsion distributor at the
rate of 0.25 to 0.30 kg per sqm on the prepared dry
and hungry bituminous surface cleaned with
Hydraulic broom as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 503. sqm

(iii) Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen

emulsion (RS-1) using emulsion distributor at the
rate of 0.25 to 0.30 kg per sqm on the prepared
granular surface treated with primer & cleaned with
Hydraulic broom as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 503. sqm

(iv) Providing and applying tack coat with bitumen

emulsion (RS-1) using emulsion distributor at the
rate of 0.30 to 0.35 kg per sqm on the prepared
non-bituminous surfaces (cement concrete
pavement) cleaned with Hydraulic broom as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 503. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 141 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

5.3 504 Bituminous Macadam

Providing and laying bituminous macadam with hot mix

plant using crushed aggregates of grading as per Table
500.4 premixed with bituminous binder, transported to site
upto a lead of 1000 m laid over a previously prepared
surface with paver finisher to the required grade, level and
alignment and rolled to achieve the desired compaction as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 504.

i. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-30. cum

ii. With Viscosity Graded Bitumen of VG-10. cum

5.4 505 Built-Up Spray Grout

Providing, laying and rolling of built-up spray grout layer
over prepared base consisting of a two layer composite
construction of crushed coarse aggregates using motor
grader for aggregates. Key stone chips spreader may be
used with application of bituminous binder (Bitumen VG-
30) after each layer. and with key aggregates placed on
top of the second layer to serve as a base, conforming to
line, grades and cross section specified, the compacted
layer thickness being 75 mm as per MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 505.

( A ) By Manual Means sqm

( B ) By Mechanical Means sqm

5.5 507 Surface Dressing using Bituminous (Viscosity grade

Bitumen) Binder

Providing and laying surface dressing as wearing course

consisting of a layer of bituminous binder laid on the
prepared surface, followed by a cover of crushed stone
aggregates of specified size and rolling with three wheel 80-
100 kN static roller including cleaning the road surface as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 507.

( A ) By Manual Means

Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

( B ) By Mechanical Means

Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 142 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

5.6 507 Surface Dressing using Bitumen Emulsion

Providing and laying surface dressing as wearing course

consisting of a layer of bitumen emulsion laid on the
prepared surface, followed by a cover of crushed stone
chippings of specified size and rolling with three wheel 80-
100 kN static roller including cleaning the road surface as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 507.

( A ) By Manual Means

Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm sqm

( B ) By Mechanical Means

Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm sqm

5.7 507.2. Pre-coating Chips

5
Pre-coating chips with 1 percent of paving bitumen by
weight of chips in a suitable mixer duly heated to 160o C
as per Technical Specification Clause 507.2.5. cum

5.8 508 20 mm thick Open-Graded Premix Carpet using Bituminous

(Viscosity grade/ modified bitumen) Binder

Providing, laying and rolling of open-graded premix carpet

of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm
aggregates either using Viscosity grade bitumen or
emulsion to required line, grade and level to serve as
wearing course on a previously prepared base , including
mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a three
wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller capacity, finished to
required level and grades to be followed by seal coat of
either Type A or Type B or Type C or Type D as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 508.

Case - I : By Manual Means

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : By Mechanical Means

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 143 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

5.9 508.2 20 mm thick Open-Graded Premix Carpet using Bitumen

Emulsion as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 508.2

Providing, laying and rolling of open-graded premix carpet

of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm
aggregates using bitumen emulsion to required line,
grade and level to serve as wearing course on a previously
prepared base , including mixing in a suitable plant, laying
and rolling with a three wheel 80 - 100 KN static roller
capacity, finished to required level and grades to be
followed by seal coat of either Type A or Type B or Type C
or Type D as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
508.2. sqm

5.10 509 Mix Seal Surfacing

Providing, laying and rolling of close-graded premix

surfacing material of 20 mm thickness composed of 11.2
mm to 0.9 mm (Type-A) or 13.2 mm to 0.9 mm (Type-B)
aggregates using Viscosity grade bitumen to required
line, grade and level to serve as wearing course on a
previously prepared base , including mixing in a suitable
plant, laying and rolling with a three wheel 80 - 100 KN
static roller, finishing to required level and grades as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 509.

(A) By Manual Means

i) Type-A

I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

ii) Type-B

I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

(B) By Mechanical Means

i) Type-A

I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

ii) Type-B

I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 144 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

5.11 510 Seal Coat

Providing and laying seal coat sealing the voids in a

bituminous surface laid to the specified levels, grade and
cross fall using Type A or Type B or Type C or Type D as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 510.

A By Manual Means

Case - I : Type A

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : Type B

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - III : Type C

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - IV : Type D (premix with fine sand)

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

B By Mechanical Means

Case - I : Type A

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II : Type B

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - III : Type C

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

5.12 508 25 mm thick Open-Graded Premix Carpet using Bituminous

(Viscosity grade/ modified bitumen) Binder

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 145 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 5 : Granular Sub-bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

Providing, laying and rolling of open-graded premix carpet

of 25 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm
aggregates either using Viscosity grade bitumen or
emulsion to required line, grade and level to serve as
wearing course on a previously prepared base, including
mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a three
wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller capacity, finished to
required level and grades to be followed by seal coat of
either Type A or Type B or Type C or Type D as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 508.

Case - I By Manual Means

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

Case - II By Mechanical Means

(I) Bitumen of VG-30 sqm

(II) Bitumen of VG-10 sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 146 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter-6

Cement Concrete Pavement

(a) Preamble

1. Use of cement concrete pavement for rural roads likely to be limited to small stretches. These will,
therefore, have to be constructed without use of heavy equipment, like, high capacity
batching/mixing plant and slip form pavers. Accordingly, the rate analysis is based on concrete
mixture of suitable capacity with weigh batcher , fixed side forms and screed, plate and needle
vibrators.

2. Provision of Plasticizer admixture to improve workability with reduced water cement ratio has been
made.

3. The rates of materials taken in the analysis are in the place of origin as mentioned in the materials
sheet. The concrete mixer placement is however assured close to the site of work so that
transporting and placement of concrete can be done by labour alone.

4. Quantities of materials provided in the rate analysis are for the estimate purpose. Exact quantity of
materials will be determined from the jobs mix formula.

5. The rates of earthwork , subgrade and sub-base may be adopted from Chapter 3 and 4 as
appropiate.

6. The lime treated soil has not been considered.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 147 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 6 : Cement Concrete Pavement
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

6.1 400 Granual Sub-base

Rate as per item No.4.1 of Chapter 4.

6.2 1500 Water Bound Macadam (WBM) - Sub-base

& 400
(A) By Manual Means

As per item No.4.2 of Chapter 4

(B) By Mechanical Means

As per item No.4.2 of Chapter 4

6.3 1500 Cement Concrete Pavement

Construction of un-reinforced, dowel jointed at expansion

and construction joint only, plain cement concrete
pavement, thickness as per design, over a prepared sub
base, with 43 grade cement or any other type as per
Clause 1501.2.2 M30 (Grade), coarse and fine aggregates
conforming to IS:383, maximum size of coarse aggregate
not exceeding 25 mm, mixed in a concrete mixer of not
less than 0.2 cum capacity and appropriate weigh batcher
using approved mix design, laid in approved fixed side
formwork (steel channel, laying and fixing of 125 micron
thick polythene film, wedges, steel plates including levelling
the formwork as per drawing), spreading the concrete with
shovels, rakes, compacted using needle, screed and plate
vibrators and finished in continuous operation including
provision of contraction and expansion, construction joints,
applying debonding strips, primer, sealant, dowel bars,
near approaches to bridge/culvert and construction joints,
admixtures as approved, curing of concrete slabs for 14-
days,using curing compound (where specified) and water
finishing to lines and grade as per drawing and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1501. cum

6.4 1500 Roller Compacted Concrete Pavement

Construction of Roller Compacted Concrete Pavement

(RCCP) with coarse and fine aggregates conforming to
IS:383, the size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25 mm
with minimum aggregate cement ratio of 5:1 and with
minimum cement content of 310 kg per cum, aggregate
gradation to be as per Table 602.2 after blending, mixing
in concrete mixer at optimum moisture content,
transporting to site, laying with wheel barrows or steel
pans or with mechanical paver , compacting with 80 - 100
kN smooth wheel, tandem vibratory roller, to achieve, the
designed flexural strength, finishing and curing as per
drawing and MoRD technical specification Clause 1502.
cum

6.5 1500 Rectangular Concrete Block Pavement

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 148 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 6 : Cement Concrete Pavement
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

Manufacturing, laying of cement concrete blocks of size

0.450 m x 0.300 m x 0.150 m of Cement Concrete (C.C)
M30 grade and spreading 25 mm thick sand under neath
and filling joints with sand on existing W.B.M. base as per
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1503. sqm

6.6 1500 DELETED

1) DELETED

2) DELETED

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 149 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 7

Causeway and Submersible Bridges

a) Preamble

1 The quantities of various items may be worked out from the design and drawings.

2 Rate analysis of various items involved in the construction of concrete causeway may be taken from
relevent Chapters.

3 RCC Hume Pipes of NP-3 have been considered in the analysis.

4 Rate analysis for items of submersible bridges may be based on the respective items of Chapters
11, 12 and 13 dealing with bridges. Rates for guide posts may be taken from Chapter 8.

5 Rate analysis of item of river training and protection works may be based on the respective items in
Chapter 14 (Protection Works).

6 The following items has not been considered.

a Stone masonry in cut-off/ head walls.

b W.B.M Base course.

c Laying appron in stone boulders.

d Laying RCC Hume pipe NP4

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 150 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 7 : Causeway and Submersible Bridges
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

7.1 1400, Construction of Cut-off Walls/Head Walls

300,
600,
(i) Earthwork in excavator for structures as per
drawing and MoRD technical specification Clause
305.

Rate as per item No.11.1 of Chapter 11

(ii) Plain cement concrete M 15 grade

Rate as per item No.11.4(ii) of Chapter 11

(iii) Brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4

Rate as per item No.11.5(ii) of Chapter 11

(v) Providing P.C.C M20 architectural coping on top of

wall

Rate as per item No.12.11 of Chapter 12

Note : 1 Rate as appropriate for the type of soil/rock are to

be taken in (i) .

2 Appropriate items may also be taken from the

relevant item of the relevant Chapters in case of
usimg jhama brick aggregate.

7.2 300 Preparation of Subgrade

Rate as per item No.3.13 of Chapter 3

7.3 400 Granular Sub-base

Rate as per item No.4.1 of Chapter 4

7.4 1500 Cement Concrete Slab

Rate as per item No.6.3 of Chapter 6

7.5 1400 & (i) Providing and Laying of Apron with Cement
1300 Concrete Blocks as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification Clause 1301.

Rate as per item No.14.3 of Chapter 14

7.6 1400 & Guide Posts

1600
Construction of R.C.C. guide posts of 250 mm dia , M15
grade as per Drawing and MoRD technical specification
Clause 1401.6.

Rate as per item No.8.8 of Chapter 8

7.7 1400, Bedding for Causeway

1100 &
800 (i) Type A (concrete cradle) Bedding Clause 1402.5

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 151 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 7 : Causeway and Submersible Bridges
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

As per item No.9.2 of Chapter 9

7.8 1400 & Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3 as per
1100 drawing and MoRD technical specification Clause 1402.6

As per item No.9.3 of Chapter 9

Note : 1 Rate as appropriate for the type of soil/rock are to be taken

in (i) .

2 Appropriate items may also be taken from the relevant

item of the relevant Chapters in case of usimg jhama brick
aggregate.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 152 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 8

Hill Roads

(a) Preamble

1 The Chapter covers only the analysis of rates for items which are peculiar to hill roads . For other
items, reference may be made to relevent Chapters and analysis modified as suggested in note 2
below.

2 Extra Provision for High Altitude Areas.

Considering the loss of output of men and machines above 2100 m altitude, the following
percentage addition to cost of manpower and usage rates of machines may be considered in the
analysis of rates given in various Chapters.

% of the value in
% of the value in Machine to be added
Altitude in m Manpower to be added to
to rates
rates

2100 to 2400 7% 3%

2401 to 2700 15% 6%

2701 to 3000 25% 9%

3001 to 3300 32% 12%

3301 to 3600 48% 15%

3601 to 3900 66% 18%

3901 to 4200 86% 21%

4201 to 4500 108% 24%

4501 to 4800 132% 27%

4801 to 5100 186% 30%

The above provisions are based on the report of Defence Institute of Physiology and Allied Sciences,
Delhi Cantt. Regarding quantitative reduction in the physical work capacity of individuals working in
high altitude areas and the recommendation of the Committee on Cost of Construction set-up by
Border Roads Development Board for reduction in output of machines while working in high
altitudes. These figures are adopted from 'Standard Schedule of Rates' of BRO as applicable to high
altitude areas.

3
The above addition is also to be applied on the analysis of rates for items provided in this Chapter.

4 The following items has not been considered

a Earth work in Hard Rock (Requiring Blasting)

b Hill side drains with stone masonry
c Constn of scupper
d Catch water/ intercepting drains

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 153 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 8 : Hill Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

8.1 200 Site Clearance

As per Chapter 2

8.2 1600 & Earthwork in hill Road

300
(i) Excavation in Hilly Areas in Ordinary Soil by manual
means.

A) Excavation in ordinary soil in Hilly Areas by

manual means including cutting and
trimming of side slopes and disposing of
excavated earth with a lift upto 1.50 m and
a lead upto 20 m as per drawing and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1603.1.
cum

B) Extra for Every Additional lift of 1.5 m or

Part thereof cum

(ii) Excavation in Hilly Areas in Ordinary Soil by

mechanical means.

A) Excavation in ordinary soil in Hilly Areas by

mechanical means including cutting and
trimming of side slopes and disposing of
excavated earth with a lift upto 1.50 m and
a lead upto 20 m as per drawing and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1603.1.
cum

B) Extra for Every Additional lift of 1.5 m or

Part thereof cum

(iii) Excavation in Hilly Area in Ordinary Rock by manual

means

A) Excavation in ordinary rock using manual

means including loading in a truck and
carrying of excavated material to
embankment site with a lift upto 1.50 m
and lead upto 20 m as per MoRD Clause
1603.2. cum

B) Extra for Every Additional lift of 1.5 m or

Part thereof cum

(iv) Excavation in Hilly Areas in Ordinary Rock by

mechanical means not requiring blasting

Excavation in hilly area in ordinary rock not

requiring blasting by mechanical means including
cutting and trimming of slopes and disposal of cut
material with a lift upto 1.50 m and lead upto 20 m
as per MoRD Technical specification Clause 1603.2. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 154 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 8 : Hill Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

8.3 1400, Construction of RCC guide posts of 250 mm dia and total
1700 & 600 mm long,(300 mm below GL) M15 grade cast-in-situ
800 with 20 mm nominal size aggregate, true to line and grade,
tolerance of vertical RCC posts not to exceed 1 in 500 as
per drawing and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
1401.6.

A. In Ordinary Soil Each

B. In Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) Each

C. In Hard Rock (blasting prohibited) Each

8.4 1600 Providing edge stones on valley side of formation as per

drawing and Technical Specification Clause 1608.2.6.

Same as Item No. 8.3 of this Chapter

8.5 1600 & Turfing with Sods in hilly areas

309
Furnishing and laying of the live sods of perennial turf
forming grass on embankment slope of hill roads, verges or
other locations shown on the drawing or as directed by the
Engineer including preparation of ground, stacking the sods
and watering as per MoRD Technical specification Clause
309. sqm

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE ( i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

8.6 1600, Retaining Walls/ Breast Walls

600 &
Construction of retaining walls/ breast walls in Plain cement
concrete with M10 (with jhama brick aggregate) as per
drawing and MoRD technical specifications Clause 1604
(including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement).

(i) Earthwork in excavation for structures

Rate as per item No. 11.1 of Chapter 11

(ii) Plain cement concrete M 10 grade

Rate as per item No. 11.9.I.(i) of Chapter 11

(iii) Providing P.C.C. M 20 architectural coping on top of

retaining wall/breast wall

Rate as per item No. 12.15 of Chapter 12

(iv) Filter material behind retaining wall/breast wall as

per Specification 1204.3.8 in a width of 600 m

Rate as per item No. 12.13 of Chapter 12

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 155 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 8 : Hill Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(v) Back filling behind retaining wall/ breast wall

Rate as per item No. 12.8.I of Chapter 12

Note : 1 Quantities of material/work shall be as per design

and drawings.

2 Earth work in excavation may be taken as per site

conditions. It may comprise of a number of sub-
items depending upon the type of soil/ rock
encountered.

8.7 1600, Construction of Hill Side Drain

700,
300 & Construction of hill side drain in accordance with the
requirment of specifications true to lines and grades.
Dimensions and other particulars as per drawing and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1606.1.

Unit = 1m

Rate as per item No. 3.16 of Chapter 3

1 Quantities of material/work shall be as per design

and drawings.

2 Earth work in excavation may be taken as per site

conditions. It may comprise of a number of sub-
items depending upon the type of soil/rock
encountered.

8.8 1400, Construction of RCC guide posts of 250 mm dia and total
1700 & 600 mm long,(300 mm below GL) M15 grade (with jhama
800 brick aggregate) cast-in-situ with 20 mm nominal size
aggregate, true to line and grade, tolerance of vertical RCC
posts not to exceed 1 in 500 as per drawing and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1401.6.

A. In Ordinary Soil Each

B. In Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) Each

C. In Hard Rock (blasting prohibited) Each

8.9 1600 Providing edge stones with PCC using jhama brick
aggregate on valley side of formation as per drawing and
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1608.2.6.

Same as Item No. 8.8 of this Chapter

8.10 1600 Setting Out (using PCC with jhama brick aggregate)

1) Construction of reference pillars (burjee) @ 20 m on

both sides as per Fig. 1600.1 (b) and @ 8.33 m
interval on curves

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 156 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 8 : Hill Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

A. In Ordinary Soil Each

B. In Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) Each

C. In Hard Rock (blasting prohibited) Each

2) Construction of back pillar as per Fig. 1600.1 (c) as

per drawing and MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 1602.3.

A. In Ordinary Soil Each

B. In Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) Each

C. In Hard Rock (blasting prohibited) Each

3) Construction of job pillars as per Fig. 1600.1(d) and

MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1602.4.

A. In Ordinary Soil Each

B. In Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) Each

C. In Hard Rock (blasting prohibited) Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 157 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 9

Pipe Culverts

(a) Preamble

1. Pipe culverts of sizes 1200, 1000, 750 and 600 mm dia in single row and double row which are
generally used on roads, have been included. Providing and laying of pipe has been included in the
rate analysis. Items of auxiliary works as excavation, bedding, backfilling, concrete and masonry
shall be analysed under the respective section and paid for separately.

2. Analysis has been given for NP3 and NP2 spun/ hume pipes only, because NP4 pipes are not
generally used in this area.

3. Cost of any river training and protection work like stone pitching, apron, curtain wall etc. may be
analysed under the respective item included in Chapter 14.

4. The joining of pipes is proposed by flush joints.

5. Chain & pulley for lifting of the pipes is considered part of overheads.

6. The thickness of first class bedding has been taken as 150 mm. The height of bedding has been
taken as 1/10th of overall height of pipe in the analysis. This may be modified as per thickness
indicated in the approved drawing.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 158 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 9 : Pipe Culverts
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

9.1 1100 Excavation for Structures

& 300
Earthwork in excavation for foundation of structures upto
3 m depth as per drawing and MoRD technical specification
Clause 1104, including setting out, construction of shoring
and bracing, removal of stumps and other deleterious
matter, dressing of sides and bottom and backfilling with
approved material.

A. Ordinary Soil cum

B. Ordinary Rock (not requiring blasting) cum

C. Hard Rock (blasting prohobited) cum

D. Marshy Soil cum

Note: Rate as applicable for the type of soil/ rock are to be taken
from Chapter 11

9.2 Bedding for Pipe

1100
& 800 (I) Type A (Concrete Cradle) Bedding

Laying concrete cradle bedding with M15 Grade

Cement Concrete as per MoRD Technical
specification Clause 1105(i).

Rate as per Item No.11.4. of Chapter 11 cum

Note: Rate as applicable for the type mixing are

to be taken from Chapter 11

(II) Type B (First Class) Bedding

Laying (First Class) bedding on well compacted

sand, moorum or approved granular material as per
MoRD Technical specification Clause 1105(i).

Rate as per Item No.11.2.I of Chapter 11 cum

9.3 1100 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3
as per design in single Row

Providing and Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP3

with collar for culverts on first class bedding of granular
material in single row including fixing collar with cement
mortar 1:2 but excluding excavation, protection works,
backfilling, concrete and masonry works in head walls and
parapets as per MoRD Technical specification Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 1000 mm dia m

(C) 750 mm dia m

(D) 600 mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 159 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 9 : Pipe Culverts
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

9.4 1100 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3
as per design in Double Row

Providing and Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP3

with collar for culverts on first class bedding of granular
material in Double row including fixing collar with cement
mortar 1:2 but excluding excavation, protection works,
backfilling, concrete and masonry works in head walls and
parapets as per MoRD Technical specification Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 1000 mm dia m

(C) 750 mm dia m

(D) 600 mm dia m

9.5 800 & Plain Cement Concrete M10(1:3:6 nominal mix) in levelling
1100 course below open foundation of Head walls as per
drawings & MoRD Technical Specification Clause 800 &
1109.

Rate as per item No. 11.4.I.(i) of Chapter 11. Cum

9.6 1100 & Brick Masonry Work in cement mortar in foundation of

600 Head walls complete excluding pointing and plastering as
per drawing and MoRD technical specification Clause
1109.
(A) Brick Masonry in 1:4 cement mortar
Rate as per item No.11.5 (ii) Chapter 11 cum

9.7 1100 & Pointing with Cement Mortar (1:3) on brickwork as per
600 MoRD Technical Specification Clause 613.3.

Rate as per Item No. 12.2 of Chapter 12. sqm

9.8 1100 & Plastering with Cement Mortar (1 : 4), 15 mm thick on

600 brickwork in substructure as per MoRD technical
specification Clause 613.4.

Rate as per item No.12.3 of Chapter 12 sqm

9.9 1100 & Backfilling in Foundation Trenches as per drawing and

300 MoRD technical specification Clause 1108.

i) Sand Filling cum

Rate as per item No.11.2.I of Chapter 11.

ii) Earth Filling (for Marshy Soil) cum

Rate as per item No.11.2.II of Chapter 11.

9.10 1100, Providing PCC M20 Architecture Coping on the top of wing
600, 700
wall, return wall etc. complete as per drawing and MoRD
& 1200
Technical Specification Clause 615.

Rate as per item No.12.11 of Chapter 12. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 160 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 9 : Pipe Culverts
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

9.11 1109 & Cement Concrete M10 (1:3:6 nominal mix) in Head Walls
800 with skin reinforcement (8 mm dia @ 200 mm c/c on
exposed surface as per drawings & MoRD Technical
Specification 1109 (including centering, shuttering, staging
etc.) cum

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

9.12 Bedding for Pipe

1100 (I) Type A (Concrete Cradle) Bedding

& 800
Laying concrete cradle bedding with M15 Grade
Cement Concrete( with jhama brick aggregate as
per MoRD Technical soecification Clause 1105(i).

Rate as per Item No.11.9.II.(i) of Chapter 11 cum

9.13 1100 & Plain Cement Concrete M10(1:3:6 nominal mix with jhama
800 brick aggregate) in levelling course below open foundation
of Head walls as per drawings & MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 1109 (including centering, shuttering,
staging etc. but excluding reinforcement).

Rate as per item No. 11.9.I.(i) of Chapter 11. cum

9.14 1100, Providing PCC M20 (jhama brick aggregate) Architecture

600, Coping on the top of wing wall, return wall etc. complete
700 & as per drawing and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
1200 615 (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but
excluding reinforcement) m

9.15 1109 & Cement Concrete M10 (1:3:6 nominal mix with jhama brick
800 aggregate) in Head Walls with skin reinforcement (8 mm
dia @ 200 mm c/c on exposed surface as per drawings &
MoRD Technical Specification 1109 (including centering,
shuttering, staging etc.) cum

9.16 1100 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP2
as per design in single Row

Providing and Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP2

for culverts on first class bedding of granular material in
single row including fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2
but excluding excavation, protection works, backfilling ,
concrete and masonry works in head walls and parapets as
per MoRD Technical specification Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 900 mm dia m

(C) 600 mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 161 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 9 : Pipe Culverts
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(D) 450 mm dia m

(E) 300 mm dia m

9.17 1100 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP2
as per design in Double Row

Providing and Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP2

for culverts on first class bedding of granular material in
Double row including fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2
but excluding excavation, protection works, backfilling ,
concrete and masonry works in head walls and parapets as
per MoRD Technical specification Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 900 mm dia m

(C) 600 mm dia m

(D) 450 mm dia m

(E) 300 mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 162 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10

Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances

(a) Preamble

1 Rate analysis for fencing provides for Barbed wire fencing with R.C.C. M 15 grade concrete post.

2 Backfilling of foundation of boundary pillars has been proposed with stone spalls, tighty packed and
compacted.

3 The item pertaining to road traffic signals has not been analysed as this is a specialized work and
rates can be obtained from firms having specialization for design and installation of this work.

4 Two supports have been provided for direction and place identification signs where size is more
than 0.9 square metres. Only one support is provided for size upto 0.9 square metres .

5 The traffic signs proposed are of retro-reflectorised types made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting fixed over Aluminium sheeting and semi-reflective type on M.S.sheet.

6 The size and location of traffic signs shall as per IRC:67.

7 Separate rate analysis has been made for tubular steel railing with RCC posts and MS steel posts.

8 In the case of road signs and direction boards, the depth of foundation and quantity of cement
concrete provided in the rate analysis are indicative. These may be suitably increased in areas of
higher wind velocities, like, coastal areas.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 163 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

10.1 1700 Printing New Letters and Figures of any Shade

Printing new letter and figures of any shade with synthetic

enamel paint black or any other approved colour to give an
even shade as per drawings and MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 1701.

i) Hindi (Matras commas and the like not to be per cm

measured and paid for. Half letters shall be counted height
per letter
as half only)

ii) English and Roman

Hyphens, commas and the like not to be measured per cm
and paid for. Detail for 100 letters of 160 mm height
per letter
height, i.e., 1.6 m

10.2 Traffic Signs

1700, A. Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

300,
1) Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised
cautionary, mandatory and informatory sign as per
IRC:67 made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting vide MoRD technical specification Clause
1701.2.3 fixed over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm
thick supported on a mild steel angle iron post 75
mm x 75 mm x 6 mm firmly fixed to the ground by
means of properly designed foundation with M 15
grade cement concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600
mm, 600 mm below ground level as per drawings
and MoRD Technical Specification Clause 801.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular aluminium sheeting Each

iv) with 800 x 600 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

v) with 600 x 450 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

vi) with 600 x 600 mm square aluminium sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm side octagon aluminium sheeting Each

2) Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised

cautionary, mandatory and informatory sign as per
IRC:67 made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting vide MoRD technical specification Clause
1701.2.3 fixed over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm
thick supported on GI pipe 50 mm dia firmly fixed
to the ground by means of properly designed
foundation with M-15 grade cement concrete 450
mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm below ground
level as per drawings and MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 1701.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 164 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular aluminium sheeting Each

iv) with 800 x 600 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

v) with 600 x 450 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

vi) with 600 mm x 600 mm square aluminium sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm side octagon aluminium sheeting Each

3) Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised

cautionary, mandatory and informatory sign as per
IRC:67 made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting vide MoRD technical specification Clause
1701.2.3 fixed over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm
thick supported on RCC post 100 mm x 100 mm
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
below ground level as per drawings and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1701.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular aluminium sheeting Each

iv) with 800 mm x 600 mm rectangular aluminium Each

sheeting

v) with 600 mm x 450 mm rectangular aluminium Each

sheeting

vi) with 600 mm x 600 mm square aluminium sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm sides octagon aluminium sheeting Each

B) Semi Reflective Traffic Signs

Providing and fixing of semi reflective cautionary,

mandatory and informatory sign board as per
IRC:67 made of 1.5 mm thick MS sheet duly stove
white colour in front and gray colour on back with
red reflective border of 65 mm width and required
letters and figures with reflective tape engineering
grade as per Clause 1701.3.9 of MORD for Rural
Roads of required shade and colour supported and
welded on 47 mm x 47 mm x 12 SWG sheet tube
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
bellow ground level as per approved drawings and
as per MoRD Technical specification Clause
1701.2.2.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 165 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle MS sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle MS sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular MS sheeting Each

iv) with 800 mm x 600 mm rectangular MS sheeting Each

v) with 600 mm x 450 mm rectangular MS sheeting Each

vi) with 600 mm x 600 mm square MS sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm sides octagon MS sheeting Each

10.3 1700, Direction and Place Identification signs upto 0.9 sqm sign
800 &
board
300

A. Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

(i) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area not exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on a mild
steel single angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
bellow ground level as per approved drawings and
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1701.
sqm

(ii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area not exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on 2 inch dia
GI Pipe firmly fixed to the ground by means of
properly designed foundation with M 15 grade
cement concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm,
600 mm bellow ground level as per approved
drawings and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
sqm
1701.

(iii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area not exceeding 0.9 sqm supported on RCC post
100 mm x 100 mm firmly fixed to the ground by
means of properly designed foundation with M 15
grade cement concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600
mm, 600 mm below ground level as per approved
drawings and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
sqm
1701.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 166 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

B) Semi Reflective Traffic Signs

Direction and place identification signs up to 0.9

sqm sign board

Providing and erecting and place identifications of

semi reflective sign boards as per IRC:67 made of 2
mm thick M.S. sheet duly stove enameled paint in
white colour in front and gray colour on back with
red reflective border of 70 mm width and required
message, letters and figures with reflective
engineering grade tape as per MORD specifications
of required shade and colour. Supported and
welded on 47 mm x 47 mm x 12 SWG square tube
of 3050 mm height duly strengthened by 25 mm x
5 mm MS flat iron on edges on back firmly fixed to
the ground by means of properly designed
foundation with M 15 grade cement concrete 450
mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm below ground
level as per approved drawings and MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 1701. sqm

10.4 1700, Direction and place identification signs with size

800 & more than 0.9 sqm sign board

A. Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

(i) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on a mild steel
angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm 2 Nos.
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
bellow ground level as per approved drawings and
sqm
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1701.

(ii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on 50 mm dia
GI Pipe, 2 Nos. firmly fixed to the ground by means
of properly designed foundation with M 15 grade
cement concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm,
600 mm bellow ground level as per approved
drawings and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
sqm
1701.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 167 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(iii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area exceeding 0.9 sqm supported on RCC post
100 mm x 100 mm, 2 Nos. firmly fixed to the
ground by means of properly designed foundation
with M 15 grade cement concrete 450 mm x 450
mm x 600 mm, 600 mm bellow ground level as per
approved drawings and MoRD Technical
sqm
Specification Clause 1701.

B) Semi Reflective Traffic Signs

Direction and place identification signs more than

0.90 sqm sign board

Providing and erecting direction and place

identifications of semi reflective sign boards as per
IRC:67 made of 2 mm thick M.S. sheet duly stove
enameled paint in white colour in front and gray
colour on back with reflective border of 70 mm
width and required message, letters and figures
with reflective engineering grade tape as per MORD
specifications of required shade and colour.
Supported and welded on 2 Nos. 47 mm x 47 mm x
12 SWG square tube of 3050 mm height duly
strengthened by 25 mm x 5 mm MS flat iron on
edges on back firmly fixed to the ground by means
of properly designed foundation with M 15 grade
cement concrete 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm,
600 mm below ground level as per approved
drawings and MoRD Technical Specification Clause sqm
1701.
10.5 1700 Painting Two Coats on New Concrete Surfaces

Painting two coats including primer coat after filling the

surface with synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new,
plastered / concrete surfaces as per drawing and MoRD
Technical Specification clause 1701. sqm

10.6 1700 Painting on Steel Surfaces

Providing and applying two coats of ready mix paint

including primer coat of approved brand on steel surface
after through cleaning of surface to give an even shade as
per drawing and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
1701. sqm

10.7 1700 Painting on Concrete/Steel Surfaces with Epoxy

Painting two coats including prime coat with epoxy paint of

approved brand on concrete/steel surfaces after through
cleaning of surface to give an even shade as per drawing
and MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1701. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 168 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

10.8 1700 Painting lines, Dashes, Arrows, etc. on Road in Two Coats
on New Work

Painting lines, dashes, arrows, etc. on roads in two coats

on new work with ready mixed road marking paint
conforming to IS:164 on bituminous/concrete surface,
including cleaning the surface of all dirt, dust and other
foreign matter, demarcation at site and traffic control as
per drawing and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
1702. sqm

10.9 1700 Painting lines, Dashes, Arrows, etc. on Road in Two Coats
on Old Work

Painting lines, dashes, arrows, etc. on roads in two coats

on old work with ready mixed road marking paint
conforming to IS:164 on bituminous / concrete surface,
including cleaning the surface of all dirt, dust and other
foreign matter, demarcation at site and traffic control as
per drawing and MoRD Technical Specification Clause
1702. sqm

10.10 1700 Kilometre Stone

Reinforced cement concrete M15 grade kilometre stone /

local stone of standard design as per IRC:8 fixing in
position including painting and printing, etc. as per drawing
and MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1703.

i) 5th Kilometre Stone(precast) Each

ii) Ordinary Kilometre Stone(precast) Each

iii) 200 m Stone(precast) Each

10.11 1700, G.I Barbed Wire Fencing 1.2 m high

800 &
300 Providing and fixing 1.2 m high GI barbed wire fencing with
1.8 m RCC posts 150 mm x 150 mm placed every 3 m
centre-to-centre founded in M-15 grade cement concrete,
0.6 m below ground level, every 15th post, last but one
end post and corner post shall be strutted on both sides
and end post on one side only and provided with 9
horizontal lines and 2 diagonals interwoven with horizontal
wires, fixed with GI staples, turn buckles etc. complete as
per MoRD technical specification Clause 1705.
m

10.12 1700, G.I Barbed Wire Fencing 1.8 m high

800 &
Providing and fixing 1.8 m high GI barbed wire fencing with
300
2.4 m RCC M15 grade 150 mm x 150 mm concrete post
placed every 3 m centre-to-centre founded in M15 grade
cement concrete, 0.6 m below ground level, every 15th
post, last but one end post and corner post shall be
strutted on both sides and end post on one side only and
provided with 12 horizontal lines and 2 diagonals
interwoven with horizontal wires, fixed with GI staples, turn
buckles etc. complete as per MoRD technical specification
m
Clause 1705.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 169 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

10.13 1700, Tubular Steel Railing on Medium Weight Steel Channel

800 & (ISMC series) 100 mm x 50 mm
300
Providing, fixing and erecting 50 mm dia steel pipe railing
in 3 rows duly painted on medium weight steel
channels(ISMC series) 100 mm x 50 mm, 1.2 m high above
ground, 2 m centre-to-centre, complete as per approved
drawings MoRD technical specification Clause 1706.
m

10.14 1700, Tubular Steel Railing on Precast RCC posts, 1.2 m High
800 & Above Ground Level
300
Providing, fencing and erecting 50 mm dia painted steel
pipe railing in 3 rows on precast M-20 grade RCC vertical
posts 175 mm x 175 mm x 1.8 m high (1.2 m above GL)
with 3 holes 50 mm dia for pipe, fixed 2 m centre-to-centre
complete as per approved drawings MoRD technical
specification Clause 1706. m

10.15 Suggestive
Traffic Cone

Provision of red fluorescent with white reflective sleeve

traffic cone made of Low Density Polythylene(LDPE)
material with a square base of 390 x 390 x 35 mm and a
height of 770 mm, 4 kg in weight, placed at 1.5 m interval,
all as per BS:873. Each

10.16 Suggestive
Rumble Strips

Provision of 15 nos. rumble strips covered with premix

bituminous carpet, 15-20 mm high at centre, 250 mm wide
placed at 1 m centre-to-centre at approved locations to
control speed, marked with white strips of road marking
paint. sqm

10.17 Suggestive
Road Markers/Road Stud with Lens Reflector

Providing and fixing of road stud 100 x 100 mm die cast in

aluminium, resistant to corrosive effect of salt and grit,
fitted with lense reflectors, installed in concrete or asphaltic
surface by drilling holes 30 mm upto a depth of 600 mm
and bedded in a suitable bituminous grout or epoxy mortar,
all as per BS:873(Part 4) 1973. Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 170 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE ( i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

10.18 1700, Traffic Signs (using jhama brick aggregate in CC/ PCC)
300,
A. Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

1) Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised

cautionary, mandatory and informatory sign as per
IRC:67 made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting vide MoRD technical specification Clause
1701.2.3 fixed over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm
thick supported on a mild steel angle iron post 75
mm x 75 mm x 6 mm firmly fixed to the ground by
means of properly designed foundation with M 15
grade cement concrete (using jhama brick
aggregate) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
below ground level as per approved drawings and
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 801.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular aluminium sheeting Each

iv) with 800 x 600 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

v) with 600 x 450 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

vi) with 600 x 600 mm square aluminium sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm side octagon aluminium sheeting Each

2) Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised

cautionary, mandatory and informatory sign as per
IRC:67 made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting vide MoRD technical specification Clause
1701.2.3 fixed over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm
thick supported on GI pipe 50 mm dia firmly fixed
to the ground by means of properly designed
foundation with M-15 grade cement concrete (using
jhama brick aggregate) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600
mm, 600 mm below ground level as per
approveddrawings and MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 1701.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular aluminium sheeting Each

iv) with 800 x 600 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

v) with 600 x 450 mm rectangular aluminium sheeting Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 171 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

vi) with 600 mm x 600 mm square aluminium sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm side octagon aluminium sheeting Each

3) Providing and fixing of retro-reflectorised

cautionary, mandatory and informatory sign as per
IRC:67 made of encapsulated lens type reflective
sheeting vide MoRD technical specification Clause
1701.2.3 fixed over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm
thick supported on RCC post 100 mm x 100 mm
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) 450 mm x
450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm below ground level as
per approved drawings and MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 1701.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle aluminium sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular aluminium sheeting Each

iv) with 800 mm x 600 mm rectangular aluminium Each

sheeting

v) with 600 mm x 450 mm rectangular aluminium Each

sheeting

vi) with 600 mm x 600 mm square aluminium sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm sides octagon aluminium sheeting Each

B) Semi Reflective Traffic Signs

Providing and fixing of semi reflective cautionary,

mandatory and informatory sign board as per
IRC:67 made of 1.5 mm thick MS sheet duly stove
white colour in front and gray colour on back with
red reflective border of 65 mm width and required
letters and figures with reflective tape engineering
grade as per Clause 1701.3.9 of MORD specification
for Rural Roads of required shade and colour
supported and welded on 47 mm x 47 mm x 12
SWG sheet tube firmly fixed to the ground by
means of properly designed foundation with M 15
grade cement concrete (using jhama brick
aggregate ) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
bellow ground level as per approved drawings and
MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.2.

i) with 900 mm equilateral triangle MS sheeting Each

ii) with 600 mm equilateral triangle MS sheeting Each

iii) with 600 mm circular MS sheeting Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 172 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

iv) with 800 mm x 600 mm rectangular MS sheeting Each

v) with 600 mm x 450 mm rectangular MS sheeting Each

vi) with 600 mm x 600 mm square MS sheeting Each

vii) with 900 mm sides octagon MS sheeting Each

10.19 1700, Direction and Place Identification signs upto 0.9 sqm size
800 &
300
board (using jhama brick aggregate in CC / PCC)

A. Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

(i) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area not exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on a mild
steel single angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) 450 mm x
450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm below ground level as
per approved drawings and MoRD Technical
sqm
Specification Clause 1701.

(ii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area not exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on 50 mm
dia GI Pipe firmly fixed to the ground by means of
properly designed foundation with M 15 grade
cement concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) 450
mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm bellow ground
level as per approved drawings and MoRD Technical
sqm
Specification Clause 1701.

(iii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area not exceeding 0.9 sqm supported on RCC post
100 mm x 100 mm firmly fixed to the ground by
means of properly designed foundation with M 15
grade cement concrete (using jhama brick
aggregate) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm
below ground level as per approved drawings and
MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1701.
sqm

B) Semi Reflective Traffic Signs

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 173 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

Providing and erecting and place identifications of

semi reflective sign boards as per IRC:67 made of 2
mm thick M.S. sheet duly stove enameled paint in
white colour in front and gray colour on back with
red reflective border of 70 mm width and required
message, letters and figures with reflective
engineering grade tape as per MORD specifications
of required shade and colour. Supported and
welded on 47 mm x 47 mm x 12 SWG square tube
of 3050 mm height duly strengthened by 25 mm x
5 mm MS flat iron on edges on back firmly fixed to
the ground by means of properly designed
foundation with M 15 grade cement concrete (using
jhama brick aggregate) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600
mm, 600 mm bellow ground level as per approved
drawings and MoRD Technical Specification Clause sqm
1701.

10.20 1700, Direction and place identification signs with size more than
800 &
0.9 sqm sign board (using jhama brick aggregate in CC
300
/PCC)
A. Retro-reflectorised Traffic Signs

(i) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area exceding 0.9 sqm supported on a mild steel
angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm 2 Nos.
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M 15 grade cement
concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) 450 mm x
450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm bellow ground level as
per approved drawings and MoRD Technical
sqm
Specification Clause 1701.

(ii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area exeeding 0.9 sqm supported on 50 mm dia GI
Pipe 2 Nos. firmly fixed to the ground by means of
properly designed foundation with M 15 grade
cement concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) 450
mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600 mm bellow ground
level as per approved drawings and MoRD Technical
sqm
Specification Clause 1701.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 174 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(iii) Providing and erecting direction and place

identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of encapsulated lens type reflective sheeting
vide MoRD technical specification Clause 1701.2.3
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with
area exceeding 0.9 sqm supported on RCC post
100 mm x 100 mm, 2 Nos. firmly fixed to the
ground by means of properly designed foundation
with M 15 grade cement concrete (using jhama
brick aggregate) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600 mm, 600
mm bellow ground level as per approved drawings
and MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1701.
sqm

B) Semi Reflective Traffic Signs

Direction and place identification signs up to 0.90

sqm sign board

Providing and erecting and place identifications of

semi reflective sign boards as per IRC:67 made of 2
mm thick M.S. sheet duly stove enameled paint in
white colour in front and gray colour on back with
reflective border of 70 mm width and required
message, letters and figures with reflective
engineering grade tape as per MORD specifications
of required shade and colour. Supported and
welded on 47 mm x 47 mm x 12 SWG square tube
of 3050 mm height duly strengthened by 25 mm x
5 mm MS flat iron on edges on back firmly fixed to
the ground by means of properly designed
foundation with M 15 grade cement concrete (using
jhama brick aggregate) 450 mm x 450 mm x 600
mm, 600 mm below ground level as per approved
drawings and MoRD Technical Specification Clause sqm
1701.

10.21 1700 Kilometre Stone (with RCC M15 grade using jhama brick
aggregate)

Reinforced cement concrete M15 grade (using jhama brick

aggregate) kilometre stone/local stone of standard design
as per IRC:8 fixing in position including painting and
printing, etc. as per drawing and MoRD Technical
Specification Clause 1703.

i) 5th Kilometre Stone (precast) Each

ii) Ordinary Kilometre Stone(precast) Each

iii) 200 m Stone(precast) Each

10.22 1700 Boundary Pillar (with PCC M15 grade using jhama brick
aggregate and reinforcement)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 175 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

Plain cement concrete M15 grade (using jhama brick

aggregate and reinforcement) boundary pillar / local stone
of standard design as per IRC:25 fixed in position including
finishing and lettering but excluding painting as per
drawing and MoRD Technical Specification Clause 1704. Each

10.23 1700, G.I Barbed Wire Fencing 1.2 m high (using jhama brick
800 & aggreagte in CC/PCC/RCC)

Providing and fixing 1.2 m high GI barbed wire fencing with

1.8 m RCC posts 150 mm x 150 mm placed every 3 m
centre-to-centre founded in M15 grade cement concrete,
(using jhama brick aggregate) 0.6 m below ground level,
every 15th post, last but one end post and corner post
shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one side
only and provided with 9 horizontal lines and 2 diagonals
interwoven with horizontal wires, fixed with GI staples, turn
buckles etc. complete as per MoRD technical specification
m
Clause 1705.

10.24 1700, G.I Barbed Wire Fencing 1.8 m high (using jhama brick
800 & aggreagte in CC/PCC/RCC)

Providing and fixing 1.8 m high GI barbed wire fencing with

2.4 m RCC M15 grade (using jhama brick aggregate)150
mm x 150 mm concrete post placed every 3 m centre-to-
centre founded in M15 grade cement concrete, 0.6 m
below ground level, every 15th post, last but one end post
and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end
post on one side only and provided with 12 horizontal lines
and 2 diagonals interwoven with horizontal wires, fixed
with GI staples, turn buckles etc. complete as per MoRD
technical specification Clause 1705. m

10.25 1700, Tubular Steel Railing on Medium Weight Steel Channel

800 & (ISMC series) 100 mm x 50 mm

Providing, fixing and erecting 50 mm dia steel pipe railing

in 3 rows duly painted on medium weight steel
channels(ISMC series) 100 mm x 50 mm, 1.2 m high above
ground, 2 m centre-to-centre, complete as per approved
drawings as per MoRD technical specification Clause 1706. m

10.26 1700, Tubular Steel Railing on Precast RCC posts, 1.2 m High
800 & Above Ground Level

Providing, fencing and erecting 50 mm dia painted steel

pipe railing in 3 rows on precast M-20 grade RCC(using
jhama brick aggregate) vertical posts 175 mm x 175 mm x
1.8 m high (1.2 m above GI) with 3 holes 50 mm dia for
pipe, fixed 2 m centre-to-centre complete as per approved
drawings as per MoRD technical specification Clause 1706. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 176 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

10.27 1700 Providing and Fixing 'Citizens' Information Board' of the

Project(with CC structure)

Providing and fixing of typical Citizens' Information board

with Logo as per MORD specifications and drawing with CC
structure made with M-15 of Size 1150 mm in length, 300
mm in thickness and 2450 mm in height all above G.L. with
foundation with M-15 concrete of size 1150 mm x 600 mm
x 750 mm , 750 mm below ground level with skin
reinforcemet with 8 mm dia TMT bars @ 200 cm C/C from
bottom of the structure. Lettering and printing arrows,
border etc. will be painted with ready mixed synthetic
enamel paint of superior quality in required shade and
colour. All sections of structure will be painted with primer
and two coats of epoxy paint as per drawing and MoRD
technical specification Clause 1701 and Annexure 1700.1

A. Board 'A' Each

B. Board 'B' Each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 177 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 10 : Traffic Sign, Markings and other Appurtenances

Boundary Pillar (with PCC M15 grade using jhama brick aggregate and reinforcement)

Not to Scale

X X

Cement Concrete M 15 A
300
E

G. L. G. L.

600
C

B
100

ELEVATION

SECTION AT Y - Y
190
150

Y Y
490

SCHEDULE OF REINFORCEMENT
M.S. BARS 6 mm DIA
LENGTH
490
A. 1.87 m
B. 48 cm
PLAN AT X - X C. 47 cm
D. 46 cm
E. 43 cm
F. 41 cm
Note : 1 Not to Scale

2 Hand Sketch

3 All Dimensions are in mm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 178 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 11

Foundation

(a) Preamble

1 Excavation for structures has been provided by & large by manual means.

2 The earth excavated from foundation has been proposed to be backfilled in the foundation trenches
except for marshy soil where disposal has been provided.

3 For excavation in marshy soil, extra provision of labour for filling with carted earth has been
provided in a separate item. Cost of carted earth has been worked out separately if the same is not
available from the adjoining area.

4 The rock surface for foundations is to be prepared which has been analysed accordingly.

5 In case of rock, excavation has been considered upto a depth of 1500 mm for rock of ultimate
crushing strength of 10 Mpa or more, which shall be reckoned as hard rock.

6 Dewatering of rain water is part of the overhead. Dewatering may be provided in excavation for
foundation on percentage basis as per site condition and decision of the Engineer-in-Charge. In case
less dewatering is required or is not required at all for a particular site condition, the same may be
reduced/omitted. Hence separate items are considered and analysed with dewatering.

7 Mixing of cement concrete has been considered by using concrete mixer with weight batching
facility fitted with water measuring device. It is preferable to use concrete mixes fitted with load
cells for weigh batching.

8 In remote areas, for isolated slab culvert / box culvert upto 2 m span, concrete can be hand mixed
in accordance with Clause 806 of MORD Specifications. Therefore, in the analysis, for items of
concrete, the alternative of hand mixing has also been considered.

9 Steel reinforcement for cement concrete work is required to be provided separately. The rate for the
same has been analysed using Thermo-Mechanically treated bars. Provision of MS bars has also
been kept, this should be used only if the specification permits.

10 Necessary safety precautions shall be taken for excavation for open foundation for which guidance
may be taken from IS:3764. Cost of shoring and shuttering has been provided on percentage basis,
which may be adjusted according to site condition.

11 The provision of Coarse sand has not been kept, because the same is not available in the State of
Tripura.

12 Rates of all materials used in the analysis are at the place of origin as mentioned in the materials
sheet which is excluding the loading,unloading and haulage.

13 Excavation of Hard Rock( requiring blasting) has not been considered.

14 Consumption of Bricks has been considered as per the sizes of the available bricks in Tripura.

15 Additional items by using jhama brick aggregates ( i.e. locally available materials ) have also been
considered in Plain Cement Concrete.

16 All rates for concreting work are inclusive of necessary Formwork as per section 900 of the
specification for Rural Roads.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 179 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 11 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

11.1 300 Excavation for Structures

A. Without dewatering.

Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing and

MoRD technical specifications Clause 305.1 including
setting out, construction of shoring & bracing, removal of
stumps & other deleterious material and disposal upto a
lead of 50 m, dressing of sides & bottom and backfilling in
trenches with excavated suitable material.

I Ordinary Soil

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

(ii) 3 m to 6 m depth cum

II Oridinary rock (not requiring blasting)

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

III Hard rock (blasting prohibited) cum

IV Marshy soil cum

B. With dewatering.

Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing and

technical specifications Clause 305.1 including setting out,
dewatering, construction of shoring, shuttering & bracing,
removal of stumps & other deleterious material and
disposal upto a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides & bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated suitable material.

I Ordinary Soil

(i) Upto 3 m depth cum

(ii) 3 m to 6 m depth cum

11.2 300 & Filling in foundation trenches as per drawing & MoRD
1200 technical specification Clause 305.3.9, 1200.

I Sand filling cum

II Earth filling (For marshy soil) cum

11.3. 300 & Filling annular space around footing in rock as per MoRD
1200 technical specification Clause 300, 1203.4.3.

P.C.C grade M 15 Nominal mix 1:2.5:5 (Hand mixing) cum

11.4. 800, Providing concrete for plain/reinforced concrete in open

900 & foundations complete including formwork as per drawings
& MoRD technical specifications Clauses 802, 803, 900,
1202 and 1203. (including centering, shuttering, staging
etc. but excluding reinforcement).

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 180 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 11 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

I P.C.C grade M 10

(i) Nominal mix 1:3:6 cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:3:6 (Hand mixing) cum

II P.C.C grade M 15

(i) Nominal mix (1:2.5:5) cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:2.5:5 (Hand mixing) cum

III P.C.C grade M 20

(i) Nominal mix (1:2:4) cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:2:4 (Hand mixing) cum

IV R.C.C grade M 20 cum

V R.C.C grade M 25 cum

11.5. 600 & Brick masonry work in cement mortar in foundation

1200 completed excluding pointing & plastering as per drawing &
MoRD technical specifications Clauses 600, 1202 & 1203.

I Brick masonry in 1:3 cement mortar cum

II Brick masonry in 1:4 cement mortar cum

11.6 1000 & Supplying, fitting & placing Thermo-Mechanically treated

1200 bar/ Cold twisted deformed steel bar reinforcement in
foundation complete as per drawings & MoRD technical
t
specifications Clauses 1000 & 1202.

11.7 1000 & Supplying, fitting & placing MS bar reinforcement in

1200 foundation complete as per drawings & MoRD technical
specifications Clauses 1000 & 1202. t

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

11.8 300 & Filling annular space around footing in rock as per MoRD
1200 technical specification Clause 1203.4.3.

P.C.C grade M 15 (using jhama brick aggregate)

Nominal mix 1:2.5:5 (Hand mixing) cum

11.9 800, Providing concrete for plain concrete (using jhama brick
900 & aggregate) in open foundations complete including
1200 formwork as per drawings & MoRD technical specifications
Clauses 802, 803, 900, 1202 and 1203. (including
centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 181 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 11 : Foundation
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

I P.C.C grade M 10 (using jhama brick aggregate)

(i) Nominal mix 1:3:6 cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:3.6 (Hand mixing) cum

II P.C.C grade M 15 (using jhama brick aggregate)

(i) Nominal mix (1:2.5:5) cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:2.5:5 (Hand mixing) cum

III P.C.C grade M 20 (using jhama brick aggregate)

(i) Nominal mix (1:2:4) cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:2:4 (Hand mixing) cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 182 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter -12

Sub-Structure

(a) Preamble

1 The cost of formwork will vary with the height & cross-section of the substructure. Provision has
been made accordingly.

2 As the higher grade of concrete is constlier, the provision made for formwork on percentage basis
has been suitably adjusted to make it compatible with other grades.

3 Filter media & backfilling behind abutment are required to be provided as per guidelines in IRC:78-
2000.

4 Bearing shall be set truly level so as to have full & even seating.

5 The bearing should be procured only from those manufacturers who have been pre-qualified by
MoRT&H.

6 For spans in gradient, the soffit shall be made horizontal specially at the supports & the bearing,
where provided, shall be placed horizontally.

7 Weep holes shall be provided as per specifications.

8 For elastomeric bearings, the concrete surface shall be leveled such that the variation is not more
than 1.5 mm from a straight edge placed in any direction across the area.

9 Note Nos.7 to 12 of Chapter 11 will hold good for this Chapter also.

10 Additional items by using jhama brick aggregates (i.e. locally available materials) have also been
considered in Plain Cement Concrete.

11 All rates for concreting work are inclusive of necessary Formwork as per section 900 of the
specification for Rural Roads.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 183 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 12 : Sub-Structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

12.1 600, Brick masonry work in cement mortar in substructure

1200 complete excepting pointing & plastering, as per drawing &
MoRD technical specification Clauses 602, 603, 604, 1202
and 1204.

I In 1:3 cement mortar cum

II In 1:4 cement mortar cum

III In 1:5 cement mortar cum

12.2. 600, Pointing with cement mortar (1:3) on brickwork as per

1200 drawing & MoRD technical specification Clauses 613.3 &
1204. sqm

12.3 600, Plastering with cement mortar (1:4) 15 mm thick on

1200 brickwork in substructure as per MoRD technical
specification Clauses 613.4 & 1204. sqm

12.4 800, Plain/reinforced cement concrete in substructure complete

900, including formwork as per drawings & MoRD technical
1200 specification Clauses 802, 804, 805, 806, 807, 900, 1202 &
1204. (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but
excluding reinforcement)

I. P.C.C grade M 15 (1:2.5:5 Nominal mix) cum

II P.C.C grade M15 (1:2.5:5 Hand mix) cum

III P.C.C grade M20 (1:2:4) (Nominal mix)

i) upto 5 m height cum

ii) For height above 5 m upto 10 m cum

IV P.C.C grade M-20 (1:2:4) (Hand mix)

i) upto 5 m height cum

ii) For height above 5 m upto 10 m cum

V. R.C.C grade M-20 (1:2:4) (Nominal mix)

i) upto 5 m height cum

ii) For height above 5 m upto 10 m cum

iii) For height above 10 m cum

VI. R.C.C grade M-25

i) upto 5 m height cum

ii) For height above 5 m upto 10 m cum

iii) For height above 10 m cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 184 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 12 : Sub-Structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

12.5 1000 & Supplying, fitting & placing Thermo-Mechanically treated

1200 bar/ Cold twisted deformed steel bar in substructure
complete as per drawings & MoRD technical specification
Clauses 1002, 1005, 1010 and 1202. t

12.6 1000 & Supplying, fitting & placing with MS bar reinforcement in
1200 substructure complete as per drawings & MoRD technical
specification Clauses 1002, 1005, 1010 and 1202. t

12.7 600, Providing weep holes in brick masonry/ stone masonry,

700, plain/ reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall, return wall
1200 with 100 mm dia AC pipe or uPVC pipe (110 mm OD of 6.0
kg/cm2 pressure) extending through the full width of the
structures with slope of 1(V):20(H) towards drawing face
complete as per drawing and MoRD technical specification
clauses 614, 709, 1204.3.7. m

12.8 1200 Backfilling behind abutment, wing wall & return wall
complete as per drawings & MoRD technical specification
Clause 1204.3.8.

I) Sandy material cum

12.9 1200 Providing & laying filter media with granular crushed
aggregates as per specification to a thickness of not less
than 600 mm with smaller size towards the soil & bigger
size towards the wall & providing over the entire surface
behind abutment, wing wall, return wall to the full height,
compacted to firm condition complete as per drawing and
MoRD technical specification clause 1204.3.8. cum

12.10 1200 Supplying, fitting & fixing in position true to line & level
elastomeric bearing conforming to IRC:83 (Part-II) Section
IX complete including all accessories as per drawings &
MoRD technical specification Clause 1207.1. cucm

12.11 600, Providing PCC M 20 architectural coping on the top of wing

700, wall, return wall etc. complete including formwork as per
1200 drawing & MoRD technical specification Clauses 615, 710 &
1204.3.11. m

12.12 1200 Providing pressure relief pipes 100 mm dia in bottom slab
of box cell on a filter media base of 500 mm x 500 mm as
per drawing & MoRD technical specification Clause
1205.5.7. nos

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE (i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

12.13 1200 Providing & laying filter media with jhama brick aggregates
as per specification to a thickness of not less than 600 mm
with smaller size towards the soil & bigger size towards the
wall & providing over the entire surface behind abutment,
wing wall, return wall to the full height, compacted to firm
condition complete as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification clause 1204.3.8. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 185 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 12 : Sub-Structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

12.14 800, Plain cement concrete (using jhama brick aggregate) in

900, substructure complete including formwork as per drawings
1200 & MoRD technical specification Clauses 802, 804, 805, 806,
807, 900, 1202 & 1204 (including centering, shuttering,
staging etc. but excluding reinforcement)

I. P.C.C grade M 15 (1:2.5:5 Nominal mix) cum

II P.C.C grade M15 (1:2.5:5 Hand mix) cum

III P.C.C grade M20 (1:2:4)(Nominal mix)

i) upto 5 m height cum

ii) For height above 5 m upto 10 m cum

IV P.C.C grade M-20 (1:2:4) (Hand mix)

i) upto 5 m height cum

ii) For height above 5 m upto 10 m cum

12.15 600, Providing PCC M 20 (with jhama brick aggregate)

700, architectural coping on the top of wing wall, return wall
1200 etc. complete including formwork as per drawing & MoRD
technical specification Clauses 615, 710 & 1204.3.11. m

12.16 600, Plastering with cement mortar (1:4) 12 mm thick on

1200 brickwork/ C.C. work including a finishing coat of neat
cement punning with 2.75 kg of cement per sqm in
substructure as per MoRD technical specification Clauses
613.4 & 1204. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 186 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 13

Super-Structure

(a) Preamble

1 The rate for wearing coat has been analysed as under in accordance with the provisions of MORD
Specifications:

a Bituminous type

b cement concrete

2 The rate analysis has been done for the following types of railings & parapet :

i R.C.C.railling

ii M.S. railling

iii Pipe railing (suitable for submersible bridges)

3 As per the MORD specifications, the type of superstructure envisaged for minor bridges & culverts
for rural roads are R.C.C. slabs & box culverts not exceeding 15 m span, rates for which have been
analysed. Stone/Brick masonry arches can be adopted where hard strata is available at shallow
depth. R.C.C. arches can also be adopted as per IRC:SP:20. Hence rates for these types of arches
for span length upto 15 m have been analysed.

4 For composite type of superstructure, comprising of steel beams/built-up sections & R.C.C. deck
slab, analysis has been done for steel section separately.

5 For slab culverts and minor bridges of spans not more than 10 m, buried joint/filler joint may be
adequate. For relatively longer spans & for highly seismic intensity areas, elastomeric slab
seal/compression seal joint may be provided as per the MORD Specifications. Rates have been
analysed accordingly.

6 In remote areas, for slab culverts & box culverts upto 2 m span, concrete used in superstructure can
be hand mixed with 10 per cent extra cement at contractor's cost in accordance with Clause 806 of
MORD Specifications. Hand mixing shall not be otherwise permitted.

7 Slab seal/compression seal expansion joints are specialised items commercially produced by a
number of items. The rates for such items must be ascertained from firms pre-qualified by MoRT&H.

8 To provide better quality of work in the Superstructure portion, using of jhama brick aggregate has
not been considered in this Chapter.Sand can be either coarse or fine as required/ available. Here,
provision of fine sand is considered only due to non-availability of coarse sand in Tripura. However,
if design of concrete dictates for use of coarse sand, then separate analysis may be taken as per
site condition.

9 All rates for concreting work are inclusive of necessary Formwork as per section 900 of the
specification for Rural Roads.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 187 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 13 : Super-Structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

13.1 800, Providing & laying reinforced cement concrete in

900, superstructure as per drawings & MoRD technical
1200 specifications Clauses 800, 900, 1205.4 & 1205.5
(including centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement).

(I) R.C.C grade M 20

(i) For nominal mix 1:2:4 cum

(ii) For nominal mix 1:2:4 (Hand mixed)

1 For height upto 5 m cum

2 For height from 5 m to 10 m cum

3 For height above 10 m cum

(iii) for design mix RCC M 20

1 For height upto 5 m cum

2 For height from 5 m to 10 m cum

3 For height above 10 m cum

II R.C.C M 25

1 For height upto 5 m cum

2 For height from 5 m to 10 m cum

3 For height above 10 m cum

III R.C.C. Grade M 30

1 For height upto 5 m cum

2 For height from 5 m to 10 m cum

3 For height above 10 m cum

13.2 1000, Supplying, fitting, & placing Thermo-Mechanically treated

1200 bar/ Cold twisted deformed steel bar reinforcement in
superstructure complete as per drawing & MoRD technical
t
specifications Clauses 1002, 1010 & 1202.

13.3 1000, Supplying, fitting, & placing MS bar reinforcement in

1200 superstructure complete as per drawing & MoRD technical
specifications Clauses 1002, 1010 & 1202. t

13.4 800, Providing and laying cement concrete wearing course M 30

1200 grade including reinforcement complete as per drawings &
MoRD technical specifications Clauses 800 & 1206.3 cum
(including centering, shuttering, staging etc. and
reinforcement).

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 188 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 13 : Super-Structure
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

13.5 800, Construction of R.C.C railing of M 25 grade in cast-in-situ

900, with 20 mm nominal size aggregate, true to line & grade,
1200 tolerance of vertical railing post not to exceed 1 in 500,
centre-to-centre spacing between vertical posts not to
exceed 2000 mm including reinforcement as per drawing
and MoRD technical specifications Clauses 800, 900 and m
1208.3 (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. and
reinforcement).

13.6 1200 Providing, fitting & fixing mild steel railling complete as per
drawing & MoRD technical specifications clause 1208.2. m

13.7 1200 Providing & fixing in position pipe railling

Providing & fixing in position pipe railling consisting of IS

Rolled steel joist posts designation IS MB 100 (100 x 75) at
2.5 m interval & three rows of 50 mm dia steel pipes (light)
including fixing in position on bridge deck complete as per
drawing and MoRD technical specifications Clause 1208.2. m

13.8 600, Brick masonry work in cement mortar 1:3 in parapet

900, excluding pointing & plastering as per drawing & plastering
1200 as per drawing & MoRD technical specifications Clauses
600, 900 & 1208.4.

Rate same as in item 12.1 (I) cum

13.9 1200 Providing and fixing in position Drainage spouts complete

as per drawing & MoRD technical specifications Clause
1209. no

Note:- Rate is inclusive of cost of steel grating and 1.00 m GI

pipe of 100 mm dia.

13.10 800, P.C.C. M 15 oridinary grade (1:2.5:5) levelling course

1200 below approach slab complete as per drawing & MoRD
technical specifications Clauses 800 and 1211 (including
centering, shuttering, staging etc. but excuding
reinforcement)
I P.C.C grade M 15
(i) Nominal mix (1:2.5:5) cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:2.5:5 (Hand mixing) cum

13.11 800, Reinforced Cement Concrete M 25 grade approach slab

1200 including reinforcement & formwork complete as per
drawing & MoRD technical specifications Clauses 800 &
1211 (including centering, shuttering, staging etc. and
reinforcement) cum

13.12 500, Providing bituminous wearing coat comprising of 20 mm

1200 thick premix carpet with seal coat Type B for culverts as
per drawing & MoRD technical specifications Clauses
1206.2 and 500. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 189 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 14

Protection Works

(a) Preamble

1. One type of apron as under have been catered for :

a. Apron laid in cement concrete blocks of M 15 Grade.

2. Pitching proposed is of the following types :

a. Brick Pitching.

b. CC Block pitching.

3. A toe wall for toe protection of pitching has been considered with nominal mix cement concrete M
10.

4. Flooring has been proposed cement concrete blocks M 15 and brick on edge in CM 1:3.

5. Curtain walls proposed are of the following :

a. Cement concrete M 10 grade.

6 The rate analysis of protection works using timber/ bamboo as per details provided by Assam PWD
(already incorporated in SOR'08 & '11) and as found in the SDB as suggestive the same has been
analysed .

7 All rates for concreting work are inclusive of necessary Formwork as per section 900 of the
specification for Rural Roads.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 190 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 14 : Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

14.1 1300 Providing and laying of apron with cement concrete blocks
of size as per Table 1300.1 cast-in-situ and made with
nominal mix of M-15 grade cement concrete as per
drawing and MoRD technical specification Clause 1301(rate
includes preparation of bed, nominal surface re-
inforcement and filling of granular material in recesses
between blocks).

a) Concrete grade M 15 cum

14.2 1300 Single bamboo palasiding/walling of whole 2nd class

bamboo (Jati or Bethua) 65 to 75 mm dia and closely
packed & driven @ 150 mm c/c including fitting fixing with
half bamboo kamis horizontally in three rows with cane or
tying with wire complete and struts 1.5 m apart
longitudinally and providing bitumen drum sheet walling
fixed with nails as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification Clause 1302.5.

A) Driven at least 900 mm below ground and 1200

mm above ground on average m

B) Driven at least 900 mm below ground and 900 mm

above ground on average m

14.3 1300 Providing and laying flooring laid over cement concrete
bedding complete as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification Clause 1303.

I. Cement concrete blocks cast in situ grade M15 (size

400 mm x 400 mm x 150 mm) over cement
concrete (with M10) bedding of 150 mm thick sqm

II. Brick on edge laid in cement mortar 1:3 cum

14.4 1300 Providing and laying curtain walls complete as per drawing
and MoRD technical specification Clause 1304.

Unit = cum

I. Brick masonry in cement mortar(1:4)

(Rate same as per item 12.I(II))

III. Cement concrete grade M10

(Rate same as per item 11.4 I (i))

Note : 1 Other items like excavation for foundation, filling

behind wall, filter media, weep holes, etc. shall be
added separately as per approved design.

14.5 1300 Construction of toe walls for protection of slopes as per

Drawing and MoRD technical specifications Clause 1302.5
(including centering, shuttering staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement)

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 191 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 14 : Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

I. Brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4 in case of brick

pitching cum

II. Cement concrete grade M 10 in case of concrete

block pitching

(i) Nominal mix 1:3:6 cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:3:6 (Hand mixing) cum

14.6 1300 Single bamboo spur and palasiding of whole 2nd class
bamboo (Jati or Bethua) 65 mm to 75 mm dia @ 150 mm
c/c and closely packed & driven including fitting fixing with
half bamboo kamis horizontally in three rows with cane or
tying wire complete and struts 1500 mm apart
longitudinally and providing brush wood as per drawing
and technical specification Clause 1302.5.

Note : This item may be used for spur only

A) Driven at least 900 mm below ground and 1800

mm above ground on average m

B) Driven at least 900 mm below ground and 900 mm

above ground on average m

14.7 Suggesti Single bamboo spur and palasiding of whole 1st class
ve
bamboo (Bholuka or Barua or barak) 85 mm to 100 mm
dia and closely packed & driven @ 150 mm c/c including
fitting, fixing with half 2nd class bamboo (Jati or Bethua)
horizontally in three rows with cane or tying wire complete
and struts 1500 mm apart longitudinally and providing
brush wood as per drawings and technical specifications.

A) Driven at least 900 mm below ground and 1800

mm above ground m

B) Driven at least 900 mm below ground and 900 mm

above ground on average m

C) Driven at least 600 mm below ground and 1200

mm above ground on average m

14.8 Suggesti Bamboo spur 'A' type with whole bamboo placed 230 mm
ve
centre to centre driven 900 mm below ground and 1200
mm to 1500 mm above ground tied with 2nd class bamboo
(Jati or Bethua) on either side at 450 mm apart horizontally
with galvanished wire etc. complete as per drawings and
technical specifications.

A) 2nd class bamboo (Jati or Bethua) 65 mm to 75

mm dia m

B) 1st class bamboo (Bholuka or Barua) 85 mm to 100

mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 192 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 14 : Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

14.9 Suggesti Providing 'A' type single spur with 1st class bamboo
ve
(Bholuka or Barua) 85 mm to 100 mm dia closely placed
230 mm centre to centre, driven 1200 mm to 1500 mm
below ground and 3 m to 4 m above ground and tied with
cane or coir string, half 2nd class bamboo (Jati or Bethua)
horizontally on both face placed not more than one metre
apart and 2 nos. of purlin at top and bottom fitted with
vertical struts at 1500 mm apart and filling with brushwood
or jungle wood inside the spur complete as per drawing
m
and technical specifications.

14.10 1300 Providing close bamboo toe walling consisting of 65 mm to

75 mm diameter bamboos driven 900 mm below ground
and 900 mm above ground at 150 mm C/C and provided
with three horizontal split bamboo runner fixed with nails.
All bamboos to be duly protected by coal tar painting.
m

14.11 Suggestive
Double timber spur with two rows at 800 mm c/c apart of
1st class local wood piles with timber of Sal/ Nahar/
Nageswar wood piles of 150 mm dia placed at 400 mm
centre to centre, driven 2000 mm minimum below ground
and 3600 mm above ground average and placing and fixing
bracings etc. of 100 mm x 75 mm size 1st class local wood
longitudinally & crosswise at 800 mm apart, at ends fitted
with 10 mm dia bolts and nuts etc. including coaltarring of
timber members and cost of necessary bamboo staging
etc. as directed by the Engineer as per drawing and
m
technical specifications.

14.12 Suggestive
Supplying and filling up hollows of the timber spur to an
average height of 3600 mm above ground with jungle
wood branches as per drawing and technical specifications
as directed by the Engineer. m

ADDITIONAL ITEMS BY USING JHAMA BRICK AGGREGATE ( i.e. LOCALLY

AVAILABLE MATERIALS)

14.13 1300 Providing and laying of apron with cement concrete blocks
of size as per Table 1300.1 cast-in-situ and made with
nominal mix of M-15 grade cement concrete (using jhama
brick aggregate)as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification Clause 1301 (rate includes preparation of bed,
nominal surface re-inforcement and filling of granular
material in recesses between blocks). cum

14.14 1300 Providing and laying flooring laid over cement concrete
bedding complete as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification Clause 1303.

I. Cement concrete blocks cast in situ grade M15 (size

400 mm x 400 mm x 150 mm) over cement
concrete (with M10, using jhama brick aggregate)
bedding of 150 mm thick sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 193 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 14 : Protection Works
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

14.15 1300 Providing and laying curtain walls complete as per drawing
and MoRD technical specification Clause 1304.

I. Brick masonry in cement mortar (1:4) m

(as per drawing given in the Analysis of Rates)

II. PCC grade M10 with jhama brick aggregate

(including centering, shuttering staging etc. and
reinforcement) m
(as per drawing given in the Analysis of Rates)

14.16 1300 Construction of toe walls for protection of slopes as per

Drawing and MoRD technical specifications Clause 1302.5
(including centering, shuttering staging etc. but excluding
reinforcement)

I. Cement concrete grade M 10 (using jhama brick

aggregate) in case of concrete block pitching

(i) Nominal mix 1:3:6 cum

(ii) Nominal mix 1:3:6 (Hand mixing) cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 194 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 14 : Protection Works

381 Floor level

300
floor bottom

For U/s
B/W 1:4
For D/s
A

PCC M10 150

1200

Drawing of Curtain Wall for Item No. 14.15.I of Chapter - 14

300 Floor level

300
floor bottom

6 mm stirrups TMT @ 200 C/c

PCC M10

6 mm TMT @ 250 C/c

A For U/s
For D/s

150

1200

Drawing of Curtain Wall for Item No. 14.15.II of Chapter - 14

Note : 1 All Dimensions are in mm

2 Not to scale.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 195 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 15

Maintenance of Roads

(a) Preamble

1. In the case of rain cuts, it has been assumed that some material cut by rain, approximately 25
percent will be available at site which can be retrieved and re-used and the balance 75 percent is
required to be provided as fresh material.

2. For making up earthen shoulders, it has been assumed that on an average 150 mm filling will be
required. Similarly, for striping of excess soil from shoulder, an average depth of 75 mm has been
assumed.

3. Pothole repairs and patchwork are provided to be done by using Mixall 6/10 M.T.

4. In case of maintenance of Gravel and W.B.M. surfaces, it has been assumed that 25 percent
material will be available at site, which can be retrieved and re-used and the balance 75 percent is
required to be provided as fresh material.

5. The items of periodical renewal by premix carpet and surface coating have also been included in the
rate analysis for guidance of field Engineers. The detailed analysis of various items of bituminous
works is given in Chapter 5 and rates can be taken from there as appropriate. Additional provision
of patch repair and profile correction varying from 10 percent to 30 percent of the material of
premix carpet surface dressing may be made in the estimate of periodical renewal.

6. Maintenance of Gravel and WBM Road is not considered.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 196 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 15 : Maintenance of Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

15.1 1900 Restoration of Rain Cuts

Restoration of rain cuts with soil , moorum gravel or a

mixture of these, clearing the loose soil, benching for 300
mm width laying fresh material in layers not exeeding 250
mm and compaction with plate compactor or power
rammer to restore the original alignment, level and slopes
as per drawings and MoRD technical specification Clause
1902.

A. Manual Means cum

B. Mechanical Means cum

Note : Only 75% of fresh material has been provided as

25% can be retrieved from site i.e. soil flown
down the slope in the form of slurry and deposited
at the foot of rain cuts.

15.2 1900 1 Maintenance of Earthen shoulder (filling with fresh

selected soil)

Making up loss of material/ irregularities on

shoulders to the design level by adding fresh
approved selected soil and compacting it with
appropriate equipment at OMC upto a lead of 1000
m as per MoRD technical specification Clause 1903. sqm

2 Maintenance of Earthen shoulder (Stripping of

excess soil)

Stripping excess soil from the shoulder surface to

achieve the approved level and compacting with
plate compactor at OMC as per drawing and MoRD
technical specification Clause 1903. sqm

15.3 1900, Maintenance of bituminous surface road

500
I. Repair to pot holes by removal of failed material,
trimming the sides to vertical and levelling the
bottom, cleaning the same with compressed air or
any appropriate method, filled with 75 mm B.M,
after applying bitumen emulsion prime coat at the
bottom and bitumen emulsion tack coat on sides
and on bottom as per MoRD technical specification
Clauses 1900, 502, 503 and 504. cum

II. Patch repair on already filled pot holes with 75 mm

BM with 20 mm premix carpet and seal coat type A
as per drawing and MoRD technical specification
Clauses 1904.2, 508 and 510. sqm

III. Repair to pot holes and removal of loose material,

trimming of sides , cleaning of surface , providing
tack coat , 20 mm thick premix carpet and seal coat
type B as per drawing and MoRD technical
specification clauses 1904.2, 503 and 508.1. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 197 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 15 : Maintenance of Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

IV. Repair to pot holes and removal of loose material,

trimming of sides, cleaning of surface, providing
tack coat with bitumen emulsion, 20 mm thick
premix carpet using cationic bitumen emulsion and
seal coat type B with bitumen emulsion as per
MoRD technical specification clauses 1904.2, 503
and 508.2. sqm

15.4 1900 Maintenance of Drains

The maintenance of drains include erosion, repair, clearing,

cleaning, reshaping, regrading, deepening of side drains as
well as catch water drains as per MoRD technical
specification Clause 1907. m

15.5 1900 (I) Maintenance of Culverts Hume pipe type

Maintenance of Hume pipe Culvert by way of

clearing, cleaning, erosion repair, repairs to cracks,
parapet wall and protection work as per drawing
and MoRD technical specification Clause 1908. Each

(II) Maintenance of Culverts Slab Type

Maintenance of Slab Type Culverts by way of

clearing, cleaning, erosion repair, repairs to cracks,
parapet wall and protection work as per drawing
and MoRD technical specification 1908. Each

15.6 1900 Maintenance of Road Signs

Maintenance of road signs by way of cleaning and

repainting of mandatory/ regulatory/ cautionary/
informatory and place identification sign board as per
drawings and MoRD technical specification Clause 1910. per km

15.7 1900 Maintenance of Steel and RCC Railing

(i) Repair of steel railing to bring it to original shape,

cleaning and repainting as per drawing and MoRD
technical specification Clause 1911. m

(ii) Repair of RCC railing to bring it to the original

shape, cleaning and repainting as per drawings and
MoRD technical Specification Clause 1911. m

15.8 1900 Maintenance of 200 metre and km stones

Maintenance of 200 metre and km stone by way of refixing

of tilted stones repairing with cement mortar, cleaning,
repairing and lettering on 200 metre, km stone and 5th km
stone as per drawing and MoRD technical specification
Clause 1912. per km

15.9 1900 Cutting of Branches of Trees Shrubs and Trimming of Grass

and Weeds

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 198 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 15 : Maintenance of Roads
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(i) Cutting of branches of trees and shrubs from the

roadway or within R.O.W including disposal of wood
and leaves to suitable location as per MoRD
technical specification Clause 1914. per tree

(ii) Cutting of shrubs from the roadway or within R.O.W

and disposal of shrubs to suitable locations as per
MoRD technical specification Clause 1914. Each

(iii) Trimming of grass and weeds from the

shoulders/berms and disposing off the same to
suitable location as per MoRD technical specification
Clause 1914. sqm

15.10 1900 White Washing of Parapet Walls of CD Work and Tree

Truncks

White washing two coats on parapet walls and tree trunks

including preparation of surface by cleaning scraping etc.
as per MoRD technical specification Clause 1915. sqm

15.11 1900, Periodical Renewal to Existing Bituminous Surface

500
1 Open Graded Premix Carpet 20 mm Thick

Unit = sqm

(i) Tack coat

With Bitumen Emulsion grade RS-1

Rate as per item No. 5.2 (ii) sqm

(ii)
Premix Carpet using bituminous (Viscosity
grade-modified bitumen) binder
Rate as per item No. 5.8 sqm

as relevent

Or

(iii) Premix Carpet using Bitumen Emulsion

Rate as per item No. 5.9 sqm

(iv) Seal coat Type A or B or C or D

Rate as per item No. 5.11 sqm

2 Surface dressing single coat/first coat or 2nd coat

Rate as per item No. 5.5 sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 199 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 16

Pile Foundation & Well Foundation for Bridge

(a) Preamble

1. The rate analysis has been based specifications of the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways.

2. The unit rate of materials, labour, and the hire charges of plant and machinaries has been
considered as per the local market rates.

3. Loading, unloading & Carriage rate of the materials will be added to these rates as applicable for
each link road while preparing the the cost estimate of DPR.

4. Sand can be either coarse or fine as required/ available. Here, provision of fine sand is considered
only due to non-availability of coarse sand in Tripura. However, if design of concrete dictates for use
of coarse sand, then separate analysis may be taken as per site condition.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 200 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 16 : Pile Foundation & Well Foundation for Bridge
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRT&H Description Unit
Spec.

16.1 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ piles 1200 mm dia, M-25 grade RCC pile
1200, excluding reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical
1500, specification and removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead
1700 upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause 1100, 1200,
1500, 1700. Metre

16.2 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ piles 1000 mm dia, M-25 grade RCC pile
1200, excluding reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical
1500, specification and removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead
1700 upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause 1100, 1200,
1500, 1700. Metre

16.3 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ piles 750 mm dia, M-25 grade RCC pile
1200, excluding reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical
1500, specification and removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead
1700 upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause 1100, 1200, Metre
1500, 1700.

16.4 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ piles 600 mm dia, M-25 grade RCC pile
1200, excluding reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical
1500, specification and removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead
1700 upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause 1100, 1200, Metre
1500, 1700.

16.5 1100, Bored Cast-in-Situ piles 500 mm dia, M-25 grade RCC pile
1200, excluding reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical
1500, specification and removal of excavated earth with all lifts and lead
1700 upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause 1100, 1200, Metre
1500, 1700.

16.6 1200, Providing and laying RCC with M-25 grade concrete in Well Curb
1500, including cost of centering & shuttering, but excluding cost of
1700 reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical specification
with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification
clause 1200, 1500, 1700. cum

16.7 1200, Providing and laying RCC with M-20 grade concrete in Well
1500, Steining including cost of centering & shuttering, but excluding
1700 cost of reinforcement complete as per drawing and technical
specification with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H
specification clause 1200, 1500, 1700. cum

16.8 1200, Providing and laying cast-in-situ PCC with M-20 grade concrete
1500, with 10% extra cement in bottom plug of well with minimum
1700 cement content 363 kg/m3 as per drawing and technical
specification with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H
specification clause 1200, 1500, 1700. cum

16.9 1200, Providing and laying cast-in-situ PCC with M-20 grade concrete in
1500, top plug of well as per drawing and technical specification with
1700 all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause
1200, 1500, 1700. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 201 of 251

 For ODRs and Rural Roads
Chapter - 16 : Pile Foundation & Well Foundation for Bridge
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRT&H Description Unit
Spec.

16.10 1200, Providing and laying RCC with M-25 grade concrete in well cap
1500, including the cost of centering & shuttering but excluding the cost
1700 of reinforcement as per drawing and technical specification with
all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause
1200, 1500, 1700. cum

16.11 1200 Sinking of wells of circular shape in all kinds of soil with or
without water by all methods, other than pneumatic sinking
including construction of cofferdams, wherever necessary
including dressing for laying the well curbs, removal of
underground snags, if any, such as logs, isolated boulders etc.
encountered during sinking including use of Kentledge including
supports, loading and unloading of weight etc.as per drawing and
technical specification and removal of earths etc. with all lifts and
lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H specification clause 1200.

May be taken from the relevant items of chapter - 12 for Highways and MDRs.

16.12 1200, Supplying, fabricating and placing in position MS cutting edge of

1600, well curbs consisting of MS flats, plates, angles etc. complete
1700, including the cost of nuts and bolts as per drawing and technical
1900 specification with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m as per MoRT&H
specification clause 1200, 1600, 1700, 1900. Tonne

16.13 2,600 Supplying and installing strip seal type Elastomeric expansion
joint of approved design and make as per drawing and technical
specification clause 2600 of MoRT&H with all lifts and lead upto
1000 m. Metre

16.14 2,000 Supplying, fitting & fixing in position true to line & level
elastomeric bearing conforming to IRC : 83 (Part-II) Section IX
complete including all accessories with additional steel fixtures as
per drawings & MoRT&H technical specification clause 2000 with
all lifts and lead upto 1000 m. cucm

Note : Initial and Routine load test and Lateral load tests for piles may be done
with the items available in the Chapter - 12 of the Highways & MDRs.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 202 of 251

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 203 of 251
 Miscellaneous - 1

Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads,Timber Bridges, River training works.

(a) Preamble

1 Quantities of materials provided are approximate and are meant for the purpose of estimating only.

2 While providing the rates of items in the cost estimete of DPR, detailed local enqueries should be
made keeping in view the location of place of availability of the materials and leads involved.

3 Specifications for the miscellaneous items of this chapter are incorporated in the SOR.

4 Carriage of factory made interlocking blocks/ kerbstones are payable seperately as per Chapter of
carriage of material (item no. 1.8 and 1.10 of MoRD) .

4 The rates for sub-grade/sub-base/ base course if required for laying interlocking blocks may be
taken separately from respective Chapters.

5 For all types of all weather instant patch repair cold readymix compound, respective manufacturer's
specification/ direction shall also to be followed during execution of work.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 204 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

M.1.1 202 Dismantling of Brick soling

Dismantling of brick soling, stacking serviceable materials

and unserviceable materials separately with all lifts and
upto a lead of 1000 m as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 202.

( I ) By Manual Means cum

( II ) By Mechanical Means cum

M.1.2 202 Dismantling of Brick soling

Dismantling of brick soling, stacking serviceable materials

and unserviceable materials separately with all lifts and
upto a lead of 500 m by manual means as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 202. cum

M.1.3 412 Charges for Brick soling

i. Laying brick soling on prepared subgrade with brick

on edge (excluding the cost of bricks but including
the cost of binding materials) according to lines,
grades and cross-section shown on the drawing,
filling joints with sand , watering and rolling the
same with three wheeled road roller 80-100 kN as
per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 412.
sqm

ii. Laying flat brick soling on prepared subgrade

(excluding the cost of bricks but including the cost
of binding materials) according to lines, grades and
cross-section shown on the drawing, filling joints
with Earth, free from clay with a Plasticity Index not
exceeding 6, watering and rolling the same with
three wheeled road roller 80-100 kN as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 412. sqm

iii. Laying brick edging on prepared subgrade

(excluding the cost of bricks but including the cost
of binding materials) according to lines, grades and
cross-section shown on the drawing, filling joints
with Earth, free from clay with a Plasticity Index not
exceeding 6, watering and rolling the same with
three wheeled road roller 80-100 kN as per MoRD
Technical Specification Clause 412. m

iv. Laying brick edging laid lengthwise on prepared

subgrade (excluding the cost of bricks but including
the cost of binding materials) according to lines,
grades and cross-section shown on the drawing,
filling joints with Earth, free from clay with a
Plasticity Index not exceeding 6, watering and
rolling the same with three wheeled road roller 80-
100 kN as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
m
412.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 205 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

M-1.4 Labour charge for Breaking of jhama bats/ jhama bricks/

1st class bricks.

Breaking of jhama bats/ jhama bricks /1st class bricks

(including bigger lumps) into metal/chips /aggregates and
stacking serviceable materials and unserviceable materials
separately as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge with
all lifts and upto a lead of 100 m.

i. Required sizes for filter media as per MoRD

Technical Specification Clause 1204.3.8. cum

ii. Required sizes for GSB (53 mm to 0.075 mm) as

per MoRD Technical Specification Clause 401. cum

iii. Required sizes for WBM Grading 2 (63 mm to 0.075

mm) as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
405. cum

iv. Required sizes for WBM Grading 3 (53 mm to 0.075

mm) as per MoRD Technical Specification Clause
405. cum

M-1.5 401 Charge for construction of Granular Sub-base

Charge for Construction of granular sub-base by providing
well graded material (53 mm to 0.075 mm Jhama Brick
Aggregate , Grading-I), spreading in uniform layers with
tractor with attachments on prepared surface, mixing by
mix in place method at OMC, applying and brooming sand
to fill up the interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and
compacting with smooth wheel roller to achieve the desired
density, complete as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 401. (excluding the cost of jhama aggregate which
are available at site only).

(i) For Grading - I Material

(A) By Mix in Place Method cum

M-1.6 405 Charge for construction of Water Bound Macadam Sub-

Base / Base

1) WBM Grading 2
Charge for laying, spreading and compacting 63 mm to
0.075 mm jhama brick aggregates to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in uniform
thickness, hand packing rolling with three wheel roller 80-
100 KN in stages to proper grade and camber, applying
and brooming binding materials to fill up the interstices of
coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required
density Grading 2 as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 405. (excluding the cost of jhama aggregate which
are available at site only).

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 206 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

2) WBM Grading 3
Labour charge for laying, spreading and compacting 53
mm to 0.075 mm jhama brick aggregates to water bound
macadam specification including spreading in uniform
thickness, hand packing rolling with three wheel roller 80-
100 KN in stages to proper grade and camber, applying
and brooming, binding materials to fill up the interstices of
coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required
density Grading 3 as per MoRD Technical Specification
Clause 405. (excluding the cost of jhama aggregate which
are available at site only).

(A) By Manual Means cum

(B) By Mechanical Means cum

M-1.7 515 of Mastic asphalt wearing course

MoRTH
Providing and laying mastic asphalt wearing course with
paving grade bitumen (IS 73 : 2013), meeting the
requirements given in table 500.29, prepared by using
mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope after
cleaning the surface, including providing antiskid surface
with bitumen precoated finegrained hard stone chipping
13.2 mm nominal size at the rate of 0.005 cum per sqm
and at an approximate spacing of 10 cm center to center in
both directions, pressed into surface when the temperature
of the surfaces is not less than 100˚ C, protruding 1 mm to
4 mm over mastic surface, all complete as per MoRT&H
Technical Specification Clause 515.

i. 25 mm thick sqm

ii. 40 mm thick sqm

iii. 50 mm thick sqm

M-1.8 Sanding

Applying local sands to areas of road where bleeding of

excess bitumen has occurred as per specification
incorporated in this SOR. sqm

M-1.9 1100 Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3 as per design
in single Row
Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP3 for culverts on
first class bedding of granular material in single row
including fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding
cost of pipes (available at site), excavation, protection
works, backfilling, concrete and masonry works in head
walls and parapets as per MoRD Technical specification
Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 1000 mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 207 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(C) 750 mm dia m

(D) 600 mm dia m

M-1.10 1100 Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP3 as per design
in Double Row

Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP3 for culverts on

first class bedding of granular material in Double row
including fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding
cost of pipes (available at site), excavation, protection
works, backfilling, concrete and masonry works in head
walls and parapets as per MoRD Technical specification
Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 1000 mm dia m

(C) 750 mm dia m

(D) 600 mm dia m

M-1.11 1100 Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP2 as per design
in single Row

Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP2 for culverts on

first class bedding of granular material in single row
including fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding
cost of pipes (available at site), excavation, protection
works, backfilling, concrete and masonry works in head
walls and parapets as per MoRD Technical specification
Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

(B) 900 mm dia m

(C) 600 mm dia m

(D) 450 mm dia m

(E) 300 mm dia m

M-1.12 1100 Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Pipe NP2 as per design
in Double Row

Laying reinforced cement concrete pipe NP2 for culverts on

first class bedding of granular material in Double row
including fixing collar with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding
cost of pipes (available at site), excavation, protection
works, backfilling, concrete and masonry works in head
walls and parapets as per MoRD Technical specification
Clause 1106.

(A) 1200 mm dia m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 208 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.

(B) 900 mm dia m

(C) 600 mm dia m

(D) 450 mm dia m

(E) 300 mm dia m

M-1.13 1900, Maintenance of bituminous surface road using Jhama brick

500 aggregate

Repair to pot holes by removal of failed material, trimming the

sides to vertical and levelling the bottom, cleaning the same with
compressed air or any appropriate method, filled with B.M (using
jhama brick aggregate & bitumen of VG-30), after applying prime
coat at the bottom and tack coat on sides and on bottom (using
bitumen emulsion) and compacting, trimming & finishing the
surface to form a smooth continuous surface, all as per MoRD
technical specification Clauses 1900, 502, 503 and 504.
cum

M-1.14 511 Seal coat on old bituminous road surface

Sand seal coat on old bituminous road surface by applying

Viscosity Graded (VG-30) bitumen @ 1.00 kg per sqm using
rubber brush after proper cleaning of the road surface and
spreading of river sand @0.06 cum/10 sqm complete as per
specification and direction of the Engg.-in-Charge. sqm

M-1.15 1900, Patch repairing/ Maintenance of bituminous surface road using

500 Jhama brick aggregate & Viscosity Graded bitumen (VG-30)

Repairing pot-holes and making up small depressions with

ramming or power rolling after removal/ disposal of disintegrated
materials within a lead of 50 m, cutting pot holes to regular
shapes with vertical edges and levelling the bottom, cleaning the
same with compressed air or any other appropriate method
including screening, cleaning of aggregates; and filling up with
with jhama chips using bitumen of VG-30 @ 54 kg per m3 of
loose volume of jhama brick chips, after applying tack coat of
bitumen on sides and bottom @ 0.75 kg/ sqm and finishing the
top of repaired surface levelled with adjoining area in proper
grade and camber including spreading of sand @ 0.006 cum/ sqm
of prepared road surface as per direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge and all as per MoRD technical specification Clauses 1900,
502, 503 and 504. cum

Note:-
1. Deduct from the full item rate if only
bitumen is issued at free of cost by the department.

2. Deduct from the full item rate if only

jhama chips are issued at free of cost by the department.

M-1.16 511 Labour charge for Seal coat on old bituminous road surface

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 209 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.
Labour charge for Sand seal coat on old bituminous road surface
by applying Viscosity Graded (VG-30) bitumen @ 1.00 kg per sqm
using rubber brush after proper cleaning of the road surface and
spreading of river sand @0.06 cum/10 sqm complete as per
specification and direction of the Engg.-in-Charge. (bitumen to be
issued at free of cost by the department)
sqm

M-1.17 502 & Tack coat using hot straight run bitumen of grade VG-30 on
503 W.B.M.

Providing and applying tack coat using hot straight run bitumen of
grade VG-30, including heating the bitumen, spraying the
bitumen, cleaning and preparing the existing road surface as per
specifications: On W.B.M. @ 0.75 kg/ sqm. sqm

M-1.18 502 & Tack coat using hot straight run bitumen of grade VG-30 on
503 bituminous surface

Providing and applying tack coat using hot straight run bitumen of
grade VG-30, including heating the bitumen, spraying the
bitumen, cleaning and preparing the existing road surface as per
specifications: On bituminous surface @ 0.50 Kg/ Sqm.
sqm

M-1.19 Providing and laying factory made kerb stone

Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb

stone of M-25 grade cement concrete inposition to the required
line, level and curvature jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 sand), including making joints with or without
grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to
more than 5 mm), including making drainage opening wherever
required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge
(length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment).
(Precast c.c. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-
Charge). cum

M-1.20 Taking out existing CC interlocking paver blocks

Taking out existing CC interlocking paver blocks from footpath/

central verge, including removal of rubbish etc., disposal of
unserviceable material to the dumping ground, for which payment
shall be made separately and stacking of serviceable material
within 50 metre lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
sqm

M-1.21 Laying old cement concrete interlocking paver blocks

Laying old cement concrete interlocking paver blocks of any

design/shape laid in required line, level, curvature, colour and
pattern over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of coarse
sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc. all complete as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Old cc paver blocks shall be
supplied by the department free of cost). sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 210 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.
M-1.22 1500 60 mm thick factory made c.c interlocking paver block of M -30
Grade

Providing and laying 60 mm thick factory made cement concrete

interlocking paver block of M-30 grade made by block making
machine with strong vibratory compaction, of approved size,
design & shape, laid in required colour and pattern over and
including 50 mm thick compacted bed of sand, filling the joints
with fine sand etc. all complete as per specification and approval/
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. sqm

M-1.23 1500 60 mm thick factory made c.c. interlocking paver block of M-35
Grade
Providing and laying factory made coloured chamfered edge
Cement Concrete paver blocks of required strength, thickness &
size/ shape, made by table vibratory method using PU mould, laid
in required colour & pattern over 50 mm thick compacted bed of
sand, compacting and proper embedding/laying of inter locking
paver blocks into the sand bedding layer through vibratory
compaction by using plate vibrator, filling the joints with fine sand
and cutting of paver blocks as per required size and pattern,
finishing and sweeping extra sand in footpath, parks, lawns, drive
ways or light traffic parking etc. complete as per specifications &
approval/ direction of Engineer-in-Charge.

(a) 60 mm thick c.c. paver block of M-35 grade with approved

colour, design and pattern. sqm

M-1.24 1500 80 mm thick factory made c.c. interlocking paver block of M-35
Grade

Providing and laying factory made chamfered edge Cement

Concrete paver blocks of required strength, thickness & size/
shape, made by table vibratory method to attain superior smooth
finish using PU or equivalent moulds, laid in required grey colour
& pattern over 50 mm thick compacted bed of sand, compacting
and proper embedding/ laying of inter locking paver blocks into
the sand bedding layer through vibratory compaction by using
plate vibrator, filling the joints with fine sand and cutting of paver
blocks as per required size and pattern, finishing and sweeping
extra sand in footpath, parks, lawns, drive ways or light traffic
parking etc. all complete as per specifications & approval/
direction of the Engineer -in-Charge:

(a) 80 mm thick c.c. paver block of M-35 grade with approved

colour, design and pattern. sqm

M-1.25 1500 Cement concrete 1:2:4 in pavements, laid to required slope and
camber in panels

Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 sand : 4 graded stone

aggregate 40 mm nominal size) in pavements, laid to required
slope and camber in panels as required including consolidation
finishing and tamping complete as per direction of the of the
Engineer-in-Charge. cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 211 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.
M-1.26 510 of Providing, laying and rolling of open - graded premix surfacing of
MoRT&H
25 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm aggregates
/ 508 of
MoRD
using modified bitumen to required line, grade and level to serve
as wearing course on a previously prepared base, including
mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a smooth
wheeled roller 8-10 tonne capacity, finished to required level and
grades as per Technical Specification and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.

(i) With Refinery Modified Bitumen CRMB 55 conforming to IRC: SP:

53-1999 sqm

(ii) With Polymer Modified Bitumen PMB - 70 sqm

M-1.27 510 of Providing, laying and rolling of open - graded premix surfacing of
MoRT&H
20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm aggregates
/ 508 of
MoRD
using modified bitumen to required line, grade and level to serve
as wearing course on a previously prepared base, including
mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a smooth
wheeled roller 8-10 tonne capacity, finished to required level and
grades as per Technical Specification and as directed by the
Engineerin-Charge.

(i) With Refinery Modified Bitumen CRMB 55 conforming to IRC: SP:

53-1999 sqm

(ii) With Polymer Modified Bitumen PMB - 70 sqm

M-1.28 Road Stud with Lense Reflector

804 of Providing and fixing reflective road studs of size 100 x 20 mm

MoRT&H
made of ASA (Acrylic styrene Acryloretrite) or HIPS (High impact
polystyrene) or ABS (Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) or any other
suitable material approved by the engineer having electronically
welded micro-prismatic lens with abrasion resistant coating. The
glow stud shall support a load of 13.635 tonne tested in
accordance with ASTM D 4280. The slope of retro-reflective
surface shall be 35 (± 5) degrees to base. The reflective panel
should conform to ASTM D 788. The area of each retro-reflecting
surface shall not be less than 13 sqcm. The luminance intensity
should be as per the specification and shall be tested as described
in ASTM I : 809 as recommended in BS: 873 part 4 : 1973. The
studs shall be fixed to the Road surface in accordance with
technical specification clause no. 804.7.2 using the adhesive
conforming to IS or as per procedure recommended by the
manufacturer complete and as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge and in field performance as per technical specification
nos
clause no. 804.7.3.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 212 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.
M-1.29 Solar Powered Road Markers (Solar studs)

804 of Providing and fixing Solar Powered Road Markers (Solar studs) of
MoRT&H
specified size to meet the requirement of technical specification
clause 804.6 made of aluminium alloy and poly carbonate
material which shall be absolutely weather resistant and shall
support a load of 13.635 tonne tested in accordance with ASTM D
4280, of appropriate color & water resistant to meet the
requirement of IP 65 in accordance with IS: 12063:1987 category
2 for protection against water ingress. It shall have super bright
LEDs of flashing rate not less than 1Hz having a life of not less
than three years. The slope of retro-reflective surface shall be 35
(± 5) degrees to base. The studs shall be fixed to the Road
surface in accordance with technical specification clause no.
804.7.2 using the adhesive conforming to IS or as per procedure
recommended by the manufacturer complete and as per direction
of Engineer-in-Charge and in field performance as per technical
nos
specification clause no. 804.7.3.

M-1.30 806 Delineators made of ABS

Providing and fixing post delineators made of ABS round body

fitted with 2 nos 100 mm dia high reflective reflectors and
mounted on MS pipe of 65 mm dia duly powder coated anti-rust
and anti theft steel to be installed as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge. nos

M-1.31 Mending Potholes and depressions by stitching picked jhama

bricks with one brick-on-edge laid in herring bone pattern and
including necessary cushion of sand below the soling (and in
between layers) including cutting the pothole area to rectangular
shape with vertical edges, removing all loose materials, finishing
the surface to match with adjacent areas complete as per
direction of the of the Engineer-in-Charge.

(a) One brick-on-edge laid in herring bone pattern on a layer of

flat brick (thickness 75 mm plus 125 mm) sqm

(b) One brick-on-edge laid in herring bone pattern (thickness 125

mm) sqm

M-1.32 303.5.2 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller
of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of
22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and consolidating with road
roller including making good the undulations etc. and re-rolling
the sub grade and disposal of surplus earth with lead upto 50
metres as per direction of the of the Engineer-in-Charge.
100 sqm

M-1.33 600,700 Providing weep holes on brick masonry/ plain/ reinforced concrete
& 1200
wall with 90 mm dia uPVC pipe with ISI mark of approved/
reputed make extending through the full width of the structures
with slope of 1(V):20(H) towards drawing face including cutting,
fixing etc. complete as per drawing and direction of the Engineer-
in-Charge and technical specification. m

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 213 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. to
Sl. No. MoRD Description Unit
Spec.
M-1.34 600,700 Providing weep holes on brick masonry/ plain/ reinforced concrete
& 1200
wall with 75 mm dia uPVC pipe with ISI mark of approved/
reputed make extending through the full width of the structures
with slope of 1(V):20(H) towards drawing face including cutting,
fixing etc. complete as per drawing and direction of the Engineer-
in-Charge and technical specification. m

M-1.35 900, Repair to pot holes/ patch repair on all types of bituminous
502,
pavement by using All Weather Instant Patch Repair Cold
503, 504
and 3004
Readymix Compound (INSSTAPATTCH/ SHELMAC - PR/
SHALIPATCH or equivalent products accredited by IRC) within
specified shelf life including cleaning the existing portion of the
road to be repaired by appropriate method, disposal of all failed
material, compacting, etc. complete as per relevant technical
specification and as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
(irrespective of recorded premeasured area/ volume of pot holes
repaired, to be measured for payment in multiple packs of 25/ 50
kg net HDPE bags with inside LDPE liner actually supplied/
delivered & utilised) kg

M-1.36 900, Labour charge for repair to pot holes/ patch repair on all types of
502,
bituminous pavement by using All Weather Instant Patch Repair
503, 504
and 3004
Cold Readymix Compound (INSSTAPATTCH/ SHELMAC - PR/
SHALIPATCH or equivalent products accredited by IRC) including
cleaning the existing portion of the road to be repaired by
appropriate method, disposal of all failed material, compacting,
etc. complete as per relevant technical specification and as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (irrespective of recorded
premeasured area/ volume of pot holes repaired, to be measured
for payment in multiple packs of 25/ 50 kg net HDPE bags with
inside LDPE liner actually issued at free of cost by the department
& utilised) kg

M-1.37 402 Gravel / Soil - Aggregate Base ( Table 400.2 )

Construction of gravel / soil - aggregate base by providing well

graded material, spreading in uniform layers with Tractor mount
grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in place method with
Tractor mount rotavator at OMC, and compacting with three
wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller to achieve the desired density,
complete as per Technical Specification Clause 402.

(i) Grading A cum

(ii) Grading B cum

(iii) Grading C cum

M-1.38 402 Gravel / Soil - Aggregate Surface Course ( Table 400.3 )

Construction of gravel / soil - aggregate surface course by

providing well graded material, spreading in uniform layers with
Tractor mount grader on prepared surface, mixing by mix in place
method with Tractor mount rotavator at OMC, and compacting
with three wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller to achieve the desired
density, complete as per Technical Specification Clause 402.

cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 214 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. of
Spec./
Sl. No. Description Unit
IRC
Code
M-1.39 IRC:SP:9 40/50 mm compacted thickness with bitumen of grade VG-30 @
8-2013
5.5% percentage by weight of total mix) and lime filler @ 3%
(percentage by weight of Aggregate) and waste plastic additive @
8% (percentage by weight of bitumen) prepared in Batch Type
Hot Mix Plant of 100- 120 TPH capacity as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge. cum

M-1.40 Providing and fixing Solar Powered Road Delineator made of poly
carbonate cup of approximate 80 mm dia and 90 mm height and
mounted on MS pipe of 65 mm dia duly powder coated anti-rust
and anti theft steel to be installed as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge. each

M-1.41 Retro Reflective Tapes

Providing and fixing retro-relectorised warning signs of red, white,

yellow high quality retro-reflecting water proof sheeting tapes
(45mx72mm) in width of standard specification and direction of
the Engineer-in-charge. m

M-1.42 Flexible median Marker

Providing and Fixing of Flexible Median Markers as per IRC:79-

2019 which shall be made of combination of tough, high impact
resistant, injection-molded, thermoplastic body having overall
height, width and body thickness not less than 180 mm, 120 mm
and 6.5 mm respectively along with fluorescent yellow colour
retro-reflective sheeting of Type XI as per IRC:67-2012 on both
the faces with property of flexibility to provide high durability and
U shape structure having rebound / bounce back property. The
flexible Median Marker should have integrated shank having
depth of min 30 mm and a dia min 20 mm fixed by drilling a hole
on the kerb for the shanks to go inside, without nails and using
epoxy resin based adhesive complete as directed by the engineer
in charge. each

M-1.43 507 of Bituminous Concrete using Waste Plastic

New MoRTH
A. Providing and laying bituminous concrete with higher capacity
batch type hot mix plant using crushed aggregates of specified
grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ 5.20 percent of mix
including cement filler, transporting the hot mix plant to work
site, laying with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to
the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth
wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired
compaction as per MORT&H specification clause No. 507
complete in all respects and the bituminous mix be suitably
modified with waste plastic as per "Dry Process" including
collection of waste plastic, cleaning, shredding all complete as per
IRC:SP:98.

Grading I (For layer thickness 50 mm)

i. With Viscocity Graded Bitumen of VG-30 & Waste Plastic

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 215 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 1 : Miscellaneous Items for roads.
Ref. of
Spec./
Sl. No. Description Unit
IRC
Code
B. Providing and laying bituminous concrete with higher capacity
batch type hot mix plant using crushed aggregates of specified
grading, premixed with bituminous binder @ 5.40 percent of mix
including cement filler, transporting the hot mix plant to work
site, laying with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to
the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth
wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired
compaction as per MORT&H specification clause No. 507
complete in all respects and the bituminous mix be suitably
modified with waste plastic as per "Dry Process" including
collection of waste plastic, cleaning, shredding all complete as per
IRC:SP:98.

Grading II (For layer thickness 30 - 40 mm)

i. With Viscocity Graded Bitumen of VG-30 & Waste Plastic

M-1.44 Spring Posts or Reboundable Delineators 450 mm

New

Providing and fixing Spring Posts or Reboundable Delineators or

Tubular Marker made up of Polyurethane used to divide opposing
lanes of road users shall be flexible in nature. Tubular maker
having height upto 450 mm shall be having 75 mm reboundable
work zone retroreflective sheeting as per ASTM 4956 S2.
Application of Tubular Marker Shall be done as per IRC:SP:55. each

M-1.45 Spring Posts or Reboundable Delineators 700 mm

New

Providing and fixing Spring Posts or Reboundable Delineators or

Tubular Marker made up of Polyurethane used to divide opposing
lanes of road users shall be flexible in nature. Tubular maker
having height upto 700 mm shall be having 75 mm reboundable
work zone retroreflective sheeting as per ASTM 4956 S2.
Application of Tubular Marker Shall be done as per IRC:SP:55. each

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 216 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 2

Miscellaneous - 2 : Misc. items for Timber Bridges.

(a) Preamble

1 Quantities of materials provided are approximate and are meant for the purpose of estimating only.

2 While providing the rates of items in the cost estimete of DPR, detailed local enqueries should be
made keeping in view the location of place of availability of the materials and leads involved.

3 Specification for the items of this chapter is incorporated in the SOR.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 217 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 2 : Misc. items for Timber Bridges.
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

M-2.1 Providing of Sal/ Nahar/ Nageswar piles dressed to heart

wood and making shoes with end tappered upto 750 mm
from the bottom of the pile, marking of length with chisel
in metre and part of a metre run from the bottom of the
piles, applying coal tar after verification and approval of the
piles and stacking at the work site as per Specification.

i. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles metre

ii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles metre

M-2.2 Handling and driving of Sal / Nahar / Nageswar piles with

3/4th to 1.0 ton monkey upto refusal as per Specification.

i. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles metre

ii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles metre

M-2.3 Scarfing and jointing (half lap joint 1.00 m long) of Sal/
Nahar/ Nageswar piles of required dia with 3 Nos M.S.
circular clamps of made of 50 mm x 10 mm MS flat or plate
of required length, 2 nos. 100 mm x 100 mm x 10 mm MS
angle 1.50 m long tightened with 12 mm dia & 50 mm long
bolts and nuts for circular clamp and 3 Nos. 16 mm dia
bolts and nuts of required length with washers on both side
of the angles complete (payment for the length of piles
required for jointing is to be made separately) as per
drawing and as per Specification.

i. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles no

ii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles no

M-2.4 Cutting and jointing (butt joints) of Sal/ Nahar/ Nageswar

piles of required dia fitted with 400 mm long 32 mm dia MS
Dowel bar at centre of the pile, 4 nos. 100 mm x 100 mm x
10 mm MS angle 1.50 m long tightened with 6 x 2 Nos. 16
mm dia bolts and nuts of required length with washers on
both side of the angles complete as per drawing and as per
Specification

i. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles no

ii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles no

M-2.5 Providing and placing R.S. Joists in position in SPT bridges

including cutting, hoisting, making holes, fitting with 3 nos
of MS hooks of 16 mm dia on both side of the joists with
each beam, apllying priming coat of red lead paint as per
drawing and as per Specification. t

M-2.6 Charges for placing R.S. Joists in position in SPT bridges

including cutting, hoisting, making holes, fitting with 3 nos
of MS hooks of 16 mm dia on both side of the joists with
each beam, apllying priming coat of red lead paint as per
drawing and as per Specification (excluding the cost of the
RS Joist available at site).

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 218 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 2 : Misc. items for Timber Bridges.
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

i) For placing new RS joists t

ii) For placing old and dismantled RS joists t

M-2.7 Dismantling R.S. Joists from SPT Bridges and stacking

properly at site of work within 100 m lead with all lifts as
per drawing and as per Specification. t

M-2.8 Providing and fitting fixing of MS bolts with heads and nuts
of various dia and length including making of holes in
wooden members as per Specification. kg

M-2.9 Applying coal tar at least two coats on wood work including
handling and stacking the coal tarred material at the work
site as per Specification. sqm

M-2.10 Providing and fitting fixing of wooden beams including

hoisting and placing in position with necessary dog spikes/
nuts and bolts as per design and drawing, including
applying coal tar of minimum two coats on all sides of new
wood work complete as per the as per Specification.

A. Sal wood cum

B. Karai wood cum

M-2.11 Providing and fitting fixing of deckings, trackways, battens

and planks for abutments & wing walls including hoisting
and placing in position with necessary nails and spikes as
per design and drawings, including applying coal tar of
minimum two coats on all sides of new wood work
complete as per the Specification.

A. Sal wood cum

B. Karai wood cum

C. Soft wood cum

M-2.12 Providing and fitting fixing of joist runner, wheel guards,

rail post, struts, railings, bracings of piles, including
hoisting and placing in position with necessary nails and
spikes and finally fitted with nuts & bolts as per design and
drawings, including applying of coal tar of minimum two
coats on all sides of new wood work complete (payment for
nuts & bolts is to be made separately) as per the as per
Specification.

A. Sal wood cum

B. Karai wood cum

C. Soft wood cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 219 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 2 : Misc. items for Timber Bridges.
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

M-2.13 Dismantling of existing Wood work with all T&P and

scaffolding whenever necessary, sorting the dismantled
materials, disposal of unserviceable materials and stacking
the serviceable materials separately and refitting the
serviceable dismantled materials with spikes and nails with
all lifts and lead at site of work as per Specification. cum

M-2.14 Handling and liftng of Sal /Nahar /Nageswar piles by any

means from river/ cherra bed level, stacking properly, as
per Specification.

i. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles metre

ii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles metre

M-2.15 Making 12 mm dia holes in the RS joists at specified

spacing for fitting, fixing of wooden joist runner as per
Specification. no

M-2.16 Charges for fitting fixing of new timber beams, deckings,

trackways, battens and planks for abutments & wing walls,
joist runner, wheel guards, rail post, struts, railings,
bracings of piles, including hoisting and placing in position
with necessary nails and spikes and or nuts & bolts as per
design and drawings, including applying coal tar of
minimum two coats on all sides of new wood work
complete as per Specification (excluding the cost of new
timbers available at the site of work and the cost of nuts
and bolts which are to paid separately).

A. Sal wood cum

B. Karai wood cum

C. Soft wood cum

M-2.17 Charges for fitting fixing of old dismantled beams,

deckings, trackways, battens and planks for abutments &
wing walls, joist runner, wheel guards, rail post, struts,
railings, bracings of piles, including hoisting and placing in
position with necessary nails and spikes and or nuts & bolts
as per design and drawings, including applying coal tar of
minimum two coats on all sides of new wood work
complete as per the Specification (excluding the cost of
new timbers available at the site of work and the cost of
nuts and bolts which are to paid separately).

A. Sal wood cum

B. Karai wood cum

C. Soft wood cum

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 220 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 2 : Misc. items for Timber Bridges.
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

M-2.18
Providing of third class local wood piles dressed to heart
wood and making shoes with end tappered upto 750 mm
from the bottom of the pile, marking of length with chisel
in metre and part of a metre run from the bottom of the
piles, applying coal tar after verification and approval of the
piles and stacking at the work site as per Specification.

i. 300 mm dia to 350 mm dia piles metre

ii. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles metre

iii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles metre

M-2.19 Handling and driving of 3rd class local wood piles with 1/2
ton monkey upto refusal as per Specification.

i. 300 mm dia to 350 mm dia piles metre

ii. 250 mm dia to 300 mm dia piles metre

iii. 200 mm dia to 250 mm dia piles metre

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 221 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 3

Miscellaneous - 3 : Misc. items for Timber Bridges.

(a) Preamble

1 Quantities of materials provided are approximate and are meant for the purpose of estimating only.

2 While providing the rates of items in the cost estimete of DPR, detailed local enqueries should be
made keeping in view the location of place of availability of the materials and leads involved.

3 Specification for the items of this chapter is incorporated in the SOR.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 222 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 3 : Misc. items for river training works
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

M-3.1 Supplying bamboo (1st class) 85 mm to 100 mm dia and

making shoe with end tappered upto 300 mm from the
bottom of the bamboo as per drawing and specification. metre

M-3.2 Handling and driving bamboo (1st class) 85 mm to 100

mm dia upto the length required by heavy hammer as per
drawing and specification. metre

M-3.3 Providing and fitting, fixing bamboo (1st class) 85 mm to

100 mm dia for horizontal, diagonal bracing, strut etc. with
nails / spikes and binding wire (GI 2.00 mm) as per
drawing and specification. metre

M-3.4 Providing and fitting, fixing brush wood (Tetul, Sheora,

Mandar, etc.) tied with GI wire 2.00 mm well packed
complete as per drawing and specification. cum

M-3.5 Providing and fitting, fixing double layer split muli bamboo
tatti lining in position as per drawing and specification. sqm

M-3.6 Supplying ballies 100 mm dia well dressed and making

shoe with end tappered upto 300 mm from the bottom
including marking length and part of a metre as per
drawing and specification.

i) Sal Ballies metre

ii) 3rd class local wood Ballies metre

M-3.7 Handling and driving ballies of 100 mm dia upto the length
required by heavy hammer as per drawing and
specification. metre

M-3.8 Providing and fitting, fixing ballies of 100 mm dia for

horizontal, diagonal bracing, strut etc. with nails/ spikes
and binding wire (GI 2.0 mm) as per drawing and
specification.

i) Sal Ballies metre

ii) 3rd class local wood Ballies metre

M-3.9 Providing and placing gunny/ polythene (of minimum wall

thickness of 500 micron) bags filled with sand (of minmum
qty of 0.034 cum) and properly manually stitched to avoid
any leakage of sand as per specification. no

M-3.10 Providing and fixing bitumen or tar drum guard posts

including two coats of white synthetic enamel paint over a
primer coat in the exposed outside surface above Ground
level and applying two coats of coal tar on the outside
surface below ground level including bottom before placing
the same for a depth of 450 mm below ground level filled
with earth as per specification. no

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 223 of 251

 Miscellaneous - 4

BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using ORGANOSILANE NANO
TECHNOLOGY

(a) Preamble

1 The items in this chapter have been considered mainly as per Zydex design road
construction methodology which has been approved by TRRDA as per guidelines issued by
NRRDA.

2 Items for road construction using nanotechnology are considered as below :

i) Surface waterproofing With Terrasil and Zycobond

ii) Sub-base/ Base With Soil, graded jhama brick aggregate mixed
with Terrail and Zycobond

iii) Prime coat With Bitumen emulsion mixed with Terraprime

iv) Tack coat With Bitumen emulsion mixed with Nanotac

v) BM, MPM, MSS etc With Bitumen VG-30 mixed with Zycotherm

vi) Surface dressing, premix Carpet With Bitumen VG-30/ Bitumen emulsion mixed
with Zycotherm/Nanotac

vii) Seal coat With Bitumen VG-30 mixed with Zycotherm

3 The Items should be executed as per the specification approved by TRRDA.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 224 of 251

Chapter - Miscellaneous - 4 : BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using
ORGANOSILANE NANO TECHNOLOGY
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached
M-4.1 Surface Water Proofing with organosilane Nano technology
As per Technical Specification approved

Providing and applying waterproofing with organosilane

nanotechnology and nano acrylic co-polymer with water
by TRRDA.

(<1000 ppm TDS) on top compacted subgrade, shoulder

(in the ratio of 1.00 kg organosilane nanotechnology :
1.00 kg nano acrylic co-polymer : 200 litre water) by
spraying solution at the rate of 3.00 litre/sqm in two spray
application (1.50 litre + 1.50litre) as per Technical
Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm

M-4.2 Bases with organosilane Nano technology (NON-

As per Technical Specification approved by

BITUMINOUS)

Construction of stabilized granular sub-base/ base by

providing well graded material (Jhama Brick Aggregate, as
per approved Table, mixing with organosilane
TRRDA.

nanotechnology and nano acrylic co-polymer with water

(<1000 ppm TDS), spreading in uniform layers with tractor
with attachments on prepared surface, mixing by mix in
place method with rotavator at OMC, watering and
compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired
density, complete as per Technical Specification approved
by TRRDA. cum

M-4.3 Prime Coat with organosilane nanotechnology

As per Technical Specification approved by

(i) Low porosity

Providing and applying prime coat with organosilane
nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion (CSS-1) and
with water (<1000 ppm TDS) ( in the ratio of 1.00 kg
TRRDA.

organosilane nanotechnology : 100.00 kg cationic bitumen

emulsion (CSS-1) : 200 litre water) by spraying solution at
the rate of 1.00 litre/sqm using mechanical means on
prepared surface of granular base of low porosity including
cleaning of road surface as per Technical Specification
approved by TRRDA. sqm
(ii) Medium porosity
Providing and applying prime coat with organosilane
nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion (CSS-1) and
with water (<1000 ppm TDS) ( in the ratio of 1.00 kg
organosilane nanotechnology : 100.00 kg cationic bitumen
emulsion (CSS-1) : 200 litre water) by spraying solution at
the rate of 1.20 litre/sqm using mechanical means on
prepared surface of granular base of medium porosity
including cleaning of road surface as per Technical
Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm
(iii) High porosity
Providing and applying prime coat with organosilane
nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion (CSS-1) and
with water (<1000 ppm TDS) (in the ratio of 1.00 kg
organosilane nanotechnology : 100.00 kg cationic bitumen
emulsion (CSS-1) : 200 litre water) by spraying solution at
the rate of 1.00 litre/sqm using mechanical means on
prepared surface of granular base of high porosity
including cleaning of road surface as per Technical
Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 225 of 251
Chapter - Miscellaneous - 4 : BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using
ORGANOSILANE NANO TECHNOLOGY
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached
M-4.4 Tack Coat with organosilane nanotechnology
Tack Coat with organosilane nanotechnology
(i) Providing and applying tack coat with organosilane
nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion
(CRS-1) and with water (<1000 ppm TDS) (in the
ratio of 1.40 kg organosilane nanotechnology :
100.00 kg cationic bitumen emulsion (CRS-1) : 200
litre water) by spraying solution at the rate of 1.00
litre/sqm using mechanical means on prepared
bituminous surface cleaned with Hydraulic brooms
per Technical Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm

(ii) Providing and applying tack coat with organosilane

nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion
(CRS-1) and with water (<1000 ppm TDS) (in the
ratio of 1.00 kg organosilane nanotechnology :
100.00 kg cationic bitumen emulsion (CRS-1) : 200
litre water) by spraying solution at the rate of 1.20
litre/sqm using mechanical means on the prepared
dry and hungry bituminous surface including
cleaning of road surface as per Technical
Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm

(iii) Providing and applying tack coat with organosilane

nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion
(CRS-1) and with water (<1000 ppm TDS) (in the
ratio of 1.00 kg organosilane nanotechnology :
100.00 kg cationic bitumen emulsion (CRS-1) : 200
litre water) by spraying solution at the rate of 1.00
litre/sqm using mechanical means on the prepared
granular surface treated with primer including
cleaning of road surface as per Technical
Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm

(iv) Providing and applying tack coat with organosilane

nanotechnology and cationic bitumen emulsion
(CRS-1) and with water (<1000 ppm TDS) (in the
ratio of 1.00 kg organosilane nanotechnology :
100.00 kg cationic bitumen emulsion (CRS-1) : 200
litre water) by spraying solution at the rate of 1.00
litre/sqm using mechanical means on the prepared
non-bituminous surfaces (cement concrete
pavement) including cleaning of road surface as per
Technical Specification approved by TRRDA. sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 226 of 251

Chapter - Miscellaneous - 4 : BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using
ORGANOSILANE NANO TECHNOLOGY
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached
M-4.5 Bituminous Macadam with organosilane nanotechnology
As per Technical Specification approved by
Providing and laying bituminous macadam with
organosilane nanotechnology by hot mix plant using
crushed aggregates of grading as per Table 500.4
premixed with bituminous binder (VG-30) with 0.1%
TRRDA.

organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm by weight of

bituminous binder , transported to site upto a lead of 1000
m laid over a previously prepared surface with paver
finisher to the required grade, level and alignment and
rolled to achieve the desired compaction as per Technical
Specification Clause 504 cum

M-4.6 Built-Up Spray Grout with organosilane nanotechnology

As per Technical Specification approved by TRRDA.

Providing, laying and rolling of built-up spray grout layer

over prepared base consisting of a two layer composite
construction of crushed coarse aggregates using motor
grader for aggregates. Key stone chips spreader may be
used with application of bituminous binder (Bitumen VG-30
mixed with 0.1% organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm
by weight of bituminous binder) after each layer. and with
key aggregates placed on top of the second layer to serve
as a base, conforming to line, grades and cross section
specified, the compacted layer thickness being 75 mm as
per Technical Specification Clause 505.

( A ) By Manual Means sqm

( B ) By Mechanical Means sqm

M-4.7 Modified Penetration Macadam with organosilane

As per Technical Specification approved by

nanotechnology

Construction of penetration macadam over prepared base

by providing a layer of compacted crushed coarse
aggregate using chips spreader with alternate applications
TRRDA.

of bituminous binder (Bitumen VG-30 mixed with 0.1%

organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm by weight of
bituminous binder) and key aggregates and rolling with a
three wheel 80-100 kN static roller to achieve the desired
degree of compaction per Technical Specification Clause
506.
( A ) 50 mm thick sqm

( B ) 75 mm thick sqm
M-4.8 Surface Dressing using Bituminous Binder with
As per Technical Specification approved

organosilane nanotechnology

Providing and laying surface dressing as wearing course

consisting of a layer of bituminous binder (Bitumen VG-30
by TRRDA.

mixed with 0.1% organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm

by weight of bituminous binder) laid on the prepared
surface, followed by a cover of crushed stone aggregates
of specified size and rolling with three wheel 80-100 kN
static roller including cleaning the road surface as per
Technical Specification Clause 507.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 227 of 251

Chapter - Miscellaneous - 4 : BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using
ORGANOSILANE NANO TECHNOLOGY
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached
( A ) By Manual Means
Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm sqm

( B ) By Mechanical Means
Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm sqm

M-4.9 Surface Dressing using Bitumen Emulsion with organosilane

As per Technical Specification approved

nanotechnology

Providing and laying surface dressing as wearing course

consisting of a layer of bitumen emulsion mixed with 0.5%
by TRRDA.

organosilane nanotechnology Nanotac by weight of

bituminous emulsion laid on the prepared surface, followed
by a cover of crushed stone chippings of specified size and
rolling with three wheel 80-100 kN static roller including
cleaning the road surface as per Technical Specification
Clause 507.
( A ) By Manual Means
Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm sqm

( B ) By Mechanical Means
Case - I : Nominal chipping size 13.2 mm sqm

Case - II : Nominal chipping size 9.5 mm sqm

M-4.10 Pre-coating Chips with organosilane nanotechnology

Specification approved
As per Technical

Pre-coating chips with 1 percent of paving bitumen

by TRRDA.

(Bitumen VG-30 mixed with 0.1% organosilane

nanotechnology Zycotherm by weight of bituminous binder)
by weight of chips in a suitable mixer duly heated to 160
oC as per Technical Specification Clause 507.2.5. cum

M-4.11 20 mm thick Open-Graded Premix Carpet using Bituminous

As per Technical Specification approved by TRRDA.

(Bitumen VG-30) Binder with organosilane nanotechnology

Providing , laying and rolling of open-graded premix carpet

of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm
aggregates using bitumen (Bitumen VG-30 mixed with
0.1% organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm by weight of
bituminous binder) to required line, grade and level to
serve as wearing course on a previously prepared base,
including mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with
a three wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller capacity, finished to
required level and grades to be followed by seal coat of
either Type A or Type B or Type C or Type D as per
Technical Specification Clause 508
Case - I By Manual Means sqm

Case - II By Mechanical Means sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 228 of 251

Chapter - Miscellaneous - 4 : BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using
ORGANOSILANE NANO TECHNOLOGY
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

M-4.12 As per Technical Specification approved by TRRDA. 20 mm thick Open-Graded Premix Carpet using Bitumen
Emulsion as per Technical Specification Clause 508.2 with
organosilane nanotechnology

Providing , laying and rolling of open-graded premix carpet

of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm
aggregates using bitumen emulsion mixed with 0.5%
organosilane nanotechnology Nanotac to required line,
grade and level to serve as wearing course on a previously
prepared base, including mixing in a suitable plant, laying
and rolling with a three wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller
capacity, finished to required level and grades to be
followed by seal coat of either Type A or Type B or Type C
or Type D as per Technical Specification Clause 508.2 sqm

M-4.13 Mix Seal Surfacing with organosilane nanotechnology

As per Technical Specification approved by

Providing, laying and rolling of close-graded premix

surfacing material of 20 mm thickness composed of 11.2
mm to 0.9 mm (Type-A ) or 13.2 mm to 0.9 mm (Type-B)
aggregates using bitumen (Bitumen VG-30 mixed with
TRRDA.

0.1% organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm by weight of

bituminous binder) to required line, grade and level to
serve as wearing course on a previously prepared base,
including mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with
a three wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller, finishing to required
level and grades as per Technical Specification Clause 509.

(A) By Manual Means

i) Type-A sqm

ii) Type-B sqm

(B) By Mechanical Means

i) Type-A sqm

ii) Type-B sqm

M-4.14 Seal Coat with organosilane nanotechnology

As per Technical Specification
approved by TRRDA.

Providing and laying seal coat using bitumen (Bitumen VG-

30 mixed with 0.1% organosilane nanotechnology
Zycotherm by weight of bituminous binder) sealing the
voids in a bituminous surface laid to the specified levels,
grade and cross fall using Type A or Type B or Type C or
Type D as per Technical Specification Clause 510

A By Manual Means
Case - I : Type A sqm

Case - II : Type B sqm

Case - III : Type C sqm

Case - IV : Type D (with fine sand) sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 229 of 251

Chapter - Miscellaneous - 4 : BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (NON-BITUMINOUS & BITUMINOUS) using
ORGANOSILANE NANO TECHNOLOGY
As per
Sl. No. Spec. Description Unit
attached

B By Mechanical Means
Case - I : Type A sqm

Case - II : Type B sqm

Case - III : Type C sqm

M-4.15 25 mm thick Open-Graded Premix Carpet using Bituminous

As per Technical Specification approved by TRRDA.

(Bitumen VG-30) Binder with organosilane nanotechnology

Providing, laying and rolling of open-graded premix carpet

of 25 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm to 5.6 mm
aggregates using bitumen (Bitumen VG-30 mixed with
0.1% organosilane nanotechnology Zycotherm by weight of
bituminous binder) to required line, grade and level to
serve as wearing course on a previously prepared base,
including mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with
a three wheel 80 - 100 kN static roller capacity, finished to
required level and grades to be followed by seal coat of
either Type A or Type B or Type C or Type D as per
Technical Specification Clause 508

Case - I By Manual Means sqm

Case - II By Mechanical Means sqm

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 230 of 251

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 231 of 251
 Additional Specification for Miscellaneous Items

Road work

M-1.1 : Sanding

M-1.1.1 Scope :

Sanding shall consist of the application of locally available sand or other graded fine material
like crusher run stone dust approved by the Engineer-in-charge to areas of road where
bleeding of excess bitumen is occurring.

M-1.1.2 Material :

Sand or stone dust shall generally be finer than 3.00 mm with not more than 10 per cent
passing the 0.075 mm sieve and acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.

M-1.1.3 Application :

Sand or stone dust shall be spread by manual application, to the areas of road defined by
the Engineer. Sand or stone dust shall generally be applied during the hottest part of the
day and when so instructed by the Engineer, surplus sand or stone dust displaced by
passing traffic shall be manually swept back onto the area where further bleeding of excess
bitumen is apparent. Sand or stone dust shall be applied at a nominal rate of 0.25 cum per
hundred square metre.

M-1.1.4 Measurement :

Sanding work shall be measured in square metre, calculated from the dimensions taken
correct to a cm.

M-1.1.5 Rate :

The rate for sanding work shall be in full for :

i. Supplying all necessary materials required for the work of applying them.

ii. All labour, tools, equipments and all incidentals necessary to complete the work
according to the specification.

Timber Bridges

M - 2.1 S.P.T. & Temporary Bridge :

M-2.1.1 Supply of Sal or Nageswar pile :

Piles shall be straight as far as possible and free from defects. Main piles shall be 10 metre
to 13 metre long and those for abutments should be even longer having 300 mm dia
(minimum) at the top, minimum 275 mm dia at the middle and 250 mm dia at bottom after
dressing but before making the shoe. Piles for the wing walls shall be 200 mm dia to 250
mm dia with 250 mm dia at top & 225 mm dia at the middle after dressing. The dias
mentioned above should be after dressing.

M-2.1.2 Stacking :

The piles shall be stacked properly at the place selected by the Engineer-in-charge. The
piles shall not come in contact with the soil while these are stacked before use. All
precautionary measures should be taken to avoid damage of piles from white ants and other
insects during the period it would be in the stack.

M-2.1.3 Dressing & marking :-

The piles should be dressed to heart wood. The piles shall be tapered gradually up to 0.75
metre from bottom of the piles for making shoes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 232 of 251
 metre from bottom of the piles for making shoes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Each pile is to be marked with chisel at every metre and 1/10 of a metre from the bottom
i.e. tapered end of the pile. The pile shall not be coal tarred till those are approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before driving operation is started.

M-2.1.4 Measurements :

The measurements of piles shall be taken in running metres. Length shall be measured
correct to a cm. Final length will be measured for payment after getting the finished length
after driving as per the approved driving chart.

M-2.1.5 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of materials carriage and labour involved in all the operations
described above.

M-2.2 Coal tar :

M-2.2.1 Material :

Good quality of coal tar should be brought & the same should be got approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before application.

M-2.2.2 Cleaning :

The surface of the piles and timbers shall be thoroughly brushed and cleaned free from all
dust, dirt, etc. before application of the coal tar.

M-2.2.3 Application :

The coal tar shall be applied at the rate of 0.15 litre for 1st coat and 0.11 litre for 2nd coat
per sqm. The 1st coat must be thoroughly dry and hard before any subsequent coat is
applied. Pile / Wood / timber shall not be coal tarred until it is thoroughly dry.

M-2.2.4 Measurement :

The measurements shall be taken in Sqm. Length & width shall be measured correct to a
cm. Area shall be worked out in Sqm correct to two places of decimals.
M-2.2.5 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of materials, cartage and labour involved in all the operation
described above.

M-2.3 Driving and handling of piles :

M-2.3.1 Driving and handling :

The piles for abutments, piers and trestles should be driven practically to refusal (not less
than 6.00 metre below bed level) and for wing wall at least 5.00 metre (below ground
level). The depth driven may be increased as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The
refusal will mean sinking of not more than 10 mm, by the last 6 strokes with 3/4 to 1 tonne
monkey from a clear drop of 1.50 metre (5 feet) on piles head. Suitable iron rings on the
piles head should be provided so that during hammering operation, head of the piles are not
damaged. Piles shall be driven to specified depth or to penetration point as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Accurate record of the penetration up to the last 0.30 metre shall be
kept for the guidance of the Engineer-in-charge in determining allowable loads on the piles.
Where driving is interrupted before final penetration is reached, the record for penetration
shall not be taken until after at least 0.30 mtr, penetration has been obtained on resumption
of driving. Each pile must be able to carry load of 2 tonnes. For safe boring of the row of
timber piles, driving with a drop monkey be estimated from the following formula

2 W.H.
R= -----------
S + 1.00
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 233 of 251
 S + 1.00
Where
R : Safe bearing power of piles in tonne with a factor of safety 6
W : Wt. of drop hammer in tons.
H : Drop of hammer in feet.
S : Average penetration of piles in inches (per blow) for the last 6 blows.

M-2.3.2 Driving cap Load and hammer :

The head of the piles shall be protected during driving with an approved cushion and
helmet. Piles shall be secured against internal movement during driving by application of
other suitable means. Drop hammer weighing not less than one third the weights of the
piles may be used if suitable mechanical hammer is not available.

M-2.3.3 Fixing of final level of the substructure :

Final level of the substructure may be fixed / adopted to carry superstructure on it.
Final level of the substructure should be selected and placed so judiciously that the wastage
of piles becomes nominal as well as the jointing of piles are minimised.

M-2.3.4 Measurement :

Measurement of piles for the portion below bed level and above shall be ascertained from
the driving chart as well as from the marking on the body of the piles. The measurements
shall be recorded in metre and part thereof up to two places of decimals. Portion driven
below bed / ground level for driving and handling may be ascertained after deducting the
portion above bed / ground level from the whole length of the piles finally adopted to carry
superstructure on it. .

M-2.3.5 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials (except supply of piles, which shall be
paid separately), labour, T & P etc. required for driving and handling of piles.

M-2.4 Joining of piles :

M-2.4.1 Joining :

Piles may be joined as and when necessary as per approved drawing and design and as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. No extra piece of wood for packing shall be allowed in
joining. In case of half lap joint, the length of joint should not be less than 1 metre. Joining
in a row of pile should be at different levels without weakening the row as a whole.

M-2.4.2 Types of joint :

Following types of joints may be adopted suitably as per the site condition.

i. Half lap joint

Jointing should be done with of piles of required dia matching the dia of the piles
jointed, with 3 Nos M.S. circular clamps of made of 50 mm x 10 mm MS flat or plate
of required length, 2 nos. 100 mm x 100 mm x 10 mm MS angle 1.5 m long
tightened with 12 mm dia & 50 mm long bolts and nuts for circular clamp and 3 Nos.
16 mm dia bolts and nuts of required length with washers on both side of the angles
complete.

Payment for the length of piles required for jointing is to be made separately.

Lapping of pile in joint should not be less than 1.0 metre in length.
ii. Butt joint

Jointing should be done with of piles of required dia matching the dia of the piles
jointed , with 400 mm long 32 mm dia MS Dowel bar at centre of the pile, 4 nos. 100
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 234 of 251
 jointed , with 400 mm long 32 mm dia MS Dowel bar at centre of the pile, 4 nos. 100
mm x 100 mm x 10 mm MS angle 1.5 m long tightened with 6 x 2 Nos. 16 mm dia
bolts and nuts of required length with washers on both side of the angles complete.

Payment for the length of piles required for jointing is to be made separately.

M-2.4.3 Measurements :

Measurement for each joint shall be taken in number. The fittings which are stipulated in
nomenclature of the item should not be paid extra as its cost is included with the joining
itself.

M-2.4.4 Rate :

Rate of joining shall include the cost of all the materials and labour involved in all the
operations stated above. In case joining of piles is necessitated due to supply of piles less in
length as stipulated, no extra payment for joining the piles will be entertained.

M-2.5 Supplying wooden beam, decking, collars, wheel guard etc. :

M-2.5.1 General :

The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawings or as detailed in the specification or
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Only specified timber shall be used and it shall be
sawn in the direction of the grains. Sawing shall be truly straight and square. The wood
work shall be finished to the extent dimensions as shown on the drawings.

M-2.5.2 Quality of Timber :

Timber shall be the best of the kind specified and well seasoned. It shall be fairly uniform in
colour, reasonably straight grained and shall be free from dead KNots, crack shakes and
Sap.

No individual hard and sound KNot shall exceed 25 mm in dia. And the aggregate area of all
the KNots shall not exceed 1% of the area of the piece. There shall not be less than 5
growth rings per 2 cm of width.

M-2.5.3 Fitting Fixing :

Fitting and fixing different members shall be as per drawing or as specified by the Engineer-
in-charge. No member shall be painted, tarred or oiled until the same has been approved by
the Engineer-in-charge.

M-2.5.4 Measurements:

Wood work for beams, decking, collars, wheel guards, struts, railing, bracing of beams etc.
shall be measured for finished sections in cum (Cubic metre) nearest to three places of
decimals, no allowance being made for wastage and for dimensions supplied beyond those
specified. Length of each piece shall be measured overall nearest to a cm. In measuring
cross sectional dimensions of the wood piece, tolerance up to + 3 mm shall be allowed.

M-2.5.5 Rates:

The rate include the cost of all the materials, cartage & labours involved in all the operation
described above and in the nomenclature of the items.

M-2.6 Providing wooden planks :

M-2.6.1 General :

The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawings or as detailed in the specification or
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Only specified timber shall be used and it shall be
sawn in the direction of the grains. Sawing shall be truly straight and square. The wood

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 235 of 251

 sawn in the direction of the grains. Sawing shall be truly straight and square. The wood
work shall be finished to the extent dimensions as shown on the drawings.

M-2.6.2 Quality:

Timber shall be the best of the kind specified and well seasoned. It shall be fairly uniform in
colour, reasonably straight grained and shall be free from dead KNots, crack shakes and
Sap.

No individual hard and sound KNot shall exceed 25 mm in dia. And the aggregate area of all
the KNots shall not exceed 1% of the area of the piece. There shall not be less than 5
growth rings per 2 cm of width.

M-2.6.3 Fitting Fixing :

Fitting and fixing difference members shall be as per drawing or as specified by the Engineer-
in-charge. No member shall be painted, tarred or oiled until the same has been approved by
the Engineer-in-charge.

M-2.6.4 Measurement :

The measurements shall be taken in sqm. Length & width shall be measured correct to a
cm. Area shall be worked out in Sqm. Correct to the two places of decimal.

M-2.6.5 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials cartage and labour involved in all the
operation mentioned above.

M-2.7 Placing R.S. Joists :

M-2.7.1 General :

The work shall be carried out as per detailed drawings or as detailed in the specification or
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

M-2.7.2 Fitting & Fixing :

R.S. Joists should be placed in position after necessary cutting (if required) , making holes,
fitting with 3 Nos. of MS hooks of 16 mm dia on both side of the joists with each beam,
applying priming two coats of red lead paint.

R.S. Joints may also be painted with suitable paint for which extra payment may be made
with suitable items available in other chapters.

M-2.7.3 Measurement :

The measurements shall be taken in tonne. Length shall be measured correct to a cm. Total
weight shall be worked out by multiplying the length with standard weight per metre of the
R.S. Joist as per instruction of the Engineer-in-charge. Total weight shall be worked out
correct to the three places of decimal.

M-2.7.4 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials, (except the cost of R.S. Joists if issued
from the departmental store) cartage and labour involved in all the operation mentioned
above.

M-2.8 M.S. Bolts & nuts :

M-2.8.1 Providing & fitting :

The bolts and nuts shall be of best quality. These shall be supplied as per the actual lengths
required for the works with necessary washers. The bolts and nuts shall be fitted tightly as
per design and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 236 of 251
M-2.8.2 Measurements :

Measurements of bolts and nuts shall be taken in Nos. & then converted to the kilogram up
to two places decimals. The conversion shall have to be made as per standard weight or as
per actual whichever is lesser, so as to reach to the quantity for payment.

M-2.8.3 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of supply of materials, labour and cartage involved for the
work.

M-2.9 Dismantling existing numbers:-

M-2.9.1 Dismantling :

The existing members of the S.P.T. bridges considered for re-placement of or renewal shall
be taken out very carefully. All serviceable dismantled materials are to be reused in the SPT
bridge.

The unserviceable materials, which can only be used as firewood, may taken by the
contractor, for which suitable recovery may be made from the contractor’s bill at the rate as
specified in the agreement. The contractor will be held responsible for the theft/ loss/
misuse of any dismantled materials.

M-2.9.2 Measurement :

The measurements of the dismantled materials shall be in cum nearest to three place of
decimals.

M-2.9.2 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of all the operation, labour small T.& P. etc. required for the
work.

M-2.10 3rd class local wood piles :

M-2.10.1 General :

3rd class local wood piles should be used in purely temporary and small bridges.

M-2.10.2 Supply :

Supply of these piles mainly shall be for construction of temporary bridge. Piles shall be
straight as far as possible and free from all defects. Length of piles shall be as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. Size of pile will be :

i. 300 mm to 350 mm dia

ii. 250 mm to 300 mm dia
iii. 200 mm to 250 mm dia

The minimum diameter of piles at the middle shall be 325 mm, 275 mm, 225 mm
respectively. The piles are to be dressed to heart wood properly. The diameter stated should
be after dressing. The piles shall be tapered gradually up to 0.75 metre from the bottom of
the pile as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

The piles of 300 mm to 350 mm dia may also be used as beam and long beam after
dressing and sizing properly as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
M-2.10.3 Stacking :

The piles shall be stacked properly at the place selected by the Engineer-in-charge. The
piles shall not come in contact with the soil while these are stacked before use. All
precautionary measures should be taken to avoid damage of piles from white ants and other
insects during the period it would be in the stack.
SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 237 of 251
M-2.10.4 Dressing & marking :-

The piles should be dressed to heart wood. The piles shall be tapered gradually up to 0.75
metre from bottom of the piles for making shoes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Each pile is to be marked with chisel at every metre and 1/10 of a metre from the bottom
i.e. tapered end of the pile. The pile shall not be coal tarred till those are approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before driving operation is started.

M-2.10.5 Measurements :

The measurements of piles shall be taken in running metres. Length shall be measured
correct to a cm. Final length will be measured for payment after getting the finished length
after driving as per the approved driving chart.

M-2.10.6 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of materials carriage and labour involved in all the operations
described above.

M-2.11 Driving & handling of 3rd class local wood piles :

M-2.11.1 Driving and handling :

The piles for abutments, piers and trestles should be driven practically to refusal. The depth
driven may be increased as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The refusal will mean
sinking of not more than 12 mm, by the last 6 strokes with 3/4 to 1 ton monkey from a clear
drop of 1.50 metre (5 feet) on piles head. Suitable iron rings on the piles head should be
provided so that during hammering operation, head of the piles are not damaged. Piles shall
be driven to specified depth or to penetration point as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Accurate record of the penetration up to the last 0.30 metre shall be kept for the guidance
of the Engineer-in-charge in determining allowable loads on the piles. Where driving is
interrupted before final penetration is reached, the record for penetration shall not be taken
until after at least 0.30 mtr , penetration has been obtained on resumption of driving.

M-2.11.2 Measurement :

Measurement of piles for the portion below bed level and above shall be ascertained from
the driving chart as well as from the marking on the body of the piles. The measurements
shall be recorded in metre and part thereof up to two places of decimals. Portion driven
below bed/ ground level for driving and handling may be ascertained after deducting the
portion above bed/ ground level from the whole length of the piles finally adopted to carry
superstructure on it.

M-2.11.3 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials (except supply of piles, which shall be
paid separately), labour, T & P etc. required for driving and handling of piles.

River Training Works

M-3.1 1st class Bamboo in post/ pile :

M-3.1.1 Supply of 1st class Bamboo :

1st class Bamboo (Barak or like) shall be well matured. It should be 85 mm dia to 100 mm
dia and of required length. Bamboo shall be free from any defects such as cracks, KNots etc.
It should be of uniform shape. The bamboo shall be properly dressed, cleaned & free from
nodes etc.

i. Bamboo for post/ pile :

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 238 of 251
 The bamboos to be used for pile shall be cut to required length as per drawing and as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge and the end tapered up to 300 mm from the bottom of
bamboo, for making shoe as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

ii. Bamboo for runners, bracing, struts etc. :

The bamboos to be used for runners, bracing, etc. shall not cut into pieces and kept as a
whole as far as possible and fitted to the piles with nails / spikes of required size and length
and binding with 2.0 mm GI wire.

However the bamboos to be used for struts etc. shall be cut to required length as per
drawing and as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge and fitted to the piles with nails /
spikes of required size and length and binding with 2.0 mm GI wire.

M-3.1.2 Measurements :

The measurements of bamboo shall be taken in running metre. Length shall be measured
correct to a cm.

M-3.1.3 Rates :

The rate shall include the cost of materials, cartage and labours involved in all the
operations described above.

M-3.2 Driving of bamboo piles :

M-3.2.1 Driving :-

Each bamboo post for driving shall be marked at every metre and 1/4th of a metre from the
tappered end by coal tar or any other paint as specified by the Engineer-in-charge. Marking
of bamboos in metre and 1/4th of a metre shall have to be approved by the Engineer-in-
charge before the driving operation is started.

The bamboo shall be driven to the required depth below ground level with heavy hammer or
monkey as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

M-3.2.2 Measurements :

Measurement shall be taken in running metres as obtained from the approved driving chart
correct to a cm.

M-3.2.3 Rates :

The rate shall include the cost of all the operations described above.

M-3.3 Brush wood :

M-3.3.1 Material :
The brush wood shall be of Tetul, sheora, mandar etc. of approved quality. The brush wood
shall be bundled properly with G.I. wire 2.0 mm before placing the same in position. The
dia. of each bundle should be 300 mm to 350 mm.

M-3.3.2 Filling :

Bundles of Brush wood should be placed in layers. Each layer shall be well packed before
the next layer is placed to ensure its proper compaction. Proper arrangements shall have to
be made to resist the brush wood from floating away due to rise of water level at site.

M-3.3.3 Measurement :

Brush wood shall be measured in cum (cubic metre) up to two places of decimals. No
deduction shall be made for voids.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 239 of 251

M-3.3.4 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of materials, cartage and labour involved in all the operations
described above.

M-3.4 Double layer split bamboo tatti-lining:-

M-3.4.1 General :

The muli bamboo shall be well matured. It shall be free from all defects. The preparations of
tarja for lining shall be as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be woven
diagonally and compactly. Split bamboo battens shall have to be provided on both sides at
450 mm centre to centre and properly tightened with G.I. Wire 1.0 mm.

M-3.4.2 Measurements :

The measurements shall be taken in sqm. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to
a cm & area shall be worked out in sqm. Correct to the two places of decimals.

M-3.4.2 Rates :

The rate shall include the cost of the materials, cartage and labour involved in all the
operation mentioned above.

M-3.5 Wooden bally :

M-3.5.1 Supplying and fitting fixing wooden bally 100 mm dia :

The ballies shall be straight as far as possible and free from all sorts of defects. Length of
the ballies shall be as per requirement or as specified by the Engineer-in-charge. The
average diameter shall not be less than 100 mm (at middle) after dressing to heart wood.

The ballies for posts / piles shall be tapered up to 0.50 metre from the bottom of the piles
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Fitting fixing of ballies as different members shall be done with nails and 2.0 mm GI wire.

M-3.5.2 Dressing & marking :

Each bally for post/ pile is to be marked at every metre and 1/10th of a metre from the
tapered end. Post / Piles shall not be coal tarred till those are approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.

M-3.5.2 Measurements :

The measurements of the ballies shall be taken in running metre. Length shall be measured
correct to a cm.
M-3.5.3 Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of materials, cartage, and labours required for all the
operations stated above. The cost of supply of nails and spikes has also been included.

M-3.6 Driving of ballies :

M-3.6.1 Driving :

Each

M-3.6.2 The bally shall be driven to the required depth below ground level with heavy hammer or
monkey as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 240 of 251

M-3.6.3 Measurements :

The measurements of the ballies shall be taken in running metre. Length shall be measured
correct to a cm.

M-3.6.4 Rate :
The rate shall include the cost of all the materials (except supply of ballies which shall be
paid separately) labour, T & P etc. required for driving and handling of ballies.

M-3.7 Gunny/ polythene bags filled with sand :

M-3.7.1 Material and placing in position :

The gunny/ polythene bags shall be filled up with sand of minimum quantity of 0.034 cum,
properly and the bags shall be tied properly with coir rope or G.I. wire as directed. The
gunny bags should be laid properly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. While placing
gunny bags proper care shall be taken to avoid damage of bags.

M-3.7.2 Measurements :

Measurement shall be taken in number.

M-3.7.3 Rate :

Rate includes the cost of all the materials, cartage and labour involved in all the operations
described in the item of works. The cost of gunny bags and sand are also included in the
rate.

M-3.8 Providing and fixing bitumen or tar drum guard posts :

M-3.8.1 Material and placing in position :

The empty bitumen or tar drum is to be collected in good condition without any major
damages.

The empty bitumen or tar drum should be painted with two coats of white synthetic enamel
paint over a primer coat in the exposed outside surface above Ground level and applying
two coats of coal tar on the outside surface below ground level including bottom.

After the painting/ coal tarring dries up the same may placed in position in the excavated
portion with minimum depth of 450 mm and then filled with earth available from excavation
and available nearby.

The sides of the guard posts are also to be properly filled with earth and duly compacted.

M-3.8.2 Measurements :

Measurement shall be taken in number.

M-3.8.3 Rate :

Rate includes the cost of all the materials, cartage and labour involved in all the operations
described in the item of works. The cost of empty bitumen or tar drum is also included in
the rate.

SOR 2023 PWD(R&B) Road & Bridge Page - 241 of 251

SOR 2023/Table Page - 242 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 243 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 244 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 245 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 246 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 247 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 248 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 249 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 250 of 251
SOR 2023/Table Page - 251 of 251